UC-NRLF 


^B    73b    fl5t. 


r^ 


f 


,x^  ( 


y 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 


SYLLABUS  OF   LECTURES 


HISTORY  lA 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 


SYLLABUS   OF   LECTURES 


HISTORY  lA 


H.  MORSE  STEPHENS 


Price  2S  Cents 


31679G 


History  1a 


LECTURE  1 
Palaeolithic  Man 

Palethnology  is  the  study  of  the  origin  and  development  of  man  before 
his  history  can  be  traced  in  written  documents,  in  inscriptions  or  in 
traditions. 

Palethnology  is  a  nineteenth  century  study. 

Division  of  the  early  history  of  mankind  into  the  Age  of  Stone,  the 
Age  of  Bronze,  the  Age  of  Iron;  the  Roman  poet,  Lucretius;  eighteenth 
century  writers. 

The  geologists  of  the  nineteenth  century;  the  archaeologists:  Boucher 
de  Perthes;  Lyell's  Antiquity  of  Man,  published  1863;  the  work  and  views 
of  the  last  half-century. 

Broca's  division:  Prehistoric  Man,  the  man  of  the  Stone  Age;  Proto- 
historic  Man,  the  man  of  the  Metal  Ages. 

Division  of  Prehistoric  Man  into  Eolithic,  Palaeolithic  and  Neolithic 
Man. 

The  question  of  Eolithic  Man,  or  of  the  existence  of  man  in  the 
Tertiary  Period  of  the  geologists. 

Palaeolithic  Man,  or  man  of  the  Quaternary  Period  of  the  geologists. 

Divisions  of  Palaeolithic  Man: 

1.  Lartet's  division: 

Epoch  of  the  Aurochs. 
Epoch  of  the  Reindeer. 
Epoch  of  the  Mammoth. 
Epoch  of  the  Cave  bear. 

2.  Mortillet's  division: 

Age  of  chipped  flint. 
Age  of  polished  flint. 
Palaeolithic  Man: 

Evidences  of  epochs: 

1.  From  skulls  and  skeletons:  the  Neanderthal  skeleton,  1856. 

2.  From  dwelling  places:  the  river  drift:  the  cave. 

3.  From  occupations:  flint  implements:  animal  bones. 
Possible  Age  of  Wood:  disappearance  of  evidence. 
Occupations  of  Palaeolithic  Man:  climber;  hunter;  artizan;  artist. 
Flint  implements:  arrow  heads. 

Bone  implements:  harpoons;  scrapers;  needles. 

Early  art:  reindeer  bones;  carving;  painting. 

Early  food;  control  of  fire;  middens;  shells;  domesticated  animals. 

Early  manners  and  customs;  promiscuity;  mating. 


History  1a 

Length  of  palaeolithic  era:  vagueness. 

Mortillet's  estimate: 

Chellean,  or  before  the  ice  age,     78,000  years. 
Mousterian,  or  ice  age,  100,000      *' 

Solutrean,  11,000      '' 

Magdalenian,  33,000      '* 


222,000      " 
Length  of  neolithic,  bronze  and  iron  era  about  10,000  years. 
Eecorded  history  6,000  years. 
Palaeolithic  Man  existed  in  both  hemispheres;  the  Calaveras  skull. 


LECTUKE  2 
Neolithic  Man:  Bronze  and  Iron  Ages 

Palaeolithic  Man  was  a  hunter;  he  was  therefore  a  nomad  and  followed 
his  game;  his  only  domesticated  animal  seems  to  have  been  the  dog,  so 
far  as  the  examination  of  the  kitchen-middens  goes;  he  lived  in  temporary 
habitations  by  the  rivers  and  the  sea,  or  in  caves. 

Neolithic  Man  lived  in  villages;  importance  of  this  change  in  the 
history  of  civilization;  the  change  was  accomplished  gradually. 

Palaeolithic  Man  can  be  proved  to  have  existed  in  Asia,  especially  in 
India,  in  Africa  and  in  America,  but  the  change  from  the  chipped  to  the 
polished  flint  cannot  be  shown  everywhere;  it  can  be  shown  in  Europe  in 
the  relics  of  the  lake  dwellings  of  Switzerland. 

Theories  of  two  races  from  the  two  shapes  of  skulls  found  in  the 
neolithic  remains,  the  long-skulled  or  dolichocephalic  type,  and  the  broad- 
skulled  or  brachycephalic  type;  possible  invasion  of  Europe  from  Asia 
by  the  latter. 

The  civilization  of  Neolithic  Man;  his  lake  dwellings,  built  on  piles; 
grain;  domesticated  animals;  goat,  sheep  and  hog  from  Asia;  question  of 
cattle  and  horses;  pottery;  polished  flint  axes  and  lances. 

Treatment  of  the  dead  and  its  evidence  of  advancement  in  civiliza- 
tion; grottos;  the  megalithic  monuments;  Stonehenge;  the  menhirs  and 
dolmens. 

Disappearance  of  Palaeolithic  art:  new  forms  of  ornaments;  shells, 
teeth;  rings  and  combs. 

Gradual  merging  of  prehistoric  into  protohistoric  age  in  Europe:  the 
characteristic  of  protohistoric  man,  the  use  of  metals. 

Discovery  of  the  use  of  metals:  legends  of  the  first  metal  workers: 
Tubal  Cain;  the  craft  or  mystery  of  the  smiths;  relics  in  Africa  and  Asia 
of  the  working  of  metals. 


3  History  1a 

■ 

Copper  the  earliest  metal  worked  for  the  service  of  man;  its  softness; 
discovery  of  the  hardening  power  of  an  alloy  with  tin;  the  Age  of 
Bronze;  characteristics  of  the  Bronze  Age:  weapons  of  war;  implements; 
ornamentation;  Egypt,  India,  China. 

Proofs  from  the  lake  dwellings  of  Switzerland  of  the  gradual  passing 
from  Neolithic  to  Bronze  civilization;  other  lake  dwellings;  Ireland:  the 
terra-mare  of  North  Italy;  the  pile  dwellings  on  land. 

All  civilization  does  not  seem  to  have  passed  through  the  Bronze  Age; 
sometimes  it  moved  directly  from  the  Neolithic  to  the  Iron  Age,  as  in 
Africa. 

The  Iron  Age;  softness  of  iron;  smelting;  wrought  iron;  steel  harden- 
ing in  Homeric  times;  superiority  of  iron  over  bronze;  difference  of  dates 
of  the  bronze  passing  into  the  iron  age. 

Estimated  duration  of  the  Neolithic,  Bronze  and  Iron  ages  in  Europe 
about  10.000  years;  absence  of  an  iron  age  in  America,  and  only  scattered 
traces  of  a  copper  age  in  North  America,  and  of  a  soft  bronze  in  parts 
of  Mexico;  knowledge  of  iron  introduced  from  Europe;  the  mound-builders 
and  the  cliff-dwellers  of  America. 

The  imagination  of  modern  writers  stirred  by  the  gradual  development 
of  knowledge  of  prehistoric  and  protohistoric  man;  Stanley  Waterloo's 
Story  of  Ah,  Jack  London's  Before  Adam,  Gouverneur  Morris'  The  Pagan 
Progress. 

Kipling's  story  of  The  Knife  and  the  Naked  Chalk  in  Rewards  and 
Fairies;  his  poems  of  Neolithic  man  and  interest  in  prehistoric  art. 


LECTUEE  3 

Chaldaea,  Assyria,  Babylon 

Impossibility  of  fixing  dates  for  the  Stone,  the  Bronze  and  the  Iron 
ages;  in  some  parts  of  the  world  these  ages  overlapped  each  other;  con- 
tinued existence  of  peoples  in  early  stages  of  civilization. 

The  three  stages  of  savagery:  Morgan's  classification. 

1.  The  arboreal  stage:  life  in  the  trees;  fruit  and  nuts;  speech. 

2.  Eishing  stage:  control  of  fire;  discovery  of  the  bow  and  arrow; 
Australians. 

3.  Hunting  stage:  some  savages  in  North  and  South  America  still  in 
this  stage;  the  dog. 

Passage  to  barbarism  the  invention  of  pottery. 
The  three  stages  of  barbarism: 

1.  Pottery;  the  domestication  of  animals;  the  pastoral  stage  in  Europe, 
Asia  and  Africa;  not  in  America,  except  in  Peru. 

2    Agricultural  stage;  in  North  America,  corn;  in  Peru,  the  potato;  in 


4  History  1a 

Asia  wheat  and  barley;  adobe  bricks  for  building;   the  lake  dwellings; 
later  neolithic  man;  villages;  pictographs. 

3.  Metals:  the  bronze  and  early  iron  ages;  industries. 

Organization;  the  family  and  the  tribe;  the  mother  age;  marriage. 

Eeligion:  treatment  of  the  dead. 

Beginning  of  recorded  history;  Chaldaea;  Egypt. 

The  importance  of  Chaldaea  in  the  history  of  civilization:  wheat  and 
barley:  irrigation:  the  use  of  brick  in  building:  aggregation  into  cities; 
cuneiform  inscriptions. 

Organization  of  Chaldaean  society;  larger  units  than  the  tribe;  the 
city;  the  empire  of  Sargon,  about  3800  B.C. 

Eeligion;  Chaldaean  literature;  clay  bricks;  astronomy;  the  month; 
the  week  of  seven  days  with  the  day  of  rest;  the  day  with  its  twenty-four 
hours;  the  hour  with  its  sixty  minutes;  worship  of  the  dead;  worship  of 
God. 

The  Chaldaean  Age;  5000  B.C.  to  3800  B.C.;  later  period,  3800  to  2400; 
Babylon;  commerce;  civilization;  organized  life;  law;  the  Code  of  Ham- 
murabi about  2250;  its  discovery  in  1901. 

The  Empire  of  Assyria;  first  stage,  1800  to  1100;  Nineveh;  Tiglath 
Pileser  I  extends  to  the  Mediterranean;  Tiglath  Pileser  II,  745;  Sargon 
and  the  ten  tribes  of  Israel,  722;  Sennacherib;  conquest  of  Egypt,  672. 

Civilization:  the  oriental  despot;  the  palace;  the  temple;  the  warrior; 
war  for  the  control  of  trade;  use  of  stone  in  building;  the  Assyrian  in- 
scriptions; monstrous  figures;  cruel  religions. 

The  Empire  of  Babylonia,  625-538;  destruction  of  Nineveh,  606; 
Nebuchadnezzar,  604-561;  Jews  in  captivity,  586;  fall  of  Babylon,  538. 

The  civilization  of  Babylon;  the  greatness  of  the  city;  oriental 
civilization. 

The  appearance  of  the  pastoral  peoples,  850;  the  Scythian  nomads;  the 
Persians;  Cyrus  the  Great;  their  overthrow  of  Babylonia. 

Early  civilization  in  India  and  China. 


LECTUEE  4 
Egypt— TO  525  B.C. 

The  geography  of  Egypt:  the  river  Nile;  irrigation;  comparison  with 
Chaldaea. 

The  Stone  Age  in  Egypt. 

The  population  of  Egypt;  continuity  of  race;  the  question  of  race; 
abandonment  of  theory  of  pure  races;  Aryans,  Semites,  Hamites,  Turanians. 


5  History  1a 

Egyptian  civilization;  its  slow  development;  Egyptian  chronology; 
the  year  and  the  month. 

Egyptian  records;  inscriptions;  hieroglyphics;  the  beginning  of  re- 
corded history;  the  thirty  dynasties  of  Manetho. 

The  earliest  known  date  4241  B.C.;  importance  of  chronology;  the 
calendar;  Julius  Caesar. 

The  Nile  valley  and  the  Delta;  the  ''Two  lands";  amalgamation 
under  Menes,  about  8400  B.C. 

1.  The  ''Old  Kingdom"  at  Memphis;  2980  to  2475  B.C.;  the  ruler  as 
God;  the  Pyramid  builders;  the  god  Ee. 

2.  The  Theban  kingdom;  2160-1788  B.C.;  the  temples;  the  priest- 
hoods; landed  nobility. 

3.  The  Hyksos,  foreign  usurpers,  1788-1580;  possibly  Arabs. 

4.  The  Egyptian  Empire,  1580-1350  B.C.;  its  military  basis;  disap- 
pearance of  landed  nobility;  the  god  Amon;  extent  of  the  empire;  Syria 
and  Phoenicia  conquered  by  Thothmes,  lost  by  Ikhnaton;  victories  of 
Assyria. 

5.  The  Second  Empire,  1350-1150.  Eamses  II,  1292-1225;  probable 
date  of  the  Exodus  of  the  Jews. 

6.  The  Decadence,  1150-670;  final  loss  of  Syria  and  Phoenicia. 

7.  The  Assyrian  Supremacy,  670-662;  Esar-haddon. 

8.  The  Saite  period,  663-525;  the  Greeks  in  Egypt;  the  cities  of  the 
Delta. 

9.  The  Persian  conquest  by  Cambyses,  525  B.C. 
Egyptian  society;  the  family;  reverence  for  ancestors. 
Importance   of   agriculture   in    ancient   Egypt;    basis   of    society   and 

administration. 

Egyptian  administration;  bureaucratic  government;  feudal  govern- 
ment; the  land  and  its  cultivators;  industries;  strikes;  commerce;  trade 
with  Punt;  trade  with  Phoenicia;  the  Indian  Ocean  and  the  Mediterranean. 

Egyptian  religion;  reverence  for  the  dead;  nature  worship;  the  Book 
of  the  Dead;  Ee  and  Amon;  the  religious  revolt  of  Ikhnaton,  1375-1358; 
the  worship  of  Aton,  the  All-Father. 

Egyptian  art;  architecture;  decoration;  the  Pyramids;  the  temples. 

Could  they  be  traced  in  detail,  similar  should  be  the  results  of  investi- 
gations in  China  and  India;  absence  of  influence  of  China  and  India  on 
Mediterranean  civilization. 


LECTUEE  5 

Crete,  Phoenicia,  Judaea 

The   agricultural   civilization   of   Chaldaea   and   Egypt;    the   need  and 
expense  of  irrigation  works  makes  an  organization,  in  which  the  State 


6  History  1a 

owns  the  land,  inevitable;  the  need  of  elaborate  laws  and  many  ofl&cials 
creates  a  bureaucracy;  the  power  of  the  State  concentrated  in  or  typified 
by  an  absolute  ruler;  effect  on  religious  ideas;  the  Pharaoh  as  God,  or 
son  of  God. 

Industrial  civilization  the  outcome  of  prosperous  agricultural  civiliza- 
tion; the  organization  of  industry;  individualism;  combination. 

The  spread  of  commerce  from  the  demand  for  commodities  produced 
elsewhere;  the  exchange  of  commodities  created  foreign  trade;  organiza- 
tion of  trade. 

The  trade  routes;  the  Egyptian  trade  routes;  southeast  Africa  and 
Syria;  the  caravan  trade  routes  from  India  to  the  Mediterranean;  their 
influence  on  Assyria  and  Babylonia. 

The  Mediterranean;  sea  borne  commerce;  importance  of  the  history 
of  the  Mediterranean. 

The  island  of  Crete  the  first  known  center  of  Mediterranean  com- 
merce; importance  of  the  Cretan  explorations,  1900-1910;  their  result. 

The  history  of  Crete;  its  neolithic  age,  10,000  to  3000  B.C.;  its  con- 
nection with  the  ''Old  Kingdom"  of  Egypt,  3000  to  2400  B.C. 

The  thousand  years  of  Minoan  civilization,  2400  to  1400  B.C.;  the 
adoption  of  the  word  Minoan;  the  extent  of  Minoan  trade;  the  Aegean 
Sea;  Troy  and  Mycenae;  Minoan  sea  power;  Minoan  government  and 
religion;  the  palace  at  Knossos;  Minoan  society;  dress  and  fashions;  bull 
fights;  Minoan  legends  in  Greek  literature;  the  Minoan  people. 

The  history  of  the  alphabet;  Minoan  writing;  contrast  with  cuneiform 
and  hieroglyphic  writing. 

The  fall  of  the  Minoan  civilization;  destruction  of  Knossos,  about 
1400  B.C. 

Importance  of  Syria  and  Phoenicia  for  the  Mediterranean  trade;  the 
Egyptian  conquest  and  occupation,  1580-1380;  the  Hittite  Empire;  cam- 
paigns of  Eamses  II;  conquest  by  Assyria,  about  1100  B.C. 

The  rise  of  Phoenician  sea  power  after  the  fall  of  the  Minoans;  extent 
of  Phoenician  trade;  settlements  in  the  islands  of  the  Aegean,  Sicily, 
North  Africa,  Spain;  the  settlement  at  Cadiz;  the  foundation  of  Carth- 
age; the  demand  for  tin  at  the  opening  of  the  Bronze  Age;  voyages  to 
the  Black  Sea  and  to  Cornwall  in  Britain;  wealth  of  Tyre  and  Sidon. 

The  Phoenicians  modify  and  spread  the  alphabet. 

The  Jews;  an  Arab  people;  their  residence  in  Egypt  from  about  1700 
to  1300  B.C.;  occupation  of  Palestine  about  1300;  their  wars  with  the 
Philistines,  possibly  a  Minoan  people. 

The  Hebrew  kingdom;  greatness  of  Solomon  as  controller  of  the  trade 
routes,  1015-975. 

The  Jewish  religion;  growth  of  monotheism. 

Conquest  of  the  Ten  Tribes  of  Israel  by  Sargon  II  of  Assyria,  722; 


7  History  1a 

the  captivity;  conquest  of  Jerusalem  by  Nebuchadnezzar,  586  B.C.;  the 
Babylonian  captivity;  the  Jews  allowed  to  return  by  the  Persians  and 
Cyrus,  537  B.C. 

The  importance  of  the  Jewish  religion  and  literature. 


LECTUEE  6 
The  Homeric  Age 

The  overthrow  of  the  Minoan  civilization;  destruction  of  Knossos, 
1400  B.C.;  the  Minoan  settlements  in  the  Aegean;  Troy  and  Mycenae; 
destruction  of  the  Homeric  Troy,  about  1200  B.C. 

Many  centuries  occupied  in  the  overthrow  of  the  Minoans  by  the 
Greeks;  comparison  with  the  overthrow  of  the  Eoman  Empire  by  the 
barbarians;  the  society  of  the  Greeks  of  the  conquest  depicted  in  the 
Homeric  poems. 

The  Homeric  poems;  their  gradual  composition;  their  various  elements; 
their  mythology. 

The  Iliad  and  the  Odyssey,  the  epic  poems  of  war  and  travel;  elements 
of  different  ages  and  beliefs  in  their  stories  and  descriptions. 

The  society  of  the  Homeric  Age  as  depicted  in  the  poems;  delight  in 
war,  and  in  the  sea;  simplicity  of  life;  small  farms;  village  life;  absence 
of  organized  industry  and  trade;  contrast  with  Egyptian,  Chaldaean, 
Assyrian,  Minoan  and  Phoenician  civilization;  the  Homeric  chieftain; 
tribal  government;  the  king,  the  council,  the  people;  the  family  and  the 
tribe;  the  position  of  woman;  Andromache  and  Nausicaa;  the  chief,  the 
warrior,  the  sea  captain;  Agamemnon,  Achilles,  Hector,  Ajax,  Odysseus, 
Nestor;  Homeric  religion;  the  burning  instead  of  the  burial  of  the  dead. 

The  origin  of  the  Greeks;  development  from  bronze  to  iron;  the  evi- 
dence from  weapons  and  shields;  the  fair-haired  Achaeans;  invaders  from 
the  North;  land  and  sea  warfare;  comparison  with  the  Vikings;  apparent 
retrogression  from  Minoan  civilization. 

The  lonians  and  the  Dorians;  later  invaders  of  the  same  Greek  race; 
the  lonians  in  Attica,  the  Aegean  islands  and  western  Asia  Minor;  the 
Dorians  in  the  Peloponnesus;  period  from  1100  B.C.  to  800  B.C.;  the  first 
recorded  Olympiad,  776  B.C.;  the  Greek  invasions  cover  from  1600  to  800. 

Development  of  Greek  civilization;  the  Greeks,  especially  the  lonians, 
take  to  trade  and  compete  with  the  Phoenicians;  the  Greek  trading  settle- 
ments; the  Greek  colonies,  800-600. 

Changes  in  government;  the  Greek  city  states;  during  their  expansion 
the  Age  of  the  Tyrants,  700  to  500. 

The  Dorian  type  of  civilization;  Sparta;  Lycurgus. 

The  Ionian  civilization;  wealth  of  the  Ionic  cities;  Ionic  literature; 


8  History  1a 

the  lyric  poets;  the  philosophers;  the  Lydian  state;  Croesus,  560;  the 
islands  of  the  Aegean;  Sappho. 

Athens;  its  early  history;  Draco,  624  B.C.;  Solon,  594-593;  a  constitu- 
tion; a  code  of  laws. 

Peisistratus,  tyrant  of  Athens,  560-527;  the  nature  of  his  government. 

The  Persian  Empire;  Cyrus,  558-529;  overthrow  of  Lydia;  attacks  on 
the  Ionic  cities. 

During  the  age  of  Peisistratus,  the  Homeric  poems  were  reduced  to 
their  present  form;  the  seven  birth  places  of  Homer;  the  controversies  as 
to  the  existence  of  Homer  and  of  unity  in  the  Homeric  poems. 

Homeric  literature  and  Hebrew  literature. 


LECTUEE  7 
The  Persian  Wars;  Sicn.Y 

The  Medes  and  Persians;  hardy  tribesmen  from  the  highlands  lying  to 
the  east  of  the  Mesopotamian  river  basin;  the  pastoral  character  of  the 
highlanders;  the  care  of  flocks  and  herds  brings  about  a  different  type  of 
civilization  from  agriculture  based  on  irrigation,  with  different  individual 
character  and  different  government;  also  different  type  of  warrior  based 
on  individual  efficiency  of  the  soldier  as  against  an  organized  army;  com- 
parison between  the  Greek  conquerors  of  the  Minoans  and  the  Persian 
conquerors  of  Babylonia  and  Egypt. 

The  first  appearance  of  the  Medes  and  Persians;  their  repulse  of  the 
Scythians,  650-625  B.C.;  the  Medes  take  Nineveh,  606  B.C. 

The  Persian  Empire;  Cyrus  the  Great,  558-529  B.C.;  capture  of 
Babylon,  558  B.C.;  conquest  of  Lydia  and  of  Croesus,  560  B.C.;  conquest 
of  Egypt  by  Cambyses,  525  B.C.;  conquest  of  Afghanistan  and  northwest 
India;  extent  of  the  Persian  Empire. 

The  government  of  the  Persian  Empire;  the  first  government  of  an 
empire  by  a  military  aristocracy;  comparison  with  the  Eoman  Empire, 
the  Moors  in  Spain,  the  Pranks  in  Gaul,  the  Normans  in  England;  con- 
querors and  rulers  from  military  efficiency,  not  colonists,  like  the  Greeks 
and  the  Phoenicians. 

The  organization  of  the  Persian  Empire;  Darius  the  Great,  521-485; 
the  satrapies,  as  contrasted  with  the  tributary  kingdoms  of  the  Assyrian, 
Babylonian  and  Egyptian  empires;  the  post  roads;  comparison  of  the 
Persian  satraps  with  the  Eoman  proconsuls  and  the  Turkish  pashas. 

The  Persian  religion;  Zoroaster,  1000  B.C.;  the  double  principle;  wor- 
ship of  the  Sun  and  of  fire;  the  Magians. 

The  Greeks  at  the  establishment  of  the  Persian  Empire;  the  Ionian 
Greeks  of  Asia  Minor;  Hellas;  the  Greek  colonies  in  Italy  and  Sicily. 


9  History  1a 

Dramatic  character  of  the  struggle  between  the  Greeks  and  the  Persian 
Empire;  Persian  organization  against  Greek  individualism;  independence 
of  the  Greek  city  states;  attempts  at  federation;  the  Greek  soldiers. 

Conquest  of  the  Greek  cities  in  Ionia  by  Cyrus;  their  revolt  about  500 
B.C.;  aid  sent  to  them  by  Athens. 

The  Persian  Wars;  the  history  by  Herodotus  (484-402);  its  importance 
and  characteristics. 

The  battle  of  Marathon,  490  B.C.;  death  of  Darius,  485;  the  invasion 
by  Xerxes,  480;  Thermopylae  and  Salamis,  480;  Plataea  and  Mycale,  479. 

Eesult  of  the  Persian  wars  on  Greek  politics  and  character;  the  rise  of 
Athens  as  a  naval  power;  Themistocles. 

Struggle  of  the  Greek  colonies  in  the  western  Mediterranean  against 
Carthage  contemporary  with  the  Persian  wars. 

The  Tyrrhenians  or  Etruscans,  perhaps  Minoans. 

The  Greeks  in  southern  Italy;  Croton  and  Sybaris;  Milo  and  Pytha- 
goras; Sicily;  its  early  history;  the  Sikels;  growth  and  development  in 
Sicily  of  Greek  drama,  poetry,  history,  rhetoric,  and  philosophy;  Sicily 
the  key  of  the  western  Mediterranean. 

Agrigentum  and  Syracuse,  739  B.C.;  the  city  states  of  Sicily;  the 
troubles  of  the  Sicilian  city  state;  the  oligarchies  and  the  tyrants; 
Phalaris  and  Gelon. 

Hiero,  tyrant  of  Syracuse;  his  defeat  of  the  Tyrrhenians;  Simonides 
at  Hiero 's  court;  Pindar  and  Aeschylus. 

The  Phoenicians  in  the  western  Mediterranean;  foundation  of  Carth- 
age, 850  B.C.;  its  independence;  its  trade;  its  organization;  the  Phoeni- 
cians in  Sicily;  Palermo. 

The  battle  of  the  Himera;  victory  of  the  Sicilian  Greeks,  481  B.C.; 
development  of  Greek  Sicily. 

The  Greek  soldier  and  sailor,  as  contrasted  with  the  Egyptian  agri- 
culturist and  the  Phoenician  trader;  individualism  against  socialism;  the 
expedition  and  retreat  of  the  Ten  Thousand,  401  B.C.;  Xenophon;  indi- 
cation of  the  future  triumph  of  Alexander  the  Great. 


LECTURE  8 
The  Athenian  Empire 

The  village  community  as  the  unit  of  primitive  agricultural  life;  India; 
Russia;  contrast  with  the  pastoral  life  of  the  horde. 

The  Greek  village  in  the  Homeric  period;  the  village  fort. 

The  city  in  lands  of  irrigated  agriculture,  the  center  of  government  and 
exchange;  the  cities  of  Egypt  and  Babylonia. 

The  city  and  trade;  the  city  and  industrial  organization;  the  city  and 
foreign  commerce;   the  cities  of  Phoenicia;   Carthage;   the  cities  of  Ionia 


10  History  1a 

and  Sicily;  Miletus  and  Syracuse;  the  Greek  city  state,  and  trade  and  indus- 
try; the  trading  settlements  and  colonies;  the  government  of  the  Greek 
city  state;  traces  of  the  family  and  the  village;  Athens. 

Athens  and  Attica ;  the  vine  and  the  olive ;  legends ;  Solon  and  his  consti- 
tution; the  assembly  of  the  people;  the  Areopagus;  the  archons. 

Peisistratus,  560-527;  the  growth  of  trade;  immigrants;  the  growth  of 
industry;  the  art  industry;  slaves;  the  mines  of  Laurium;  the  democracy 
of  Athens. 

The  effect  of  the  Persian  wars  on  Athens;  pride  of  patriotism;  Athens 
as  a  naval  power;  the  Long  Walls  to  the  Peiraeus;  the  fleet  and  trade; 
Themistocles. 

Athens  and  the  Ionian  cities;  the  confederacy  of  Delos,  478  B.C.; 
Aristides;  growth  of  the  Athenian  Empire;  the  trade  of  Athens;  the  grain 
trade  of  the  Black  Sea;  importance  of  peace  for  trade;  the  Athenian  fleet 
in  control  of  the  Aegean;  population  of  Attica  about  250,000,  of  which 
100,000  were  citizens,  perhaps  35,000  men;  the  mines;  the  tribute;  the 
payment  of  citizens;  contrast  with  modern  democracy. 

The  Age  of  Pericles,  461-429  B.C.;  the  Athenian  democracy;  the  foreign 
traders;  the  slaves. 

Greek  society  as  pictured  in  Athenian  society;  the  treatment  of  slaves; 
the  artisan  class;  the  position  of  women;  politics;  law;  education;  athletics. 

Greek  religion  in  the  Age  of  Pericles;  distinction  between  religion  and 
morality;  the  worship  of  the  gods;  ethics. 

Greek  art;  the  beautification  of  Athens;  the  Acropolis;  the  Parthenon; 
history  of  Greek  art;  the  architecture  of  Greek  temples;  Greek  sculpture; 
Pheidias;  the  human  form;  athletics;  influence  of  the  Homeric  poems. 

Greek  literature;  the  Athenian  period;  the  development  of  rhetoric; 
Gorgias;  oratory;  history;  Herodotus;  Thucydides;  Xenophon. 

The  Greek  drama;  the  development  of  tragedy  at  Athens;  Aeschylus, 
Sophocles,  Euripides;  comedy;  Aristophanes. 

The  Greek  theatre;  its  place  in  Athenian  life. 

Greek  philosophy;  the  lonians;  Thales;  the  Sicilians;  Empedocles;  the 
contribution  of  Athens;  Socrates;  Plato. 

Characteristics  of  Greek  thought;  our  terminology  of  politics,  art,  liter- 
ature, and  philosophy  derived  from  the  Greeks. 


LECTURE  9 

The  Peloponnesian  War 

The  conditions  in  Hellas,  as  opposed  to  those  in  Ionia  and  Sicily;  the 
Peloponnese;  the  cities  of  the  Peloponnese;  Argos;  its  school  of  art; 
Corinth ;  its  trade  and  trading  settlements  or  colonies ;  Olympia ;  Belplu  • 
Baeotia  and  Thebes. 


11  History  1a 

The  Dorian  civilization;  its  extreme  type  in  Sparta;  Dorian  influence 
in  Athens;  the  Doric  column;  the  Doric  temple. 

Sparta;  its  situation;  its  government;  its  history;  its  civilization;  a 
military  aristocracy;  its  influence  on  Hellas  and  on  Greek  ideals;  its  part 
in  the  Persian  Wars;  absence  of  intellectual  development. 

Hellas  and  the  Athenian  Empire;  rivalry  between  Sparta  and  Athens; 
difference  of  ideals  of  life  and  government. 

The  Peloponnesian  War,  431  to  404  B.C.;  Thucydides;  his  political 
bias;  his  picture  of  Pericles;  the  funeral  speech  of  Pericles;  the  self -con- 
sciousness of  Athens;  the  attitude  of  Sparta;  the  Spartan  army  and  the 
Athenian  navy. 

Characteristics  of  military  history;  its  technical  character. 

The  death  of  Pericles;  the  plague  at  Athens;  the  Athenian  democracy; 
Cleon,  Alcibiades  and"Nicias;  the  plays  of  Aristophanes;  the  break  up  of 
the  Athenian  Empire. 

The  Athenian  expedition  to  Sicily,  415-413,  the  turning  point  of  the 
war;  Sicily  under  Hiero  of  Syracuse,  478-466;  his  defeat  of  the  Tyrr- 
henians or  Etruscans;  Magna  Graecia;  Cumae;  the  Dorian  supremacy  in 
Sicily  and  end  of  the  tyrants ;  Ducetius  and  the  Sikels ;  the  policies  of 
Pericles  and  Alcibiades;  the  failure  of  the  Athenian  expedition,  413  B.C. 

Eevival  of  the  Carthaginian  power  in  Sicily;  capture  of  Akragas  or 
Agrigentum,  406  B.C. 

Last  years  of  the  Peloponnesian  War;  defeat  of  the  Athenian  fleet  at 
Aegospotami,  405  B.C.;  capture  of  Athens,  404,  and  destruction  of  the 
Long  Walls;  end  of  the  Athenian  Empire. 

Death  of  Socrates,  399  B.C.;  the  Dialogues  of  Plato;  the  Memorabilia 
of  Xenophon. 


LECTUEE  10 
Philip  of  Macedon 

The  situation  of  the  Greek  world  after  the  fall  of  Akragas  or  Agri- 
gentum in  Sicily,  406  B.C.,  and  the  fall  of  Athens  in  404  B.C. 

The  Carthaginians  in  Sicily;  Dionysius  of  Syracuse,  405-367;  his  rela- 
tions with  Plato;  a  citizen  of  Athens,  368;  at  the  Olympian  games. 

The  Spartan  supremacy  in  Hellas,  404  B.C.-371;  the  revival  of  Athens; 
Conon's  victory  at  Cnidus,  394;  rebuilding  of  the  Long  Walls,  393  B.C.; 
the  military  reforms  of  Iphicrates,  the  Athenian. 

The  Persian  Empire;  the  Greek  attitude  wdth  regard  to  Persia;  the 
march  of  the  Ten  Thousand,  401  B.C.;  Xenophon,  the  Athenian. 

The  Theban  supremacy,  371  B.C.  to  362  B.C.;  Epaminondas;  Leuctra  to 
Mantinea;  the  Theban  phalanx. 


12  History  1a 

Importance  of  the  history  of  the  art  of  war;  the  equation  of  the  offen- 
sive and  the  defensive;  the  professional  soldier  as  against  the  citizen  soldier; 
the  Persian,  the  Athenian,  and  the  Spartan  soldier;  the  Greek  mercenaries. 

The  Greeks  in  Sicily;  Dionysius  II  and  Dion,  367  to  344;  Timoleon, 
344;  the  defeat  of  the  Carthaginians  at  the  Crimisiis,  339;  Carthaginian 
and  Syracusan  mercenaries;  death  of  Timoleon,  336. 

Philip  of  Macedon,  b,  382,  359-336;  the  tribes  of  Macedonia;  their 
organization  into  a  military  power;  the  Macedonian  phalanx;  Macedonian 
cavalry;  the  light  armed  troops;  Macedonian  artillery. 

Philip  of  Macedon  and  Hellas;  his  policy  with  regard  to  the  Greek  city 
states;  the  opposition  of  Demosthenes;  the  battle  of  Chaeronea,  338;  recog- 
nition of  Philip  as  chief  of  Hellas,  336;  establishment  of  the  Macedonian 
power. 

Development  of  Greek  culture;  Demosthenes  and  oratory,  385-322; 
Xenophon,  445-355. 

Plato,  429-347;  the  Dialogues ;  his  idealism;  the  Academy. 

Aristotle,  384-322,  the  friend  of  Philip,  the  tutor  of  Alexander;  his 
works;  his  importance;  the  Lyceum. 

Alexander  the  Great,  son  of  Philip,  uses  the  military  power  created  by 
his  father  to  conquer  Asia,  and  makes  possible  the  extension  of  Greek 
culture  in  the  East. 


LECTURE  11 

Alexander  the  Great 

Alexander  the  Great,  356-323;  son  of  Philip  of  Macedon  and  pupil  of 
Aristotle;  succeeded  his  father,  336  B.C.;  his  personality. 

The  conquest  of  Hellas;  destruction  of  Thebes. 

The  conquest  of  the  Persian  Empire;  the  army  of  Alexander;  thirty 
thousand  infantry,  of  whom  twelve  thousand  were  Macedonian;  five  thou- 
sand cavalry,  including  fifteen  hundred  Macedonians, 

Battle  of  the  Granicus,  334;  conquest  of  Asia  Minor;  battle  of  Issus, 
333  B.C;  conquest  of  the  Mediterranean  coast;  capture  of  Damascus  and 
Tyre;  sea  power;  march  through  Palestine;  conquest  of  Egypt;  foundation 
of  Alexandria. 

The  march  into  Persia;  breakdown  of  the  Persian  military  organization; 
defeat  of  Darius  at  Arbela,  331  B.C. 

The  march  to  India;  conquest  of  the  Punjab;  the  voyage  of  Nearchus. 

Death  of  Alexander  at  Babylon,  323  B.C. 

The  work  of  Alexander;  the  Hellenization  of  western  Asia  and  the 
eastern  Mediterranean. 

Greek  civilization  works  towards  the  East,  and  leaves  the  western  Medi- 
terranean to  Carthage  and  Eome. 


13  History  1a 

Effect  on  Asia  and  on  Greece  of  Alexander's  conquests. 

Alexander's  government;  the  provinces;  immigration  of  Greeks  into 
Asia;  Alexander's  cities;  the  satrapies  and  dynasties. 

Alexander  and  Amon;  effect  of  Egyptian  and  Asiatic  religion  upon 
Alexander. 

Extent  and  persistence  of  Alexander's  influence;  effect  on  the  imagi- 
nation of  the  world. 

Alexander  and  humanity;  extension  and  infusion  of  Greek  civiliaztion. 


LECTURE  12 

Alexander's  Empire 

The  century  after  Alexander's  death  (323  B.C.)  to  the  conquest  of 
Sicily  by  the  Romans  (212  B.C.)  ;  Hellenism. 

The  governments  in  Alexander's  Empire;  the  loss  of  the  Punjab  in 
India  by  the  incursions  of  the  Parthians;  the  struggle  for  the  balance  of 
power  between  various  kingdoms,  leagues,  and  cities;  the  conquest  of  the 
Greek  cities  in  Italy  by  Rome;  the  war  between  Pyrrhus  and  the  Roman 
Republic,  280-275  B.C.;  the  Romans  in  Sicily;  effect  of  the  Punic  wars  on 
Alexander's  Empire. 

The  incursion  of  the  Gauls,  278  B.C. 

The  kingdom  of  Syria;  its  wealth  and  importance;  Antioch;  the  dynasty 
of  Seleucus. 

The  Age  of  the  Ptolemies -in  Egypt;  their  administration  and  conquests. 

Commerce  and  industry  in  the  Hellenistic  world;  the  wealth  of  the 
cities;  the  mass  of  the  people. 

The  centers  of  Hellenism. 

Athens  and  philosophy;  the  Academy;  Epicurus  (337-270)  and  Zeno 
(308-260) ;  Epicureans  and  Stoics. 

Rhodes  and  Pergamum;  art;  Greek  sculpture  from  Pheidias,  through 
Praxiteles  and  Lysippus,  to  the  Colossus  of  Rhodes;  the  art  of  Pergamum; 
Rhodes  and  oratory;  painting. 

Science  and  Alexandria;  the  library  of  Alexandria;  the  Museum;  geom- 
etry and  trigonometry ;  Euclid ;  Hipparchus ;  astronomy ;  geography ;  Era- 
tosthenes (276-196);  mechanics;  Archimedes,  287-212;  Hero. 

Literature  in  the  3rd  century  B.C.;  grammar;  literary  criticism;  the 
new  comedy;  Menander  (342-290)  ;  the  new  poetry;  Theocritus  (295-240); 
the  new  history;  Timaeus  (352-256)  and  Theopompus  (378-305) ;  the  prose 
romance. 

Attempts  at  federal  government  in  Hellas;  the  Achaean  League,  280- 
221  B.C. 

The  Greeks  in  Sicily;  the  struggle  with  the  Carthaginians;  Agathocles 
(361-289);    Pyrrhus  in  Sicily,   278-276   B.C.;    the  Romans  in   Sicily;    the 


14  History  1a 

first  Punic  war,  263-241;   the  capture  of  Syracuse  by  the  Eomans  under 
Marcellus,  212  B.C. 

After  the  Punic  wars,  the  Eoman  EepuDlic  turns  east  to  the  conquest  of 
Alexander's  Empire. 


LECTUEE  13 
EoME  AND  Italy 

Importance  of  Eome  in  the  history  of  Europe;  its  situation. 

The  geography  and  early  history  of  Italy;  the  Neolithic  Age  in  Italy 
and  Sicily;  the  terra -mare  dwellings  of  north  Italy;  traces  of  different 
peoples  in  Italy;  the  Celtic  settlements  in  north  Italy;  the  Etruscans;  the 
Sikels. 

The  Etruscans  and  their  civilization. 

The  Greeks  in  Italy  and  Sicily;  the  Greek  cities  of  south  Italy;  Sybaris; 
Croton;  Tarentum;  the  Greek  cities  of  Sicily;  their  wars  with  the  Tyr- 
rhenian pirates  or  Etruscans;  the  battle  of  Cumae,  474,  won  by  Hiero  of 
Syracuse  over  the  Carthaginians  and  Etruscans. 

The  grain  trade  of  central  Italy;  supplies  from  northern  Italy  and 
from  Sicily;  the  introduction  of  the  vine  and  olive;  Sicily  supplies  the 
Eoman  market;  the  worship  of  Ceres. 

The  fabulous  character  of  the  early  history  of  Eome;  the  theories  of 
Pais;  the  influence  of  the  Sicilian  Greek  historians;  early  Eoman  history 
invented  by  Greeks;  parallels  between  Eome  and  Syracuse. 

Debt  of  Eome  to  Greek  civilization;  the  story  of  the  Twelve  Tables; 
the  Etruscan  period  of  Eoman  history;  struggle  with  the  Etruscan  cities; 
Eome  Greek  rather  than  Etruscan;  its  religion,  trade,  institutions,  and 
legends. 

Importance  of  the  legendary  early  history  of  Eome;  significance  of 
legendary  history;  the  tales  of  the  kings  and  of  the  struggles  between 
the  patricians  and  plebeians;  Niebuhr's  theory  of  early  ballads. 

Beginning  of  authentic  Eoman  history  with  the  destruction  of  Eome 
by  the  Gauls,  390  B.C.;  acknowledged  destruction  of  all  records;  allusions 
to  Eome  in  the  Sicilian  Greek  historians. 

Development  of  Eome  in  Italy  from  390  to  the  first  Punic  war,  264  B.C. 

While  Philip  of  Macedon  was  becoming  champion  of  Hellas,  356-336; 
and  Alexander  was  founding  the  Greek  empire  in  the  eastern  Mediterranean, 
336-323,  Eome  was  becoming  the  controlling  power  in  central  Italy;  first 
Samnite  war  and  the  Latin  war,  343-338;  the  second  and  third  Samnite 
wars,  326-290. 

Extension  of  Eoman  power  north  to  the  Eubicon,  266  B.C. 

Eoman  conquest  of  Campania  and  its  effect  on  Eoman  civilization. 


15  History  1a 

Kome  and  the  Greek  cities  of  southern  Italy;  the  wars  with  Pyrrhus, 
280-275. 

Change  in  the  economic  situation  of  Rome  as  a  result  of  these  conquests; 
development  of  wealth  and  civilization. 

The  government  of  Rome:  legends;  contrast  between  the  development 
of  the  Roman  city  state  and  the  Greek  city  states;  the  Roman  army;  the 
legion  and  the  phalanx;  Roman  oflScials;  the  official  aristocracy;  consuls, 
praetors,  and  ediles;  tribunes  of  the  people;  the  dictatorship  a  proof  of 
Roman  political  efficiency;  the  Roman  Senate;  legends  of  the  Roman  city 
democracy. 

The  Roman  State;  the  Roman  dominion. 

The  religion  of  Rome;  its  civic  character;  its  imported  elements. 

The  development  of  law  at  Rome. 

The  conditions  of  Rome  and  the  history  of  its  extension  in  Italy  devel- 
oped political,  legal,  and  military  efficiency  and  patriotism;  when  Rome 
engaged  in  the  Punic  wars,  264  B.C.,  and  began  to  extend  her  power  to 
Sicily,  the  struggle  began  for  the  control  of  the  western  Mediterranean, 
at  the  time  when  the  Greek  control  of  the  eastern  Mediterranean  was  already 
established  and  had   ceased  to  expand  to  the  west. 


LECTURE  14 
The  Punic  Wars 

The  struggle  for  the  control  of  the  western  Mediterranean;  the  three 
Punic  wars;  the  war  for  Sicily,  264-241,  completed  by  the  capture  of 
Syracuse,  212  B.C.;  the  war  for  Spain,  218-201  B.C.;  the  war  for  Africa, 
149-146  B.C. 

Rome  and  Italy;  nature  of  Roman  supremacy  in  Italy;  the  municipia 
of  the  Italian  cities;  the  agriculture  of  Italy;  the  importation  of  grain 
into  Rome;  the  cattle  ranches;  silver  first  coined  at  Rome,  268  B.C.;  the 
official  aristocracy  of  Rome;  the  Roman  army  and  the  Italian  people;  the 
Roman  colonies  in  Italy;   the  Via  Appia. 

The  empire  of  Carthage;  its  mercantile  aristocracy;  the  nature  of  its 
trade;  its  army  of  mercenaries  or  professional  soldiers;  its  sea  power;  its 
dominion  in  Spain;  the  family  of  Barca. 

The  first  Punic  war,  264-241;  Rome  becomes  a  sea  power;  the  conquest 
of  Sicily. 

The  extension  of  Roman  power  between  the  first  and  second  Punic  wars; 
the  conquest  of  Sardinia  and  Corsica,  238  B.C.;  the  conquest  of  Cisalpine 
Gaul,  225-222;  the  Via  Flaminia;  control  of  the  Adriatic,  229. 

Changes   in  Rome;    the   development   of   wealth  by   commerce   and   the 


16  History  1a 

exploitation  of  conquered  countries;  the  trade  of  Sicily;  the  interests  of 
Eome  and  Italy. 

Problems  of  government  presented  by  the  extension  of  Eoman  power; 
the  Eoman  officials;  the  Eoman  provinces;  the  Senate;  the  army  tends  to 
become  professional,  but  remains  Italian. 

Carthage  between  the  first  and  second  Punic  wars;  the  revolt  of  the 
mercenaries;  Flaubert's  Salammbo ;  the  development  of  Carthaginian  Spain 
by  the  Barcas;  the  early  history  of  Spain. 

The  second  Punic  War,  218-201  B.C.;  Hannibal,  246-183;  Hannibal  in 
Italy,  216-202;  the  battle  of  Cannae,  216;  the  campaigns  of  Fabius;  the 
capture  of  Syracuse  by  Marcellus,  212 ;  the  war  in  Spain ;  the  battle  of  the 
Metaurus,  208 ;  Scipio,  234-183 ;  the  battle  of  Zama,  202  B.C. 

Changes  brought  about  by  the  defeat  of  Carthage;  extension  of  Eoman 
trade  to  east  and  west;  increase  of  wealth;  growth  of  trade;  Italy  culti- 
vated by  slaves;  the  trading  center  at  Delos;  the  profits  of  war  and  admin- 
istration; the  aristocracy  of  wealth;  the  equites. 

Development  to  the  north  and  west;  the  Via  Emilia;  colonies  founded; 
Bologna,  Modena,  Parma,  Lucca,  Aquileia;  the  settlement  of  the  valley  of 
the  Po;  the  coast  road  to  Spain;  the  Greek  colony  of  Massilia;  the  conquest 
and  settlement  of  Spain;  Viriathus,  147-140  B.C. 

The  anti-imperialist  party  in  Eome;  Scipio  Africanus;  Emilius  Paulus, 
229-160;  Metellus. 

The  policy  and  character  of  Cato  the  Elder,  232-147. 

Extension  of  Eoman  power  to  the  east;  the  condition  and  attitude  of 
the  Greek  world  of  the  eastern  Mediterranean;  the  three  Macedonian  wars, 
215-205;  200-193;  171-167;  the  war  with  Syria;  defeat  of  Antiochus  by 
Scipio  Asiaticus  at  Magnesia,  190  B.C.;  the  policy  of  protectorates. 

The  problems  of  imperialism;  the  increase  of  slave  labor  in  Italy;  the 
growth  of  Eome;  the  extension  of  trade;  the  demand  for  profits  and  mar- 
kets; the  difficulties  of  administration;  the  demand  for  provinces  and  direct 
government;  Scipio  Emilianus,  185-129  B.C.;  the  historian  Polybius,  210- 
128. 

Greek  influence  in  Eome  and  on  Eoman  education;  Asiatic  ideas  and 
religions  in  Eome. 

Destruction  of  Corinth  and  creation  of  the  province  of  Macedonia,  146 
B.C.;  the  bequest  of  Pergamum  and  creation  of  the  province  of  Asia,  133; 
the  ruin  of  Ehodes;  protectorate  over  Syria;  the  wars  of  the  Maccabees, 
167-137  B.C. 

The  third  Punic  war,  149-146  B.C. ;  capture  and  destruction  of  Carthage, 
146;  the  province  of  Africa. 

Contrast  between  Eoman  policy  in  the  western  and  the  eastern  Mediter- 
ranean; effect  of  the  growth  of  empire  on  Italy  and  on  Eome. 


17  History  1a 


LECTUEE  15 
The  Extension  of  the  Eoman  Eepublic 

The  process  of  economic,  social,  and  administrative  adjustment;  revo- 
lutions are  desperate  efforts  at  such  adjustment. 

The  administrative  machine;  politics;  the  difficulties  of  imperialism. 

Absence  of  knowledge  of  details  of  revolutions  and  attempted  revolu- 
tions before  Eoman  history. 

The  problems  of  imperialism  became  more  acute  after  the  destruction 
of  Corinth  and  Carthage  in  146  B.C. 

The  effect  on  Italy  of  the  extension  of  the  Eoman  Eepublic ;  the  economic 
difficulty;  Ferrero's  description;  slave  labor  in  the  rural  districts;  the 
problem  of  the  public  land;  the  Italian  city  communities,  and  their  share 
in  the  new  empire;  the  growth  of  Eome. 

The  effect  on  the  government  of  the  Eepublic;  the  plutocracy;  the 
bureaucracy;  the  Senate;  the  assemblies  of  the  Eoman  people;  absence  of 
any  attempt  at  representative  government. 

The  effect  on  the  people  of  the  Mediterranean  countries;  comparison  of 
Eoman  imperialism  with  Egyptian,  Persian,  and  Alexandrian  imperialism; 
its  effect  on  political,  administrative,  and  material  prosperity  and  efficiency. 

The  solutions  proposed;  re-establishment  of  small  landholders;  return 
to  the  simple  life;  attack  on  race  suicide;  Scipio;  Gracchus;  Metellus. 

The  attempts  of  the  Gracchi  to  meet  the  situation;  their  political  and 
economic  reforms;  Tiberius  Gracchus,  131;  Caius  Gracchus,  121. 

Dangers  threatening  the  new  empire;  the  campaigns  in  Spain;  in  north 
Africa  against  Jugurtha;  against  the  German  tribes;  against  Mithridates 
of  Pontus. 

The  need  of  a  new  army  for  imperial  service;  the  first  professional 
Eoman  general,  Marius;  his  victories  over  the  Cimbri  and  Teutones,  102; 
Ms  military  reforms;  the  cohorts  and  the  legion;  the  professional  soldiers; 
the  professional  soldier  in  politics;  Marius  and  the  democratic  party  in 
Eome;  nature  of  the  democratic  party;  the  three  elements  in  Eoman  poli- 
tics: aristocracy  of  office,  wealth,  and  populace. 

Eome  and  Italy;  the  Social  War,  91-88;  extension  of  Eoman  citizenship. 

Sulla,  the  professional  general  of  the  aristocracy;  civil  war  in  Eome, 
88  B.C.;  Sulla's  campaigns  against  Mithridates;  Sulla  permanent  dictator, 
81-78;  restoration  of  order;  the  Senate. 

The  Italian  nation  takes  the  place  of  the  Eoman  city  state. 

The  slave  wars  in  Sicily  and  Italy;  Spartacus. 

Eapid  economic  revolution  in  Italy,  80-40  B.C.;  vineyards  and  olive 
orchards  take  the  place  of  cattle  ranches;  development  of  agriculture; 
Varro;  change  in  the  character  and  position  of  slaves;  extension  of  Greek 


18  History  1a 

and  Asiatic  ideas  in  intellectual,  agricultural,  industrial,  and  commercial 
life;  politics  abandoned  to  the  inhabitants  of  Kome. 

The  new  imperialism;  Sertorius  in  Spain;  Pompey;  Lucullus  and  his 
campaigns  against  Mithridates;  Crassus;  Julius  Caesar. 

Pompey  and  the  democratic  party;  Pompey  and  Crassus  consuls,  70  B.C. 

Marcus  Tullius  Cicero;  his  speeches  against  Verres;  oratory  at  Eome; 
the  civilian  in  politics  as  against  the  professional  soldier;  the  Eoman 
lawyers;   Hortensius. 

Introduction  of  the  use  of  mortgages,  and  its  effects;  the  wealth  of 
Crassus. 

The  recall  of  Lucullus,  67  B.C.;  importance  of  his  work  in  the  East; 
Ferrero's  comparison  between  him  and  Napoleon. 

Pompey 's  campaign  against  the  pirates  of  the  Mediterranean  and  in 
the  East,  67-62  B.C.;  the  Lex  Manilla. 

The  conspiracy  of  Catiline,  63  B.C.;  Cicero. 

The  return  of  Pompey  and  the  formation  of  the  first  ''triumvirate"  of 
Pompey,  Julius  Caesar  and  Crassus,  B.C.  59. 

Caesar  the  leader  of  the  new  democracy;  the  opening  of  a  new  era, 
inspired  by  a  man  who  understood  the  situation. 


LECTUEE  16 

Julius  Caesar 

The  situation  in  the  Mediterranean  world  in  59  B.C.;  contrast  between 
the  eastern  and  western  Mediterranean;  effect  of  the  campaigns  of  Lucullus 
and  Pompey;  the  provinces  of  Asia  and  Syria;  the  situation  in  Egypt. 

The  situation  at  Eome  and  in  Italy;  the  so-called  ''triumvirate"  of 
Pompey,  Crassus,  and  Caesar;  the  new  imperialism;  the  new  democracy; 
the  breakdown  of  the  Senate;  Cicero. 

The  economic  situation;  difficulty  of  adjustment;  the  "age  of  debts"; 
the  feeding  of  Eome;  the  Eoman  populace;  wealth  and  slaves. 

Pompey  and  his  military  force. 

Crassus  and  his  wealth. 

Cicero  and  his  reputation. 

Caius  Julius  Caesar,  born  102  or  100  B.C.;  his  family;  nephew  of 
Marius;  his  education;  his  personality;  his  study  and  absorption  of  Greek 
ideas;  his  eloquence;  his  entrance  into  public  life;  quaestor  68;  edile  66; 
praetor  62;  Pontifex  Maximus;  consul  59;  his  knowledge  of  the  east,  the 
west,  and  Italy;  his  organization  of  the  Eoman  democracy;  his  under- 
standing of  the  situation;  Caesar  an  opportunist;  the  views  of  Mommsen, 
Froude,  and  Ferrero;  Caesar  and  his  contemporaries. 

Caesar's  campaigns  in  Gaul,  58-49  B.C.;  his  expulsion  of  the  Germans; 


19  History  1a 

the  Gallic  civilization;  the  expeditions  to  Britain,  55,  54,  B.C.;  organization 
of  Gaul  as  a  Eoraan  province;  importance  of  the  conquest  of  Gaul. 

The  situation  in  Eome  and  in  the  East  during  Caesar's  campaigns  in 
Gaul;  the  Parthians;  expedition  and  death  of  Crassus,  53  B.C.;  defeat  of 
Carrhae. 

The  duel  between  Caesar  and  Pompey:;  Caesar  crosses  the  Rubicon, 
49  B.C.;  Caesar  master  of  Rome  and  Italy;  the  campaign  in  Spain;  the 
army  of  Caesar;  Caesar  dictator;  the  battle  of  Pharsalia,  9  August  48  B.C.; 
the  death  of  Pompey. 

Caesar  in  Egypt;  Cleopatra;  Caesar  in  Asia  Minor;  final  overthrow  of 
the  senatorial  party  in  Africa;  suicide  of  Cato  the  Younger. 

Economic  conditions  in  Italy;  the  export  of  oil;  the  rise  of  industry; 
the  collegia  of  the  artisans;  the  bourgeoisie  of  Italy;  spread  of  education; 
the  financial  situation;  credit;  Caesar's  measures  on  debts. 

Caesar  at  Rome,  46-44  B.C.;  his  administrative  measures;  impossibility 
of  restoring  the  old  system;  interference  with  interest  charges;  the  Julian 
calendar. 

Caesar  " imperator ' ^ ;  his  rank  as  a  destroyer  or  a  constructor;  views  of 
modern  historians;  admission  of  new  citizens;  admission  of  Gauls  to  the 
Senate ;  his  moderation  after  the  civil  war ;  his  imperialism ;  the  Persian 
war  policy. 

Assassination  of  Julius  Caesar,  15  March  44;  his  place  in  history. 


LECTURE  17 
The  Roman  Empire:  Augustus 

The  critical  period,  which  followed  the  assassination  of  Julius  Caesar; 
the  economic  problem;  need  of  peace  and  good  administration;  the  polit- 
ical problem;  need  for  a  united  and  consolidated  Mediterranean  civiliza- 
tion; the  contrast  between  the  Greek  eastern  Mediterran.ean  and  the  Latin 
western  Mediterranean;  difficulty  of  consolidating  them  under  one  gov- 
ernment. 

Need  of  adjustment  of  Roman  ideas  and  experience  of  administration 
for  the  management  of  an  empire;  Roman  administrators,  financiers,  law- 
yers, engineers;  the  imperialism  of  Julius  Caesar;  his  plans  for  the  conqviest 
of  Persia. 

Impossibility  of  restoring  the  Roman  aristocracy  or  the  Roman  democ- 
racy; their  unsuitability  for  imperial  administration. 

The  ideas  and  policy  of  Brutus  and  Cassius;  the  position  and  ideas  of 
Cicero;  the  army  of  Caesar;  the  populace  of  Rome;  Italy;  the  provinces. 

The  triumvirate  of  Antony  (83-30  B.C.),  Octavius  (63  B.C.,  14  A.D), 
and  Lepidus  (85-13  B.C.)  formed  in  43  B.C.;  the  reign  of  terror;  the 
murder  of  Cicero;  defeat  of  Brutus  and  Cassius  at  Philippi,  42  B.C. 


20  History  1a 

The  policy  of  Antony  in  the  East;  the  idea  of  the  Persian  war;  the 
policy  of  Cleopatra,  69-30  B.C.;  the  scheme  of  an  Egyptian  empire;  possi- 
bility of  its  success;  the  importance  of  Egypt  in  the  Mediterranean  world; 
the  views  of  Ferrero. 

The  policy  of  Octavius  in  Italy;  the  war  with  Sextus  Pompeius;  the 
soldiers  of  Caesar;  militarism;  the  results  of  the  civil  war;  the  end  of 
the  Koman  aristocracy  and  democracy;  Agrippa  and  Macenas. 

The  war  between  east  and  west;  the  battle  of  Actium,  31  B.C.;  the 
death  of  Antony;  Egypt  made  a  Roman  possession;  Eome  established  as  the 
capital  of  the  Mediterranean  world. 

The  principate  of  Augustus,  27  B.C.-14  A.D.  - 

The  reconstruction  of  the  Eoman  state,  27  B.C.;  Octavius  given  the 
title  of  Augustus;  beginning  of  an  age  of  peace;  the  use  of  the  treasure 
of  Egypt  in  restoring  economic  efficiency  in  Italy;  maintenance  or  restor- 
ation of  historic  republican  forms;  the  Senate;  the  assemblies  of  the 
people;  the  officials;  senatorial  and  imperial  provinces;  exceptional  posi- 
tion of  Egypt;  reorganization  of  Eome;  Augustus  consul,  proconsul,  and 
imperator;  the  need  of  continuous  command  for  the  army;  continuity  in 
administration;  the  new  bureaucracy;  the  Eoman  Eepublic  of  Augustus; 
Augustus,  perpetual  president  and  commander-in-chief. 

Changes  during  the  principate  of  Augustus;  attempt  to  restore  the 
efficiency  of  the  Senate;  need  of  continuity  in  executive  control  and  in 
foreign  policy;  the  dual  principate  of  Augustus  and  Agrippa,  B.C.  19-12. 

The  imperialism  of  Augustus;  withdrawal  from  the  idea  of  indefinite 
extension;  the  protectorate  over  Armenia  and  treaty  with  Parthia;  aban- 
donment of  the  policy  of  Julius  Caesar  and  Antony;  the  importance  of 
Herod  the  Great;  the  expedition  to  Arabia;  the  policy  pursued  in  Egypt 
and  north  Africa;  Spain  and  the  conquest  of  the  northwest;  Gaul  and  the 
making  of  roads;  the  attempt  to  find  a  strategic  frontier;  the  line  of  the 
Danube;  the  provinces  of  Moesia  and  Pannonia;  the  campaigns  of  Drusus 
and  Tiberius  against  the  Germans;  the  Germans  and  the  Eoman  empire; 
the  defeat  of  Varus  by  Arminius  or  Hermann,  A.D.  9. 

The  attempt  of  Augustus  to  reform  Eoman  society  and  to  restore 
religion. 

The  personality  of  Augustus;  contrast  with  Julius  Caesar;  Livia;  his 
family  misfortunes;  the  misconduct  of  Julia;  the  deaths  of  Marcellus, 
Lucius  Caesar,  Caius  Caesar,  and  Drusus;  Augustus  and  his  stepson,  Tibe- 
rius Claudius. 

Effect  on  the  world  of  the  forty  years'  principate  of  Augustus,  27  B.C.- 
14  A.D.;  the  Eoman  empire  and  its  beginning;  Italy;  Gaul  and  Spain; 
the  East;  contrast  with  Alexander's  Empire. 

Latin  literature;  the  early  authors;  Ennius;  Plautus. 

The  literature  of  the  revolutionary  period;  the  writings  of  Cicero; 
Sallust;  the  poets  Lucretius  and  Catullus. 


21  History  1a 

The  literature  of  the  Augustan  Age;  the  creation  of  the  legend  of  Eome; 
Livy;  Virgil's  Aeneid. 

The  poets  of  Eome;  Virgil;  the  Eclogues  and  the  Georgics;  Horace;  the 
Satires,  Odes,  and  Epistles;  the  Carmen  Saeculare;  Propertius,  Tibullus, 
Ovid. 

Science  at  Eome:  philosophy;  law;  architecture,  the  Pantheon;  Vitru- 
\ius;  art. 

Death  of  Herod  the  Great  (B.C.  4)  ;  petition  of  the  Jews  that  Palestine 
should  be  made  a  Eoman  province;  the  division  of  the  kingdom  of  Herod 
between  Archaelaus,  Philip,  and  Herod  Antipas;  Judaea  a  Eoman  province 
6  A.D. 

Birth  of  Jesus  Christ,  B.C.  4. 


LECTUEE  18 
The  Eoman  Empire:  Tiberius  to  Nero 

Effect  of  the  forty  years'  principate  of  Augustus  on  the  Eoman  world; 
the  material  results  of  peace  and  continuity  of  administration. 

The  spirit  of  the  principate;  divus  Julius  and  divus  Augustus;  the 
Greek  and  the  Latin  attitude  toward  government. 

The  administration  of  the  empire;  the  maxims  of  Augustus;  continuance 
of  the  theory  of  Eome  and  the  Eepublic;  actual  position  of  the  Senate; 
demand  for  a  trained  bureaucracy  of  officials;  the  household  of  the  prin- 
ceps;  jealousy  of  the  Senate;  the  needs  of  the  army;  the  pretorian  cohorts. 

The  question  of  the  frontiers;  the  policy  of  Tiberius  in  Germany;  the 
frontier  of  the  Ehine  and  Danube;  the  organization  of  Gaul;  the  invasion 
of  Britain  and  formation  of  a  new  province  there  by  Claudius. 

The  history  of  the  Julian  Caesars;  the  influence  of  Tacitus  and  Sue- 
tonius ;  the  reaction  against  considering  the  lives  of  the  emperors  the  history 
of  the  empire;  Mommsen. 

The  principate  of  Tiberius,  14-37  A.D.;  his  training  for  empire,  41 
B.C.-14;  different  views  of  his  personality;  reaction  against  Tacitus  and 
Suetonius;  the  adherence  of  Tiberius  to  the  policy  of  Augustus;  Tiberius 
and  the  Senate;  Tiberius  and  the  army;  Tiberius  and  the  provinces;  Tibe- 
rius and  Eome;  the  story  of  Sejanus,  31  A.D. ;  the  law  and  interpretation 
of  majestas. 

The  events  of  the  principate  of  Tiberius;  the  German  wars,  14-17  A.D.; 
the  death  of  Arminius,  21  A.D. ;  death  of  Germanicus  (B.C.  15-A.D.  19); 
''princes  are  mortal,  the  Eepublic  is  eternal";  the  campaigns  on  the 
frontiers;  Syria;  Africa;  Tiberius  at  Capri,  26-37  A.D, 

Events  in  Judaea;  the  dynasty  of  Herod  the  Great;  extent  of  self- 
government  left  to  the  Jews  in  Judaea;  the  Jewish  communities  in  the 
Mediterranean  cities;   Pontius  Pilatus  procurator  of  Judaea,  A.D.   27-37; 


22  History  1a 

crucifixion  of  Jesus  Christ,  A,D.  29;  the  Christian  community  at  Jerusalem. 

The  principate  of  Caligula,  37-41  A.D.;  the  son  of  Germanicus,  born 
12  A.D. ;  the  influence  of  Herod  Agrippa;  assumption  of  oriental  despotism; 
assassination  of  Caligula,  41  A.D, 

The  principate  of  Claudius,  41-54  A.D.;  the  brother  of  Germanicus, 
born  10  B.C.;  made  princeps  by  the  praetorian  guards;  his  character  and 
training;  his  good  administration  and  great  engineering  works;  his  atti- 
tude towards  the  provinces;  founder  of  Cologne;  the  situation  in  Judaea; 
the  officials  of  Claudius;  his  household;  the  freedmen;  absence  of  a  bureau- 
cratic class;  the  conquest  of  south  Britain,  43-51  A.D.;  the  death  of  Mes- 
salina,  48  A.D.;  the  death  of  Claudius,  54  A.D. 

The  crisis  in  the  history  of  Christianity  during  the  principate  of  Clau- 
dius; Saint  Paul  at  Antioch,  44  A.D.;  the  missionary  journeys  of  Saint 
Paul;  the  question  of  Jews  and  Gentiles;  importance  of  the  settlement  of 
this  question;  the  further  missions  of  Saint  Paul;  the  episode  with  Gallio 
at  Corinth,  55  A.D.;  the  beginning  of  the  statement  of  Christian  dogma  in 
the  Epistles  of  Saint  Paul. 

The  principate  of  Nero,  54-68  A.D.;  the  son  of  Agrippina  the  Younger, 
daughter  of  Germanicus,  born  37  A.D. ;  his  education  and  early  training; 
Seneca  and  Burrus,  54-62 ;  the  good  admanistration  of  the  provinces ;  the 
campaigns  of  Suetonius  Paulinus  in  Britain,  59-61  A.D.;  the  revolt  of 
Boadicea. 

The  personality  of  Nero;  Tacitus  and  Suetonius;  modern  attempts  at 
defense;  his  Greek  attitude  and  devotion  to  Greek  literature;  the  disease 
of  empire;  Nero  and  Eome;  comparison  with  Caligula;  the  great  fire  at 
Eome,  64  A.D.;  the  rebuilding  of  Eome;  the  persecution  of  the  Christians 
at  Eome;  the  deaths  of  Seneca  and  Lucan,  65  A.D.,  and  of  Petronius,  66 
A.D. ;  their  place  in  literature;  Nero  in  Greece,  66-67  A.D,;  revolt  of  the 
armies  in  Gaul  and  Spain;  the  praetorian  guards;  the  death  of  Nero,  68 
A.D,;  popularity  of  Nero  in  Eome, 

The  spread  of  Christianity  during  the  principate  of  Nero;  Saint  Paul 
at  Ephesus,  57-60  A,D.;  the  Epistles  of  S.aint  Paul  and  their  importance; 
St.  Paul  at  Jerusalem;  his  appeal  to  Caesar;  the  Christians  at  Eome;  the 
question  of  Pomponia  Graecina;  tradition  of  the  execution  of  St.  Paul 
and  St,  Peter  at  Eome,  64  B,C.;  influence  of  Christian  tradition. 


LECTUEE  19 

The  Eoman  Empire:  The  Flavian  Caesars 

After  a  century  of  peace  and  prosperity  for  the  Mediterranean  world, 
during  which  a  frontier  policy  was  developed,  a  central  administration  with 
varied  relations  to  the  provinces  and  subject  kingdoms  of  the  empire  was 
established,   and   a   working   theory   of   government   was   evolved,    followed, 


23  History  1a 

after  the  death  of  Nero,  a  sudden  awakening  to  the  fact  that  the  whole 
structure  depended  upon  the  army  of  the  principate. 

The  Eoman  peace;  opportunity  afforded  by  it  for  the  development  of 
agriculture,  industry,  and  commerce,  and  for  the  diffusion  of  Christianity. 

The  army  of  the  principate;  the  legions:  their  permanent,  camps; 
number  varied  from  twenty-five  to  twenty-nine;  their  frontier  service;  the 
building  of  roads,  bridges,  and  cities;  the  colonies;  the  veterans;  the  pro- 
fessionalism of  a  standing  army;  contrast  between  the  Eoman  army  of  the 
principate  and  the  armies  of  the  Eoman  Eepublic  and  of  Alexander  and  his 
successors  in  the  Greek  world;  army  traditions;  organization,  equipment, 
and  discipline;  recruiting;  ofl&cers  and  soldiers;  the  praetorian  guards;  the 
auxiliary  cohorts;  their  number  and  organization;  army  officers  as  admin- 
istrators. 

The  year  of  the  four  emperors,  68-69  A.D.;  the  revolt  of  Vindex  in 
Gaul;  the  death  of  Nero,  9  June  68  A.D.;  Galba  and  the  legions  of  Spain; 
the  praetorian  guards  declare  for  Galba;  the  Senate  recognizes  Galba  as 
princeps;  Otho  declared  emperor  by  the  praetorian  guards,  death  of  Galba, 
and  recognition  of  Otho  by  the  Senate,  15  January  69  A.D.;  Vitellius  de- 
clared emperor  by  the  legions  on  the  German  frontier;  defeat  and  death 
of  Otho,  15,  17  April  69;  Vespasian  declared  emperor  by  the  legions  in 
Syria;  defeat  of  the  Vitellians  at  Bedriacum;  capture  of  Eome,  burning 
of  the  Capitol,  death  of  Vitellius,  and  recognition  of  Vespasian  as  princeps, 
21  December  69. 

Consternation  of  the  peaceful  Mediterranean  world  at  these  events;  its 
effect  on  the  Christians,  when  added  to  their  persecution  at  Eome  by  Nero; 
apocalyptic  literature;  the  Apocalypse  or  Booh  of  Revelations ;  the  sybilline 
books. 

The  principate  of  Vespasian,  69-79  A.D.;  his  origin  and  character; 
impossibility  of  maintaining  the  fiction  of  the  Eoman  Eepublic  except  in 
name;  the  name  of  Eome;  the  rebuilding  of  the  Capitol;  the  Colosseum; 
Vespasian  and  the  army;  army  reform;  Vespasian  and  provincial  adminis- 
tration; Vespasian  and  the  treasury;  Vespasian  and  the  Senate;  Vespasian 
and  the  hereditary  principle;  his  sons,  Titus  and  Domitian;  Vespasian  and 
Eoman  society. 

The  Jewish  war;  the  capture  of  Jerusalem  by  Titus,  70  A.D.;  Judea  a 
Eoman  province;  Flavius  Josephus  (35-95  A.D.). 

The  revolt  of  Civilis;  the  Batavian  cohorts;  significance  of  this  move- 
ment of  auxiliary  troops;  the  empire  of  the  Gauls;  importance  of  Cologne 
and  of  Treves  or  Trier;  suppression  of  the  revolt  of  Civilis;  the  German 
frontiers. 

Vespasian  inaugurates  another  century  of  the  Eoman  peace;  his  work 
and  position  compared  with  that  of  Augustus. 

The  principate  of  Titus,  June  79-September  81  A.D.;  the  destruction  of 
Pompeii  and  Herculaneum,  August  23,  24,  79  A.D. 


24  History  1a 

The  principate  of  Domitian,  81-96  A.D.;  comparison  with  the  principate 
of  Tiberius;  his  contempt  for  the  Senate;  his  nomination  of  all  officials; 
his  autocracy;  his  attitude  towards  the  army;  murder  of  Domitian,  96  A.D. ; 
the  attitude  of  Tacitus  and  Suetonius  towards  the  Flavian  Caesars,  and 
the  effect  of  their  writings;  revival  of  majestas. 

Domitian  and  the  extension  and  defense  of  the  empire;  the  campaigns 
of  Agricola  in  Britain,  79-85  A.D.;  Hibernia  and  Caledonia;  the  battle  of 
the  Mons  Graupius;  the  importance  of  Eboracum  (York),  Glevum  (Glou- 
cester), and  Castra  (Chester)  ;  Domitian  and  the  frontier  line  between  the 
Rhine  and  the  Danube;  the  Limes  Germanicus;  its  importance  for  south 
Germany;  the  line  of  the  Danube;  Domitian  and  the  Dacians;  importance 
of  Vindobona  (Vienna). 

The  buildings  of  the  Flavian  Caesars;  the  Colosseum;  the  arch  of  Titus; 
the  Thermae  or  Baths;  art  under  the  Flavians. 

Literature  under  the  Flavian  Caesars;  Vespasian's  foundation  of  pro- 
fessorships; Quintilian  (35-105);  the  poets  Martial  (40-102),  Statins 
(45-96),  and  Silius  Italicus  (25-101);  the  elder  Pliny  (23-79  A.D.)  ;  his 
Natural  History. 

Christianity  under  the  Flavians;  recovery  from  the  consternation  caused 
by  the  persecution  of  Nero;  the  two  branches  of  Christianity,  the  Jewish 
and  the  Gentile;  the  double  communities  in  the  eastern  Mediterranean; 
Syrian  and  Greek  Christianity;  Christianity  at  Antioch  and  Ephesus;  late 
appearance  of  Christianity  in  Egypt;  the  teachings  of  Philo. 

Christianity  at  Rome  under  the  Flavians;  the  interest  of  the  Flavians 
in  Judaism;  Berenice  and  Josephus;  the  Jews  in  Rome;  Christianity  in  the 
Flavian  family;  Clemens  and  Domitilla;  the  first  catacombs  at  Rome. 

The  composition  of  the  Gospels;  the  Hebrew  gospel;  the  Ebionites;  the 
Gospel  of  St.  Mark,  76  A.D. ;  of  St.  Matthew,  85  A.D. ;  of  St.  Luke,  94  A.D. ; 
their  influence  upon  the  history  of  civilization. 


LECTURE  20 
The  Roman  Empire:  Trajan  and  Hadrian 

General  characteristics  of  the  period  of  the  five  good  emperors,  96-180 
A.D. ;  the  peace  of  Rome;  prosperity  of  the  Mediterranean  world;  disap- 
pearance of  nationalism  and  particularism  in  the  Roman  Empire;  cosmo- 
politanism; spread  of  education;  the  roads  and  the  post;  imperial  unity 
contrasted  with  diversity  of  population. 

The  problems  of  military  defense  of  the  frontiers  and  of  good  admin- 
istration in  Rome,  Italy,  and  the  provinces. 

Theory  of  government;  respect  paid  to  the  Senate  with  diminution  of 
its  power;  revival  of  the  ideals  of  the  Roman  Republic;  "princeps  ac  im- 


25  History  1a 

perator"  in  the  second  century  as  compared  with  the  first  century;  increase 
in  the  real  authority  of  the  emperors. 

The  attitude  taken  by  Tacitus;  correction  of  his  views  by  the  collection 
and  interpretation  of  inscriptions;  sources  of  knowledge  of  the  Eoman 
empire  in  the  second  century. 

The  principate  of  Nerva,  96-98  A.D. 

The  principate  of  Trajan,  98-117  A.D,;  his  character  and  administration. 

Extension  of  the  empire  under  Trajan;  his  campaigns  on  the  Danube; 
the  province  of  Dacia;  the  column  of  Trajan;  his  campaigns  in  Asia;  the 
provinces  of  Armenia,  Mesopotamia,  Assyria,  and  Arabia;  foundation  of 
Palmyra;  the  Parthians. 

The  principate  of  Hadrian,  117-138  A.D.;  his  personality;  his  cosmo- 
politanism; his  imperialism;  his  progresses  through  the  empire;  his  Greek 
ideals;  his  buildings  at  Athens  and  at  Eome;  his  villa  at  Tibur  (Tivoli)  ; 
the  story  of  Antinous. 

The  frontier  policy  of  Trajan  and  Hadrian;  reform  of  the  army;  the 
new  equipment  and  tactics;  the  frontier  posts;  the  Wall  of  Hadrian  in 
Britain;  the  frontier  line  in  Germany;  the  annexation  and  settlement  of 
Eoman  Germany;  the  colonies  of  Augsburg  and  Eegensburg  (Eatisbon)  ;  the 
line  of  the  Danube;  Dacia;  the  empire  in  Asia;  Cappodocia;  Arrian;  the 
line  of  the  Euphrates;  Arabia;  North  Africa;  Timgad  and  Lambessa;  the 
military  colonies. 

The  administrative  policy  of  Trajan  and  Hadrian;  the  senatorial  order; 
the  knights;  development  of  knights  as  imperial  secretaries  and  central 
officials,  taking  the  place  of  the  imperial  freedmen  of  Caesar's  household; 
creation  of  a  civil  service  apart  from  the  military  service  by  Hadrian; 
the  imperial  fisc  or  treasury;  the  imperial  post;  Italy  and  Eome  assimilated 
with  the  provinces;  the  praetorian  prefect  at  Eome. 

Development  of  an  imperial  judiciary;  the  system  of  Eoman  law;  the 
praetor's  edict  reduced  to  a  definite  form  and  given  the  force  of  a  definite 
law  (131  A.D.) ;  the  responsa  prudentum  or  replies  of  the  jurists;  the 
tendencies  of  the  Eoman  law;  growth  of  the  legal  profession;  the  Insti- 
tutes of  Gains,  161  A.D. 

Legislation  in  the  second  century;  the  imperial  edicts;  the  senatus 
consulta. 

Executive  government;  the  nomination  of  officials;  end  of  even  nominal 
election;  the  development  of  the  imperial  council. 

Local  government  in  the  Eoman  empire;  the  civitates;  the  municipia; 
vigor  of  local  government;  election  of  local  officials;  local  questions;  the 
government  of  Pliny  the  Younger  in  Bithynia;  the  prevalence  of  city  life; 
the  problems  of  rural  life  and  of  agriculture;  the  coloni;  farm  adminis- 
tration; the  imperial  domain;  tendency  towards  serfdom. 

The  working  classes  in  the  Eoman  empire;  the  collegia  or  guilds;  atti- 


26  History  1a 

tude  and  legislation  of  Trajan,  and  of  Hadrian;  the  slaves  and  the  f reed- 
men. 

Eome,  Italy,  and  the  empire;  the  population  of  Eome  about  1,600,000, 
of  which  900,000  were  slaves;  the  freedmen;  the  foreigners;  social  life  and 
customs;  business;  the  feeding  and  amusement  of  the  city  populations; 
the  Italian  cities;  the  Italian  countryside;  the  country  life  of  Hadrian  and 
Pliny. 

Education  in  the  second  century;  schools  and  universities;  imperial  aid. 

Literature  under  Trajan  and  Hadrian;  the  Satires  of  Juvenal,  55-135; 
Tacitus,  the  historian,  54-120;  Pliny  the  Younger,  61-115;  Plutarch,  46- 
121;  Arrian;  Suetonius,  75-160;  Hadrian  and  the  Athenaeum. 

Art  under  Trajan  and  Hadrian;  the  column  of  Trajan;  the  Temple  of 
Zeus  at  Athens;  the  tomb  of  Hadrian  at  Eome. 

Christianity  under  Trajan  and  Hadrian;  the  official  attitude  of  the 
imperial  administration;  the  Christians  considered  as  ''enemies  of  the 
human  race";  sacrilege. 

St.  Clement  at  Eome,  30-100  A.D.;  his  Epistle;  organization  of  the 
Christian  Church;  union  of  the  disciples  of  St.  Peter  and  St.  Paul;  pres- 
byters; beginning  of  the  episcopate;  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles  by  St.  Luke; 
St.  John  at  Ephesus;  the  Syrian  sects;  Antioch;  martyrdom  of  St.  Ignatius, 
107  A.D.;  the  Christians  of  Alexandria;  Greek  philosophy  and  Christianity; 
the  Fourth  Gospel  (126  A.D.). 

Distinction  made  between  Jews  and  Christians;  race  and  religion;  the 
Jewish  revolts  of  107-118,  131-138;  final  separation  of  church  and  syna- 
gogue. 

Eeligious  toleration  in  the  Eoman  empire  of  the  second  century;  dis- 
tinction between  w^orship  and  belief,  between  ritual  and  creed,  between  local 
gods  and  universal  truths;  the  gods  of  the  home  and  family;  the  worship 
of  the  Emperor;  the  State  as  a  unifying  force. 


LECTUEE  21 
The  Eoman  Empire:   The  Antonines 

Peace  and  prosperity  of  the  Eoman  world  under  the  Antonines;  view 
set  forth  by  Gibbon  that  it  was  the  happiest  time  in  the  history  of  civil- 
ization; the  condition  of  the  masses  of  the  people;  development  of  humani- 
tarian principles;  charity  to  orphans  and  the  poor;  kinder  treatment  of 
slaves;  humane  direction  of  the  law  with  regard  to  them. 

Contradiction  presented  by  the  passion  for  gladiatorial  games;  origin  in 
funeral  ceremonies;  their  extension  and  popularity;  the  schools  of  gladi- 
ators; attitude  of  Marcus  Aurelius. 

Eesemblances  and  contrasts  between  the  Age  of  Antonines  and  modern 
times;    widespread  extension  of  business;    ease  and  popularity  of  travel; 


27  History  1a 

restlessness  and  curiosity;  education;  Eome,  Athens,  and  the  provincial 
schools  of  learning  and  universities;  the  modern  tone  of  Lucian,  125-185 
A.D. ;  ignorance  of  economic  laws;  lack  of  general  military  training  for 
defense;  exclusion  of  the  mass  of  the  people  from  political  or  social  re- 
sponsibility. 

Philosophy  and  religion;  universal  interest  among  the  educated  classes; 
the  Epicureans;  the  Cynics;  the  Stoics;  Epictetus;  Arrian;  Marcus  Aure- 
lius;  expulsion  of  philosophers  from  Eome  by  Domitian;  their  return  and 
dominance  in  the  second  century ;  the  popular  force  of  religion ;  paganism ; 
the  worship  of  Isis,  of  the  Mighty  Mother,  of  Mithra;  extension  of  Mith- 
raism  through  the  army;  Judaism  and  monotheism;  the  popular  aversion 
to  Christianity;  its  appeal  to  the  poor  and  unhappy;  the  promise  of  eternal 
life. 

The  principate  of  Antoninus  Pius,  138-161  A.D. ;  his  personality;  his 
administration,  economy,  and  interest  in  law  and  education;  the  mainte- 
nance of  the  frontiers;  inclusion  of  southern  Scotland  in  the  Eoman  Empire; 
the  wall  of  Antoninus,  142  A.D. 

The  principate  of  Marcus  Aurelius,  161-180  A.D.;  the  Emperor  phil- 
osof>her;  the  Thoughts  or  Meditations  of  Marcus  Aurelius;  his  fidelity  to 
the  ritual  of  the  old  Eoman  religion,  while  a  philosopher;  Faustina. 

The  events  of  the  principate  of  Marcus  Aurelius;  the  two  Augusti, 
Marcus  Aurelius,  and  Lucius  Verus;  further  development  of  central  govern- 
ment; the  nomination  of  senators;  the  council  of  the  empire;  the  under- 
secretaries; the  grading  of  the  civil  service;  the  curatores  reipublicae;  the 
development  of  the  law  in  the  direction  of  humanity. 

The  Parthian  War,  162-166  A.D. ;  its  success. 

The  Marcomannic  War,  166-179  A.D.;  the  pressure  of  the  German  tribes 
on  the  Danube  frontier;  the  invasion  of  Italy;  the  projected  provinces  of 
Sarmatia  and  Marcomannia;  the  campaigns  of  Marcus  Aurelius;  the  death 
of  Lucius  Verus,  169  A.D.;  the  settlement  of  German  barbarians  within 
the  limits  of  the  Empire;  the  military  colonate;  death  of  Marcus  Aurelius 
at  Vienna,  180  A.D. 

The  great  plague  or  pestilence  of  166  A.D,;  its  economic  and  moral 
effect;  the  profession  of  medicine  in  the  second  century;  Greek  physicians 
and  the  influence  and  tradition  of  Hippocrates;  Egyptian  and  Syrian 
physicians;  the  temples  and  worship  of  Aesculapius;  Epidaurus;  the  life 
and  work  of  Galen,  131-200  A.D. 

Literature  under  the  Antonines;  Lucian  of  Samosata,  125-185  A.D. ;  his 
modern  touch;  the  geographer  and  astronomer  Ptolemy;  Appian  the  his- 
torian; Arrian;  Apuleius  and  the  Golden  Ass;  Aulus  Gellius. 

Philosophy  under  the  Antonines;  earnestness  of  the  philosophers;  aban- 
donment of  physical  and  metaphysical  speculation;  influence  of  the  Stoic 
philosophy;  Epictetus  and  Marcus  Aurelius;  their  search  for  a  moral  phil- 
osophy. 


28  History  1a 

Eeligion  under  the  Antonines;  demand  for  a  less  arid  reply  to  the  great 
questions  than  that  of  the  philosophers;  scepticism;  superstition;  the  long- 
ing for  an  emotional  religion;  the  idea  of  immortality. 

Dispersion  of  the  Jews  after  their  last  outbreak  under  Hadrian;  perse- 
cution; their  refuge  in  Parthia;  their  communities  in  the  cities  of  the 
Antonines;  their  devotion  to  the  Law;  composition  of  the  Talmud;  their 
effect  on  the  religious  ideas  of  the  second  century  through  Christianity;  the 
Jewish  race  and  the  Jewish  religion. 

Christianity  under  the  Antonines;  the  beginnings  of  a  Christian  the- 
ology; the  age  of  Apologies;  Justin  Martyr;  Celsus;  need  of  a  theology; 
the  uncertainty  of  Christian  doctrine;  the  Ebionites;  the  Gnostics;  the 
Marcionites;  the  apocryphal  gospels  and  other  Christian  literature  of  the 
second  century;  the  Pastor  of  Hermas;  the  evolution  of  Catholic  doctrine 
at  Eome;  recognition  of  the  four  canonical  gospels,  about  180  A.D. 

The  popular  attitude  towards  Christianity;  accusations  of  immorality, 
treason,  and  atheism;  the  excitement  of  Montanism;  the  Christian  desire 
for  martyrdom;  the  martyrdom  of  Polycarp,  155  A.D.;  Justin,  168;  and 
of  the  martyrs  of  Lyons,  177. 

Signs  of  decay  in  the  Age  of  the  Antonines;  depopulation  following 
the  great  plague  of  166  A.D.;  settlement  of  barbarians  within  the  Empire; 
economic  breakdown  and  the  contrasts  of  wealth  and  poverty;  disappear- 
ance of  precious  metals;  the  discovery  of  the  monsoon  (A.D.  50)  and  the 
drain  to  India;  bad  financial  system;  need  for  labor  and  lack  of  slaves 
for  the  slave  market;  the  reduction  of  the  rural  w^orkers  to  serfdom;  large 
accumulations  of  capital  and  landed  estates;  lack  of  military  efficiency 
behind  the  armies  of  the  frontiers;  absorption  of  administrative  duty  by 
the  central  government;  disappearance  of  political  life  and  political  respons- 
ibility among  the  people  of  the  Eoman  Empire. 

Social  and  spiritual  unrest  at  the  close  of  the  second  century  A.D.; 
Lucian's  writings;  Pater's  Marius  the  Epicurean. 


LECTUEE  22 

The  Eoman  Empire  in  the  Third  Century:  Commodus  to  Diocletian 

Gibbon's  Decline  and  Fall  of  the  Eoman  Empire;  the  circumstances 
under  which  it  was  written;  Gibbon's  point  of  view;  Gibbon's  sources; 
changes  in  point  of  view  since  the  time  of  Gibbon;  greater  attention  paid 
to  the  economic  decline  and  social  changes,  due  to  the  great  pestilences  of 
166-182  A.D.,  and  250-258  A.D.,  and  to  the  competition  of  religions  in 
the  3rd  century;  the  new  sources  of  knowledge. 

The  principate  of  Commodus,  180-193  A.D. 

The  age  of  the  ''barrack"  emperors,  193-284  A.D.;   the  power  of  the 


29  History  1a 

army;  desperate  defense  of  the  frontiers;  increase  of  centralization  in 
administration;  breakdown  of  local  administration. 

Septimius  Severus,  193-211  A.D. ;  importance  of  Ms  reign;  army  reform; 
reorganization  of  the  government;  frontier  policy. 

Caracalla,  211-217  A.D. ;  the  decree  of  212  A.D.,  extending  Eoman 
citizenship;  its  administrative  and  financial  significance;  its  legal  signifi- 
cance; the  tendency  of  Eoman  law;  equality  before  the  law;  Papinian. 

Alexander  Severus,  222-235  A.D.;  the  Syrian  influence  in  government; 
fall  of  the  Parthian  Empire  and  establishment  of  the  Persian  kingdom  of 
the  Sassanids,  227  A.D.;  Ulpian. 

The  breakdown  of  the  imperial  frontiers  in  the  middle  of  the  3rd  cen- 
tury; invasions  of  the  Alamanni,  the  Goths,  and  the  Persians;  the  rise  of 
Palmyra;  efforts  of  the  ''barrack  emperors";  Decius,  249-257;  the  pesti- 
lence of  250-258. 

Restoration  of  the  Roman  empire  and  the  Roman  peace;  the  Emperor 
Aurelian,  270-275  A.D. ;  abandonment  of  Dacia;  overthrow  of  Palmyra 
and  its  queen,  Zenobia,  272;  the  triumph  of  Aurelian,  274;  the  new  walls 
of  Rome;  establishment  of  military  despotism. 

The  reign  of  Diocletian,  284-305  A.D.;  the  reforms  which  preserved 
the  Roman  Empire  for  another  century;  Asiatic  character  of  the  new  em- 
pire; the  reorganization  of  the  empire  into  prefectures,  dioceses,  and 
provinces;  the  military  reforms;  change  in  frontier  policy  and  in  the  army; 
the  new  bureaucracy;  the  division  of  the  empire;  the  abdication  of  Diocle- 
tian, 305  A.D. 

The  competition  of  religions  during  the  3rd  century ;  the  demand  for 
a  state  religion  and  a  common  faith;  the  inadequacy  of  philosophy;  the 
demand  for  a  worship  and  a  priesthood;  the  idea  of  immortality. 

The  worship  of  Isis;  its  priesthood;  its  mythology;  its  nature  worship; 
its  attitude  towards  immortality;  its  relation  to  the  old  Egyptian  worship; 
its  popularity  in  Italy;  Commodus. 

The  worship  of  the  Mighty  Mother;  its  priesthood;  its  attitude  towards 
immortality;  its  ceremonies;  the  tau.robolium;  its  Asiatic  and  emotional 
ceremonies;  the  Syrian  emperors. 

The  worship  of  Mithra;  its  Persian  origin;  the  purity  of  its  ideals; 
its  popularity  among  the  soldiers;  its  wide  extension  in  the  3rd  century; 
its  ceremonies;  its  degrees  and  organization;  its  democratic  character;  the 
beauty  of  its  symbolism;  its  recognition  of  other  religions;  its  value  as  a 
state  religion;  its  adoption  by  Aurelian;  the  Temple  of  the  Sun  at  Rome; 
Diocletian  and  the  worship  of  Mithra;  its  relation  to  Christianity;  the 
recovery  of  Mithraism  and  its  importance,  through  the  work  of  Cumont. 

Christianity  as  a  competing  religion  in  the  3rd  century;  its  appeal  to 
the  hope  of  personal  immortality;  growth  of  the  churches;  its  unwarlike 
character;  attitude  of  the  emperors;  the  passion  for  martyrdom;  the  perse- 


30  History  1a 

cutions  under  Decius  and  Diocletian ;  the  number  of  the  martyrs ;  the  martyr- 
dom of  St.  Cyprian  of  Carthage,  256  A.D. 

The  organization  of  the  Christian  Church  in  the  3rd  century;  its  liturgy; 
its  priesthood;  its  bishops;  the  strength  of  its  community  organization; 
the  church  councils  in  the  provinces;  Christianity  an  urban  religion  as 
opposed  to  Mithraism,  a  military  religion;  its  organization  stronger  than 
that  of  its  competitors;  its  recognition  and  employment  of  women  in  its 
organization. 

The  development  of  Christian  theology;  exegetical  literature  takes  the 
place  of  apologetics;  its  headquarters  at  Alexandria;  St.  Clement  of  Alex- 
andria, 150-215;  Origen,  185-254;  the  Latin  theologians;  Tertullian,  160- 
240;  St.  Cyprian,  200-256;  the  question  of  the  lapsi. 

The  revival  of  Greek  philosophy;  the  Neo-platonism  of  Alexandria; 
Plotinus,  205-270  A.D.;  Porphyry,  233-304  A.D. 

The  importance  of  the  reforms  of  Diocletian;  his  work  supplemented 
by  that  of  Constantino  and  by  the  recognition  of  Christianity  by  Constan- 
tino; the  Eoman  Empire  continued  for  another  century. 


LECTUEE  23 

The  Eoman  Empire  in  the  Fourth  Century:  From  Constantine  to  the 
Battle  of  Adrianople 

Effect  of  the  reorganization  under  Diocletian  upon  the  Eoman  Empire; 
the  stiffening  of  class  organization;  the  development  of  great  wealth  and 
great  estates  and  of  desperate  poverty;  the  decline  of  the  middle  class; 
the  breakdown  of  municipal  government;  the  curiales;  growth  of  serfdom 
in  the  rural  districts;  the  rising  of  the  Bagaudae  in  Gaul  and  Spain. 

Economic  conditions  in  the  Mediterranean  world;  disappearance  of 
specie;  payments  in  kind;  rise  of  prices;  the  edict  of  Diocletian  fixing 
maximum  prices;  the  weight  of  taxation;  badness  of  the  financial  system. 

Depopulation  of  the  Mediterranean  world;  the  predominance  of  urban 
life;  the  great  pestilences;  famine;  the  earthquakes  of  365  A.D.;  decrease 
of  marriages. 

Settlement  of  barbarians  within  the  Eoman  Empire;  their  attitude  to- 
wards the  Empire;  their  importance  in  the  army. 

The  state  of  the  Empire  under  Diocletian  and  Maximian,  Galerius  and 
Constantius;  the  recovery  of  Britain  by  Constantius  after  the  revolt  of 
Carausius,  296  A.D.;  the  new  capitals  at  Nicomedia,  Milan,  and  Trier 
(Treves). 

The  civil  wars  after  the  abdication  .of  Diocletian;  Constantine  acknowl- 
edged as  Caesar,  306  A.D.;  the  battle  of  the  Milvian  Bridge,  312;  the 
edict  of  Milan,  313;  the  empire  reunited  under  Constantine,  324. 

The  reign  of  the  Emperor  Constantine,  324-337  A.D.;  his  personality. 


31  History  1a 

Development  of  the  administrative  reforms  of  Diocletian  by  Constan- 
tino;  the  patricians;  the  ministers;  the  civil  officials;  the  lawyers;  the 
profession  of  law;  further  development  of  the  field  army;  the  domestics 
or  household  troops;  the  garrisons;  the  frontier  troops;  dukes  and  counts; 
the  household  of  the  Emperor;  the  legal  position  of  the  Emperor, 

The  foundation  of  Constantinople;  the  new  capital  of  the  Empire, 
324-330. 

The  recognition  of  Christianity  by  the  edict  of  Milan,  313  A.D. ;  edict 
of  toleration,  324;  attitude  of  the  population  of  the  empire;  paganism; 
local  religions;  philosophies;  oriental  religions;  Christians  perhaps  one- 
tenth  of  the  population. 

The  value  of  organized  Christianity  to  the  government;  the  bishops;  the 
clergy;  their  services;  advantage  over  other  religions. 

Heresies  within  the  Christian  church;  Arianism;  Arius,  280-336;  the 
council  of  Nicaea,  325  A.D.;  the  action  of  Constantine;  Bishop  Hosius  of 
Cordova,  256-357  A.D. ;  the  Nicene  creed;  the  life  and  work  of  St.  Atha- 
nasius;  importance  of  the  struggle  betw^een  the  Arians  and  the  Catholics; 
the  progress  of  Christian  theology;  the  early  fathers;  St.  Basil,  331-379; 
St.  Gregory  of  Nazianzus,  330-390;  Trinitarianism. 

Civil  wars  between  the  sons  of  Constantine;  337-353;  Constantius,  sole 
emperor,  353-361;  wars  with  the  Sarmatians  and  the  Persians. 

The  support  of  the  Arians  by  Constantius;  the  church  councils  of 
Eimini,  Aries,  and  Milan ;  Athanasius  ' '  contra  mundum ' ' ;  the  persecution 
of  the  Trinitarians;  the  Greek  church  and  the  Latin  church;  Athanasius  sup- 
ported by  Eome;  the  exile  of  Pope  Liberius;  the  church  in  Gaul;  St.  Hilary 
of  Poitiers,  310-366. 

The  theology  of  Alexandria  and  Antioch;  St.  Athanasius,  295-373;  the 
hermits  and  monks  of  Egypt;  St.  Antony;  St.  Pachomius, 

The  reign  of  the  Emperor  Julian  (b.  331);  his  education;  declared 
Caesar,  355;  his  campaigns  on  the  Khine  frontier;  battle  of  Strasburg, 
357;  his  administration  of  Gaul;  Paris;  declared  emperor,  360;  his  atti- 
tude with  regard  to  religion;  paganism;  Christianity;  his  campaign  aganst 
the  Persians;  death,  363. 

The  reaction  after  the  death  of  Julian;  division  of  the  Eastern  and 
Western  Empire  between  Valens  and  Valentinian,  364;  the  attacks  of  the 
barbarians;  death  of  Valentinian,  375. 

The  Goths;  their  settlement  within  the  Empire;  their  conversion  to 
Arianism;  Ulphilas,  311-381;  the  Gothic  incursion  of  375;  battle  of  Ad- 
rianople,  and  death  of  Valens,  378. 

The  triumph  of  Trinitarianism  within  the  Empire,  380;  the  Catholic 
Church;  Pope  Damasus  at  Eome,  366-384;  the  penetration  of  monasticism 
into  the  Latin  w^orld;  St.  Martin  of  Tours,  316-396;  St.  Paulinus  of  Nola, 
353-431. 


32  History  1a 

Difference  of  the  struggle  between  the  Arians  and  the  Trinitarians 
within  the  Empire  in  the  4th  century  and  the  struggle  between  the  Catholic 
Empire  and  the  Arian  tribes  and  kingdoms  in  the  5th  and  6th  centuries. 


LECTUEE  24 
Theodosius  the  Great  to  Attila:  The  Empires  of  the  East  and  West 

The  age  of  the  barbarian  invasions;  contrast  with  previous  invasions; 
the  breakdov\n  of  the  system  of  frontier  defense;  numbers  of  the  invaders 
comparatively  small;  they  settle  with  their  own  organization  and  laws,  but 
accept  the  theory  of  the  Eoman  Empire  and  titles  from  the  Emperor;  their 
chiefs  take  the  place  of  the  Eoman  patricians  and  great  landholders;  their 
acceptance  by  the  mass  of  the  population;  the  testimony  of  Orosius;  their 
Arian  Christianity. 

The  shock  caused  by  the  battle  of  Adrianople,  378 ;  Gratian,  the  suc- 
cessor of  Valentinian,  appoints  Theodosius  to  the  command  of  the  East, 
379  A.D. ;  overthrow  of  Gratian  by  Maximus,  383 ;  and  of  Maximus  by 
Theodosius,  388;  Theodosius  the  last  real  ruler  of  the  whole  Eoman  Empire. 

Theodosius  the  Great  (346-395  A.D.)  ;  absolutism  of  his  government; 
his  punishment  of  Antioch,  387,  and  of  Thessalonica,  390;  his  Catholicism; 
end  of  Arianism  in  the  Empire;  Council  of  Constantinople,  381;  destruction 
of  paganism;  closing  of  heathen  temples;  the  Serapeum  at  Alexandria; 
the  paganism  of  Eome;  dispute  on  the  matter  of  the  altar  of  Victory  in 
the  Senate,  384-392;  legislation  against  heresy, 

St.  Ambrose  (340-397  A.D.),  the  first  great  Christian  churchman; 
Bishop  of  Milan,  374;  his  power  in  the  State;  his  relations  with  Gratian 
and  Theodosius;  power  of  the  Church  and  bishops  increasing  as  the  power 
of  the  Empire  and  its  officials  diminish;  development  of  the  organization 
of  the  Church;  its  liturgy;  the  hymns  of  St.  Ambrose. 

Division  of  the  Eoman  Empire  into  the  Empires  of  the  East  and  the 
West,  395  A.D. 

Arcadius,  Emperor  of  the  East,  395-408;  Theodosius  II,  408-450;  the 
influence  of  Pulcheria  and  Eudocia;  the  Theodosian  Code. 

Honorius,  Emperor  of  the  West,  395-423;  the  capital  moved  from  Milan 
to  Eavenna,  404;  Valentinian  III,  425-455  A.D.;  the  adventures  and  per- 
sonality of  Galla  Placidia,  395-450. 

The  church  in  the  West;  Milan  and  Eome;  the  church  in  Africa;  the 
Donatists;  the  church  in  Spain;  the  Priscillianists ;  execution  of  Priscillian, 
385;  the  ardour  of  Spanish  Catholics;  martyrs  and  relics;  the  hymns  of 
Prudentius,  348-410;  the  church  in  Gaul;  St.  Martin  of  Tours,  376-396; 
the  church  in  Italy;  St.  Paulinus  of  Nola,  353-431. 

St.  Jerome,  340-420  A.D. ;  his  services  to  Christianity  and  the  Church; 
his  erudition;  St.  Jerome  in  the  desert,  377-382;  at  Eome,  382-386;  Pope 


33  History  1a 

Damasiis  and  the  Catacombs;  St.  Jerome  at  Bethlehem,  386-420;  St.  Paula; 
the  Vulgate. 

St.  Augustine,  354-430;  his  baptism  by  St.  Ambrose,  387;  bishop  of 
Hippo,  395;  his  services  to  Catholic  theology. 

The  church  in  the  East;  St.  John  Chrysostom,  344-407;  at  Antioch, 
386-398;  at  Constantinople,  398-404;  development  of  Christian  preaching 
and  Christian  ethics. 

Eome  at  the  beginning  of  the  5th  century;  its  pagan  and  Christian 
society;  Symmachus,  Ammianus  Marcellinus,  Claudian,  Macrobius;  decline 
in  its  population  and  importance;  abolition  of  gladiatorial  games,  404. 

The  capture  of  Eome  by  Alaric,  King  of  the  Visigoths,  410 ;  effect  on 
public  opinion;  St.  Augustine  writes  TJie  City  of  God,  413-423;  Orosius. 

Establishment  of  barbarian  states  within  the  Empire;  the  Suevi,  Alans, 
and  Vandals  in  Spain;  the  Vandals  in  Africa,  428;  the  capture  of  Hippo, 
430,  and  of  Carthage,  439;  the  Burgundians  in  eastern  Gaul;  the  Visi- 
gothic  kingdom  in  southern  Gaul  and  Spain;  the  kingdom  of  Theodoric, 
419-451;  the  Arian  faith  of  these  peoples;  their  attitude  to  the  Eomanized 
population;  exaggeration  of  their  numbers  and  excesses;  Ausonius  and 
Orosius;  decline  of  the  cities. 

Withdrawal  of  the  legions  from  Britain,  406-409;  the  attacks  of  the 
Irish  and  Saxon  pirates;  the  settlements  of  the  Saxons,  Angles,  and  Jutes 
in  Britain, 

As  the  Empire  becomes  weaker  the  Church  becomes  stronger;  the 
services  of  the  bishops  and  the  clergy  to  the  people ;  organization  of  charity ; 
the  relations  of  church  and  state;  the  destruction  of  paganism;  the  perse- 
cution of  heresy. 

The  Nestorian  heresy  in  the  East;  condemned  by  the  Pope  at  Eome; 
the  campaign  against  it  conducted  by  St.  Cyril  of  Alexandria,  Patriarch, 
412-444;  the  last  efforts  of  Alexandrian  philosophy;  murder  of  Hypatia, 
415. 

The  Pelagian  heresy  in  the  West;  Pelagius;  the  writings  of  St.  Augus- 
tine; the  school  of  Lerins;  St.  Germanus  of  Auxerre,  380-448. 

The  spread  of  Christianity  beyond  the  limits  of  the  Empire;  Armenia; 
India;  the  work  of  St.  Patrick,  385-461  A.D.;  his  preaching  in  Ireland, 
431-461  A.D. 

The  Huns;  contrast  with  the  Christian  Vandals  and  Goths;  the  Huns 
in  Asia;  the  Tartar  hordes;  the  controversy  as  to  the  Hunnish  race;  the 
Huns  driven  back  from  China,  3rd  century  B.C.;  the  Great  Wall  of  China; 
the  Huns  and  the  Scythians ;  the  Huns  in  Europe  in  the  4th  century  A.D. 

Attila,  King  of  the  Huns,  433-453;  his  relations  with  the  Empires  of 
the  East  and  the  West;  the  Huns  in  Persia;  Attila  and  Theodosius  II; 
Attila  in  Gaul,  451;  the  consternation  caused  by  his  crossing  the  Ehine; 
St.    Genevieve   at   Paris,   422-512;    the   Patrician   Aetius    and   Theodoric 


34  History  1a 

king  of  the  Visigoths;  the  battle  of  Chalons,  451;  exaggeration  of  its 
importance;  Attila  in  Italy,  452;  the  foundation  of  Venice;  Attila  and 
Pope  Leo  the  Great;  death  of  Attila,  453. 

Continued   belief   in   both   east   and   west   in   the   Eoman   Empire;    the 
fascination  and  tradition  of  Eome. 


LECTURE  25 

Pope  Leo  the  Great:  Theodoric:  St.  Benedict 

Rome  in  the  5th  century;  effect  of  the  transference  of  the  capital  of 
the  Empire  to  Constantinople;  and  of  the  capital  of  the  West  and  of  Italy 
to  Milan,  and  then  to  Ravenna. 

Rome  as  the  ecclesiastical  capital  of  the  Latin  world;  the  rise  of  the 
papacy;  the  bishops  of  Rome  in  the  4th  century;  their  connection  with 
the  churches  of  Italy,  Gaul,  Spain,  and  Africa;  the  relics  of  the  saints 
and  martyrs;  Pope  Damasus  I;  their  influence  on  Latin  theology;  their 
support  of  Athanasius,  Cyril,  and  Augustine;  the  idea  of  the  Catholic 
Church. 

The  churches  and  theology  of  the  Greek  east;  the  Patriarchs  of  Alex- 
andria, Antioch,  Jerusalem,  and  Constantinople;  their  relations  with  the 
Empire,  with  Rome,  and  with  each  other. 

The  career  and  importance  of  Pope  Leo  the  Great,  440-461;  his  edu- 
cation and  diplomatic  missions  under  Celestine  I  and  Sixtus  III,  422-440; 
elected  Pope,  440;  his  advocacy  of  the  idea  of  ecclesiastical  unity  and 
papal  primacy;  his  influence  in  saving  Rome  from  Attila,  453,  and  Genseric, 
455. 

Italy  from  453  to  493 ;  the  shadows  of  imperial  power ;  the  plundering 
of  Rome  by  Genseric,  455;  the  control  of  Italy  by  barbarian  generals; 
Rikimer,  456-472;  Orestes,  472-476;  Odovaker,  476-489;  the  struggle  be- 
tween Odovaker  and  Theodoric,  489-493;  surrender  of  the  form  of  a  West- 
ern Empire,  476  A.D. 

Gaul  in  the  5th  century;  the  settlement  of  the  Burgundians  and  the 
Visigoths;  Euric,  king  of  the  Visigoths,  466-484;  the  relations  between 
them  and  the  Gallic  people;  Sidonius  Apollinaris,  430-479;  the  Salian  and 
Ripuarian  Pranks;  the  career  of  Clovis,  king  of  the  Salian  Pranks,  467-512; 
his  conquest  of  Syagrius,  486;  his  baptism  as  a  Catholic  Christian,  496; 
St.  Remy;  St.  Clotilda;  his  conquest  of  the  Burgundians  and  the  Visigoths 
of  Aquitaine;  made  proconsul  by  the  Emperor,  510;  the  realm  of  Clovis; 
the  Franks  a  military  nobility  not  a  large  element  of  the  population. 

The  Arian  Visigoths  in  Spain;  Euric. 

The  Arian  Vandals  in  Africa;  their  persecution  of  the  Catholics;  Gen- 
seric, 427-477. 


35  History  1a 

The  Empire  in  the  5th  century;  the  reigns  of  Leo,  457-474;  Zeno, 
474-491,  and  Anastasius,  491-518;  the  extinction  of  Arianism  in  the  Greek 
empire;  relations  of  the  Empire  with  the  Latin  West;  failure  of  their  attack 
upon  the  Vandals;  attitude  towards  the  Arian  kingdoms. 

Theodoric  (Dietrich)  the  Ostrogoth,  455-526;  his  education  at  Con- 
stantinople; his  rank  as  Patrician;  his  career  within  the  Empire,  475-487; 
his  mission  to  Italy;  the  war  with  Odovaker,  489-493. 

The  reign  of  Theodoric,  493-526;  his  capital  at  Eavenna;  his  settle- 
ment of  the  Ostrogoths  as  a  military  nobility  in  Italy;  his  administration; 
Cassiodorus;  Boethius;  prosperity  of  Italy;  his  religious  tolerance;  the 
Catholics;  the  Jews;  his  relations  with  the  Franks,  Visigoths,  and  Vandals; 
his  marriage  to  the  sister  of  Clovis,  495;  marriage  of  his  daughters  to  the 
the  kings  of  the  Burgundians  and  the  Visigoths  and  of  his  sister  to  the 
king  of  the  Vandals;  the  extent  of  the  influence  of  Theodoric. 

The  personality  of  Theodoric;  his  place  in  the  popular  imagination  and 
in  romance;  the  Nibelungenlied. 

Art  and  literature  during  the  reign  of  Theodoric;  Verona;  Eavenna; 
mosaics;  the  works  of  Cassiodorus;  Boethius;  his  translations  from  Aris- 
totle; the  Consolations  of  Philosophy. 

The  need  of  a  new  force  to  preserve  the  civilization  of  the  Graeco- 
Eoman  world  into  the  new  world  of  the  Western  barbarian  kingdoms;  the 
influence  of  the  clergy;  exaggeration  of  the  tales  of  destruction;  Chris- 
tianity and  public  assistance  or  charity. 

The  development  of  monasticism  in  the  west;  scattered  communities  of 
monks;  St.  Martin  at  Liguge;  Lerins;  Cassiodorus;  multiplicity  and  variety 
of  monasteries. 

The  life  and  work  of  St.  Benedict  of  Nursia,  480-543;  his  education 
at  Eome;  his  hermit  life  at  Subiaco,  497-500;  the  success  of  his  preaching; 
the  gathering  of  monks  around  him;  the  foundation  of  Monte  Cassino,  527; 
the  Eule  of  St.  Benedict,  529;  ''ora  et  labora";  the  effect  of  the  work  of 
St.  Benedict;  St.  Scholastica. 

The  eventual  spread  of  the  Benedictine  rule  beyond  Italy  and  beyond 
the  frontiers  of  the  old  empire;  monasticism  in  Ireland;  St.  Bridget  of 
Kildare;  monasticism  in  the  Greek  east;  the  hermits;  continued  influence 
of  the  example  of  St.  Antony  in  Egypt. 


LECTUEE  26 

Justinian:  the  Eoman  Law 

The  situation  in  Europe  in  the  sixth  century;  continuance  of  the  idea 
and  the  theory  of  the  Eoman  Empire  and  the  Eoman  peace;  the  barbarian 
kingdoms  consider  themselves  within  the  Empire;  evidence  from  their 
titles  and  coins;  but  the  Eoman  peace  has  really  gone  with  the  lines  of 


36  History  1a 

imperial  frontier  defence  in  Western  Europe;  loss  of  Eoman  Britain^ 
which  was  gradually  conquered  by  the  heathen  Angles,  Saxons  and  Jutes, 

With  the  Roman  peace  has  gone  the  security  of  trade  in  the  western 
Mediterranean;  the  Vandal  fleet;  decrease  of  the  prosperity  of  the  cities 
in  the  West,  due  to  depopulation  and  decline  of  trade;  condition  of  the 
agricultural  classes  under  the  barbarian  kingdoms;  equivalent  taxation 
and  rent  paid,  but  it  goes  to  the  maintenance  of  a  local  military  nobility 
of  barbarians,  instead  of  to  the  defence  of  the  frontiers. 

Continued  prosperity  of  the  eastern  Mediterranean  to  the  middle  of 
the  sixth  century;  the  maintenance  of  the  line  of  the  Danube;  the  Persian 
Sassanid  kingdom  has  to  defend  itself  against  the  Huns  and  Tartars. 

Maintenance  of  the  Eoman  peace  in  the  Eastern  Mediterranean  by  the 
Emperors  Leo,  Zeno,  and  Anastasius,  457-518;  their  military  policy; 
study  of  the  art  of  war;  they  begin  to  raise  troops  within  the  Empire 
instead  of  depending  on  barbarians;  the  Isaurians;  the  importance  of 
Constantinople;  its  growth  as  a  capital;  concentration  of  commerce;  its 
wealth  and  population. 

The  reign  of  the  Emperor  Justin  I,  519-527. 

The  reign  of  the  Emperor  Justinian,  527-565;  the  education  and  per- 
sonality of  Justinian;  the  last  of  the  Eoman  Emperors  from  certain 
points  of  view;  his  administration;  his  belief  in  unity  and  uniformity; 
his  foreign  policy;  his  religious  policy;  his  law  reforms;  ''one  state,  one 
religion,  one  law. ' ' 

The  Empress  Theodora,  500-548;  the  slanders  of  Procopius. 

Constantinople  during  the  reign  of  Justinian;  the  Nika  riots,  532; 
his  buildings;  Santa  Sophia. 

The  wars  of  Justinian;  wars  with  Persia;  the  reign  of  Nushirvan  or 
Chosroes  in  Persia,  531-579;  conquest  of  the  Vandal  kingdom  in  Africa 
by  Belisarius,  533-535;  extension  of  Justinian's  empire  to  the  cities  of 
southeastern  and  southern  Spain;  overthrow  of  the  Ostrogothic  kingdom 
in  Italy  by  Belisarius,  535-540;  the  career  of  Totila  in  Italy,  541-552; 
overthrow  of  Totila  and  conquest  of  Italy  by  Narses,  552-553;  the 
Exarchates  of  Africa  and  Eavenna. 

The  great  plague  of  542;  its  depopulation  of  the  eastern  Mediter- 
ranean cities;  earthquakes;  destruction  of  Antioch. 

The  unity  of  the  state  under  Justinian;  abolition  of  the  consulship,  549. 

The  unity  of  religion  under  Justinian;  the  interest  of  Justinian  in 
theology;  withdrawal  of  the  Henoticon  of  Zeno;  acceptance  of  the  views 
of  Pope  Leo  the  Great;  his  zeal  for  orthodoxy;  persecution  of  the  Jews, 
Samaritans  and  heretics;  intolerance;  Church  and  State;  interference 
with  bishops;  the  Emperor's  consent  needed  for  the  election  of  Popes; 
arrest  and  imprisonment  or  exile  of  Popes  Silverius  and  Vigilius;  sup- 
pression of  the  teaching  of  philosophy  at  Athens,  531. 


37  History  1a 

The  unity  of  the  law;  the  later  history  of  Eoman  jurisprudence;  the 
fixing  of  the  praetor's  edict  by  Hadrian;  the  jurisconsults;  Papinian, 
Ulpian;  the  complexity  and  bulk  of  Eoman  law;  the  work  of  codification 
and  consolidation  undertaken  by  Justinian;  the  Code,  528-529;  the  Insti- 
tutes and  the  Digest  or  Pandects,  533;  the  Novels,  534  to  565;  importance 
of  this  work;  Tribonian. 

Justinian  the  last  native  Latin-speaking  Emperor;  his  legislation  in 
Latin,  though  most  of  his  empire  was  Greek;  his  attitude  towards  the 
Eoman  Empire  and  towards  Eome;  the  continued  theory  of  unity. 


LECTUEE  27 
Pope  Gregory  the  Great 

After  the  death  of  Justinian,  the  tendency  towards  a  separation  of 
interests  between  the  eastern  and  western  parts  of  the  Empire  becomes 
more  obvious;  the  empire  tends  to  become  Byzantine  and  the  west  to 
become  Latin  Christendom;  the  Papacy  and  the  Empire;  Eome  and  Con- 
stantinople. 

The  successors  of  Justinian;  Justin  II,  565-578,  Tiberius  II,  578-582, 
Maurice,  582-602;  Phocas,  602-610,  Heraclius,  610-641;  attacks  on  Con- 
stantinople by  the  Slavs  and  the  Avars;  the  great  war  with  Persia;  the 
battle  of  Nineveh,  627;  peace  between  the  Empire  and  Persia,  628. 

The  formation  of  united  Latin  Christendom  by  Pope  Gregory  the 
Great,  590-604;  revival  of  the  Papacy  after  the  death  of  Justinian;  the 
traditions  of  Pope  Leo  the  Great. 

The  career  of  Gregory  the  Great;  born  at  Eome,  540;  his  education 
and  public  life;  his  monastic  life;  the  Benedictine  Eule;  deacon  and 
agent  of  the  Papacy  at  Constantinople,  582-585;  abbot,  585;  his  desire 
to  convert  the  English;  elected  Pope,  590. 

The  Papacy  of  Gregory  the  Great;  his  attitude  towards  the  Empire; 
laid  the  foundations  of  the  Catholic  Latin  church  and  of  the  political 
power  of  the  Papacy. 

Gregory  the  Great  and  the  Greek  churches  of  Syria  and  Egypt; 
Gregory  and  St.  Anastasius,  Patriarch  of  Antioch,  559-599,  and  St. 
Eulogius  of  Alexandria,  580-607. 

Gregory  the  Great  and  Italy;  the  Lombards  in  Italy,  568;  the  Lom- 
bard kingdom  and  the  Lombard  duchies;  contrast  between  the  Lombards 
and  the  Ostrogoths;  the  Lombards  in  the  valley  of  the  Po;  Lombardy; 
Pavia,  the  Lombard  capital;  the  cities  of  Italy;  the  reign  of  Agilulf, 
590-616;  the  Lombards  become  Catholic. 

The  Exarchate  of  Eavenna  and  the  imperial  possessions  in  Italy; 
Gregory  the  Great  and  the  Exarchs. 


38  Historij  1a 

Gregory  the  Great  and  Spain;  the  Visigothic  kingdom  in  Spain;  its 
extent;  its  inclusion  of  south-eastern  France;  the  reign  of  Leovigild,  538- 
585;  the  conversion  of  the  Suevi  from  Arianism  by  St.  Martin  of  Braga 
by  580;  the  annexation  of  the  Suevic  kingdom;  the  conversion  of  the 
Visigoths;  St.  Leander,  archbishop  of  Seville,  504-601;  the  struggle  be- 
tween Leovigild  and  Hermangild;  the  acceptance  of  Catholicism  by 
Eecared,  587;  St.  Isidore  of  Seville,  archbishop,  601-636;  his  learning  and 
influence;  the  reconquest  of  the  cities  taken  by  Justinian,  623;  the  per- 
secution of  the  Jews;  relations  between  Pope  Gregory  the  Great  and  the 
archbishops  Leander  and  Isidore. 

Gregory  the  Great  and  Gaul;  the  Burgundians  become  Catholic  under 
the  teachings  of  St.  Avitus,  archbishop  of  Vienne,  490-525;  the  Merov- 
ingian kingdoms  of  the  sixth  and  seventh  centuries;  Austrasia,  Neustria 
and  Burgundy;  Brunhilda,  534-414,  and  Gregory  the  Great;  monasticism 
in  France;  the  conversion  of  the  rural  districts;  the  great  bishops;  St. 
Arnulf,  Bishop  of  Metz,  580-641;  St.  Eloi,  Bishop  of  Noyon,  588-659; 
St.  Ouen,  608-683;  who  had  been  Merovingian  officials;  St.  Gregory  of 
Tours,  538-594;  his  History  of  the  FranJcs. 

Monasticism  in  Ireland  in  the  sixth  century;  Ireland  the  isle  of  saints 
and  of  learning ;  the  Irish  ' '  universities ' ' ;  Clonmacnoise ;  the  missionary 
spirit  of  the  Irish;  St.  Columba,  521-597,  and  the  conversion  of  the  Picts; 
lona;  St.  Columban,  540-614;  his  monastery  at  Luxeuil,  590-610;  the 
spirit  of  Irish  monasticism;  his  disputes  with  the  French  bishops,  with 
Brunhilda  and  with  Gregory  the  Great;  his  wanderings,  610-614;  Bobbio; 
the  work  of  St.  Gall  in  Switzerland. 

Gregory  the  Great  and  his  direct  interest  in  Christian  missions;  the 
mission  to  England;  St.  Augustine  of  Canterbury,  and  his  work,  597- 
604;  the  British  church  and  its  attitude  towards  the  Angles  and  the 
Saxons;  St.  David  of  Wales,  530-601;  the  connection  with  Brittany;  by 
its  conversion  to  Christianity  England  comes  into  Latin  Christendom. 

Gregory  the  Great  as  a  doctor  of  the  church;  ranked  with  Ambrose, 
Jerome  and  Augustine  of  Hippo;  his  works;  his  Moralia;  an  expounder 
of  morality  rather  than  of  subtle  theology;  his  Pastoral  Eule,  expounding 
the  duties  of  bishops  and  priests;  his  Sacramentarium  or  reform  of  the 
liturgy;  Gregorian  music. 

Gregory  the  Great  as  administrator;  head  of  Latin  Christendom  and 
of  the  Catholic  Church;  his  Letters;  his  relations  w^ith  the  Emperor 
Maurice. 

Gregory  the  Great  as  a  man  and  a  saint;  his  Dialogues;  his  belief  in 
miracles;  his  attachment  to  the  monastic  life  and  to  the  memory  of  St. 
Benedict;  his  attitude  towards  Eome;  legends  about  St.  Gregory  the 
Great. 

Position  of  the  Empire  and  of  Latin  Christendom,  when  Muham- 
madanism  became  an  aggressive  power. 


39  History  1a 


LECTUEE  28 

Muhammad:  the  Early  Caliphate 

The  situation  of  Mediterranean  civilization,  when  Islam  burst  forth 
upon  it  in  the  seventh  century;  the  Empire  under  Heraclius,  610-641; 
the  final  defeat  of  the  Sassanid  kingdom  of  Persia;  gradual  recovery  of 
the  eastern  Mediterranean  from  the  pestilence  of  the  time  of  Justinian; 
the  Exarchate  of  Africa;  Latin  Christendom;  the  Lombards  in  Italy  and 
the  Exarchate  of  Ravenna;  the  Visigoths  in  Spain;  the  Merovingians  in 
France  and  western  Germany;  the  sea  power  of  the  Empire  unchecked 
in  the  Mediterranean. 

Muhammad,  570-632;  his  education,  early  career  and  marriage  with 
Kadija;  declaration  of  his  mission,  609;  the  Hegira,  622;  the  battle  of 
Beder,  623;  conquest  of  Mecca,  630,  and  of  Arabia;  death  of  Muhammad, 
632. 

The  elements  of  Islam;  the  religion  of  Arabia;  influence  of  Judaism 
and  of  Ebionite  Christianity;  the  Koran;  the  book  both  of  religion  and 
law;  the  simplicity  of  Islam;  the  enthusiasm  produced  by  Islam. 

The  militant  force  of  Islam;  readiness  of  the  eastern  Mediterranean 
world  to  accept  it;  the  effect  of  the  persecution  of  the  Jews  and  the 
heretics  by  Justinian  and  his  successors;  weight  of  taxation  on  Egypt 
and  Syria, 

The  first  Caliphs:  Abu  Bekr,  632-634;  Omar,  634-644;  Othman,  644- 
655;  Ali,  655-660. 

The  rapid  victories  of  Islam;  invasion  and  conquest  of  Persia,  632- 
651;  invasion  of  Syria,  632;  capture  of  Damascus,  634,  of  Jerusalem,  637, 
of  Antioch,  638;  conquest  of  Egypt  and  capture  of  Alexandria,  639-641; 
conquest  of  Cyrene  and  Tripoli,  647. 

The  composition  of  the  Saracen  armies;  the  proportion  of  Arabs;  their 
administration  of  conquered  countries;  their  attitude  towards  Jews  and 
Christians. 

The  great  schism  among  the  Muhammadans;  the  Shiahs  and  the 
Sunnis;  the  murders  of  Ali,  Hassan  and  Hosein;  the  establishment  of  the 
Omayyad  Caliphate,  660. 

The  Saracens  build  a  fleet  and  become  a  sea  power,  652;  end  of  the 
peace  of  the  Mediterranean. 

The  resistance  of  the  Empire  to  the  Saracens;  reorganization  of  what 
was  left  of  it  by  Constans  II,  641-668;  Asia  Minor;  the  Slavs;  the 
situation  in  Italy;  the  Lombards  and  the  arrest  and  exile  of  Pope  Mar- 
tin I;  Constans  II  in  Italy  and  Sicily,  662-668;  his  visit  to  Eome,  663. 

The  reign  of  Constantine  Pogonatus,  668-685;  successful  defence  of 
Constantinople  against  the  Muhammadans,  673;  the  settlement  of  the 
Bulgarians  between  the  Danube  and  the  Balkans. 


40  History  1a 

Development  and  extension  of  the  power  of  Islam;  capture  of  Carth- 
age, 698;  conversion  of  the  Berbers;  the  Saracen  fleet;  conquest  of 
Sardinia,  711;  conquest  of  Spain,  711-713. 

Easy  overthrow  of  the  Visigothic  kingdom  in  Spain;  the  Spanish 
people  acept  the  Muhammadans;  Arabs,  Syrians  and  Moors;  small  number 
of  the  Muhammadan  conquerors  and  settlers;  they  take  the  place  of  the 
Visigoths  as  a  '' military  nobility." 

Eesults  of  the  Muhammadan  conquest;  end  of  the  Eoman  peace  in  the 
Mediterranean;  diminution  of  the  Empire;  Africa  and  Asia,  except  Asia 
Minor,  pass  to  the  new  religion;  decrease  of  the  importance  of  the  Greek 
world;  three  powers,  the  Greek  or  Byzantine  Empire,  Islam,  and  Latin 
Christendom,  take  the  place  of  the  Eoman  Empire. 


LECTUEE  29 
The  Byzantine  Empire 

The  progress  of  Islam  was  checked  in  the  eighth  century  by  the 
Byzantine  Empire  in  the  East  and  by  Austrasian  Mayors  of  the  Palace 
in  the  West;  it  lost  its  unity  by  the  overthrow  of  the  Omayyad  Caliphate 
in  the  East  by  the  Abbassides  and  by  the  establishment  of  an  independent 
Omayyad  Emirate  in  the  West. 

Former  misapprehension  of  the  services  of  the  Byzantine  Empire  to 
Europe  and  to  Christianity;  the  influence  of  the  views  of  Gibbon. 

The  Empire  after  Justinian  had  become  restricted  in  fact,  though  not 
in  theory,  to  the  Greek-speaking  people  of  the  Eastern  Mediterranean; 
this  was  more  marked  in  the  seventh  century  during  the  dynasty  of 
Heraclius,  and  the  conquests  of  the  Saracens  had  reduced  it  to  south- 
eastern Europe  and  Asia  Minor;  the  loss  of  Alexandria  and  Antioch,  of 
Egypt  and  Syria,  emphasized  the  importance  of  Constantinople,  the 
ancient  Byzantium,  the  central  point  of  the  diminished  empire. 

The  Byzantine  Empire  in  the  eighth  century;  its  revival;  adminis- 
trative efficiency;  military  reorganization;  Asiatic  type  of  court;  dis- 
appearance of  serfdom  and  organization  of  free  labor  and  village  com- 
munities; Constantinople;  the  great  plague  of  746-747. 

The  Isaurian  dynasty  and  its  services  to  Christendom;  Leo  III,  the 
Isaurian,  717-740;  the  great  siege  of  Constantinople,  717-718;  defeat  of 
the  most  dangerous  effort  of  the  Muhammadans  to  enter  Europe  by  the 
southeast;  defeat  of  the  Arabs  and  defense  of  Asia  Minor,  738;  the  Code 
of  Justinian  adapted  to  the  Greeks  of  the  Byzantine  Empire. 

Constantino  V,  740-775;  his  wars  with  the  Saracens  and  Bulgarians; 
his  organization  of  the  Slavs;  the  line  of  the  Balkans. 

Leo    IV,    775-780;    Constantine    VI,    780-797;    the    influence    of    the 


41  History  1a 

Empress  Irene;  breakdown  of  the  Isaurian  administration;  defeats  in- 
flicted by  the  Bulgarians  and  by  the  Caliph  Haroun-al-Raschid;  the 
usurpation  and  government  of  Irene;  end  of  the  Isaurian  dynasty;  its 
services  to  civilization. 

The  Saracens  in  the  eighth  century;  end  of  the  unity  of  Islam; 
decline  in  its  military  enthusiasm  and  efficiency;  overthrow  of  the 
Omayyad  Caliphate  of  Damascus,  750;  establishment  of  the  Abbassid 
Caliphate  in  the  East;  its  capital  at  Bagdad;  influence  of  the  Persians; 
the  reign  of  Haroun-al-Easchid,  786-809. 

The  Muhammadans  in  Spain  declare  themselves  independent  of  the 
Caliphate  under  the  Omayyad  Abdur-Rahman,  755;  his  capital  at  Cordova, 
757;  his  descendant  takes  the  title  of  Caliph,  929;  independent  emirates 
established  in  Africa  at  Kairouan  and  Fez. 

The  struggle  about  the  worship  of  images  in  the  Byzantine  Empire; 
its  origin;  influence  of  Islam;  it  brings  about  the  separation  between 
Greek  and  Latin  Christendom. 

The  Emperor  Leo  the  Isaurian,  also  known  as  the  Iconoclast;  his 
edict  against  the  worship  of  images,  726;  resistance  in  Italy,  headed  by 
the  Pope;  resistance  in  Greece;  the  Council  of  Constantinople,  753,  and 
its  decrees;  persecution  of  the  image  worshippers;  opposition  of  the 
populace  and  of  the  monks;  monasticism  in  the  Byzantine  Empire  and 
at  Constantinople;  St.  John  of  Damascus,  the  last  of  the  Greek  fathers; 
restoration  of  image  worship  by  the  Empress  Irene  and  the  Council  of 
Nicaea,  787. 

Excitement  caused  in  Italy  and  in  Rome  by  the  controversy  about 
images;  Pope  Gregory  II  (715-731)  condemns  the  edict  of  the  Emperor 
Leo  in  a  Council  at  Rome,  729;  supported  by  the  Italian  people  and  the 
Lombards;  failure  of  Leo's  attack  on  Ravenna,  732;  Pope  Gregory  III, 
731-741;  his  attitude  towards  the  Emperor,  whom  he  condemns,  but  not 
the  idea  of  Roman  Empire;  claim  for  the  independence  of  the  Church, 
and  especially  of  Roine;  opposition  of  Pope  Gregory  to  the  creation  of  an 
Empire  of  the  West. 

The  Lombards  in  Italy;  Liutprand,  712-743;  his  conquest  of  the  Ex- 
archate, except  the  city  of  Ravenna,  732;  his  attack  on  Rome;  Gregory 
III  appeals  to  Charles  Martel,  Mayor  of  the  Palace,  and  names  him 
Patrician,  738;  the  temporal  power  of  the  Papacy;  the  city  of  Rome; 
the  '  *  Roman  duchy. ' ' 

Separation  of  Latin  Christendom  from  the  Byzantine  Empire  indicated 
by  the  events  of  the  eighth  century;  the  official  relation  of  the  Popes 
to  the  Emperors;  while  nominally  faithful  to  the  idea  of  the  Roman 
Empire,  the  Popes,  pressed  by  the  Lombards,  begin  to  look  north  of  the 
Alps  for  support. 


42  History  1a 

LECTUEE  30 

Charles  Martel:  Pippin 

In  the  eighth  century,  while  Islam  was  extending  from  Persia  to  Spain, 
and  the  Byzantine  Empire  under  the  Isaurian  emperors  was  reorganizing 
and  defending  Constantinople  and  Asia  Minor  against  the  Muhammadans, 
Latin  Christendom,  as  consolidated  by  Pope  Gregory  the  Great,  was 
breaking  away  from  Greek  Christendom  and  the  Byzantine  Empire  on  the 
question  of  images,  and  the  Papacy,  harassed  by  the  Lombards,  began  to 
look  to  the  Franks  for  aid  and  support. 

The  Franks  under  the  Merovingians:  Neustria:  Austrasia;  the  con- 
quered or  allied  states:  Burgundy;  Aries  (Septimania) ;  Aquitaine;  Ala- 
mannia;  Bavaria:  the  boundaries  of  Austrasia;  the  peoples  beyond;  the 
Frisians;  the  Hessians;  the  Thuringians;  the  Saxons;  pressure  of  "the 
Slavs  and  the  Avars. 

The  government  of  the  Merovingians:  the  dukes  and  counts;  the  sub- 
ject kings;  the  military  force;  the  officers  of  state;  the  bishops;  develop- 
ment of  the  Mayors  of  the  Palace. 

Pippin  of  Landen,  or  Pippin  the  Old,  Mayor  of  the  Palace  of  Aus- 
trasia, 614-639;  his  relations  with  St.  Arnulf,  Bishop  of  Metz;  failure  of 
his  son,  Grimoald,  to  become  king  of  Austrasia,  656;  Ebroin,  Mayor  of 
the  Palace  of  Neustria,  657-681;  the  battle  of  Testry,  687;  Pippin  of 
Heristhal,  or  Pippin  the  Young,  Mayor  of  the  Palace  of  Austrasia, 
Neustria  and  Burgundy,  687-714;  he  establishes  the  power  of  the  Aus- 
trasian  Franks  over  the  West  Frisians,  the  Eastern  Alamanni  or  Swabians 
and  re-establishes  it  over  the  Bavarians. 

Extension  of  civilization  and  Christianity  in  Austrasia  and  among 
the  Germans;  St.  Omer,  595-668;  St.  Amand,  Bishop  of  Maestricht,  589- 
679;  St.  Willibrord,  657-738,  and  the  conversion  of  the  West  Frisians; 
the  bishopric  of  Utrecht,  696;  St.  Kupert  and  the  Bavarians;  the  bishopric 
of  Salzburg,  696;  the  missionary  preaching  of  St.  Suidbert  among  the 
Hessians  and  of  St.  Kilian  among  the  Thuringians. 

Charles  Martel,  687-741;  Mayor  of  the  Palace  of  Austrasia,  717,  of 
Neustria  and  Burgundy,  719;  his  building  up  of  the  Frank  kingdom;  his 
wars  with  the  Saracens  in  southern  France,  725-739;  with  the  Frisians, 
Saxons,  Swabians  and  Bavarians;  incorporation  of  Aquitaine  and  Prov- 
ence in  the  Frank  kingdom;  victory  at  Tours,  or  rather  Poitiers,  over  the 
Saracens,  732;  his  relations  with  the  Lombards,  the  Pope  and  the  Byzan- 
tine Empire;  his  attitude  towards  the  Church;  his  services  to  Latin 
Christendom. 

Carloman,  Mayor  of  Austrasia,  Swabia  and  Thuringia;  Pippin  the 
Short,  Mayor  of  Neustria,  Burgundy  and  Provence;  the  councils  of  the 
Prankish  church,  745-747;  abdication  of  Carloman,  747. 


43  History  1a 

Pippin  the  Short,  advised  by  Pope  Zacharias,  declared  King  of  the 
Franks,  751,  and  anointed  king  by  St.  Boniface,  752. 

The  reign  of  Pippin,  752-768;  the  situation  in  Italy;  Aistulf,  King 
of  the  Lombards,  takes  Eavenna,  752,  and  threatens  Eome;  Pope  Stephen 

II  appeals  to  the  Byzantine  Emperor  and  then  to  Pippin;  his  visit  to 
France  and  coronation  of  Pippin,  754;  the  two  campaigns  of  Pippin  in 
Italy,  754,  756;  the  ''Donation  of  Pippin,"  the  foundation  of  the  tem- 
poral power  of  the  Papacy. 

Pippin's  campaigns  in  France  and  Germany;  his  conquest  of  Nar- 
bonne  and  of  Septimania  from  the  Saracens,  759;  final  reduction  of 
Aquitaine,  which  is  broken  up  into  counties;  his  campaigns  against  the 
Saxons  of  Westphalia. 

The  importance  of  Pippin  in  the  history  of  Latin  Christendom;  his 
relations  with  the  Byzantine  Emperor  Constantine  V  and  with  the 
Abbassid  Caliphate. 

Extension  and  organization  of  Latin  Christendom;  the  church  in 
England;  the  synod  of  Whitby  and  the  triumph  of  Eoman  over  Irish 
Christianity;  Christianity  in  England  passes  from  the  missionary  to  the 
settled  stage;  Theodore,  archbishop  of  Canterbury,  669-694;  church  councils 
in  England. 

Eeorganization  of  the  church  in  France;  need  of  reform  among  the 
bishops  and  clergy;  decline  of  the  Prankish  church  under  Charles  Martel; 
the  church  councils  of  Austrasia,  742,  743,  of  Neustria,  744,  of  the  whole 
Prankish  Church,  745,  747;  services  of  St.  Boniface. 

Extension  of  Christianity  into  Germany;  the  English  missionaries; 
life  and  career  of  St.  Boniface,  680-755;  first  missionary  work  among 
the  Frisians  and  Thuringians;  interest  taken  by  Popes  Gregory  II  and 

III  in  the  conversion  of  the  Germans;  Boniface  consecrated  bishop,  722; 
foundation  of  monasteries  and  nunneries;  success  of  the  missionaries; 
Boniface  archbishop,  732. 

Organization  of  the  German  church;  Bavaria;  the  bishoprics  of 
Salzburg,  Eatisbon,  Passau  and  Freisingen;  central  Germany;  Hesse  and 
Thuringia;  foundation  of  the  bishoprics  of  Biiraburg,  afterwards  Pad- 
erborn,  Erfurt,  afterwards  Halberstadt,  Wiirtzburg  and  Eichstadt; 
example  of  Gregory  the  Great  and  Augustine  in  England  followed  by 
Gregory  III  and  Boniface  in  converting  the  Germans  and  organizing  their 
church;  foundation  of  the  abbey  of  Fulda,  744. 

St.  Boniface,  archbishop  of  Mayence  or  Mainz,  745-754;  his  anointing 
of  Pippin,  752;  his  martyrdom  by  the  East  Frisians,  755. 

By  the  work  of  St.  Boniface,  Latin  Christendom  passed  the  boundaries 
of  the  Eoman  Empire;  the  devotion  of  Boniface  to  the  Papacy  and  to 
Eome;  his  work  as  significant  in  its  way  as  the  work  of  Pippin  in  per- 
petuating the  idea  of  Eoman  unity  in  Latin  and  Western  Christendom. 


44  History  1a 


LECTUEE  31 

Charlemagne 

New  Eome  and  old  Eome:  the  Byzantine  Greek  Empire  and  the  Latin 
Eoman  church;  diminution  of  the  territorial  extent  of  both  by  the 
triumphs  of  Islam;  relations  between  them  broken  off  by  the  quarrel 
over  image  worship;  the  question  of  Italy. 

The  division  of  the  Kingdom  of  the  Franks  between  the  two  sons  of 
Pippin,  768;  death  of  Carloman,  771;  Charles  sole  King  of  the  Franks. 

Charlemagne,  742-814;  he  carries  on  the  work  of  his  father,  and  of 
his  ancestors,  the  Mayors  of  the  Palace,  in  consolidating  and  extending 
the  Prankish  kingdom;  the  heir  of  old  policies  rather  than  the  originator 
of  new  policies. 

Charlemagne  and  Germany;  his  extension  of  the  Frankish  kingdom 
to  the  east;  his  conquest  and  christianization  of  the  Saxons,  772-804; 
Witikind;  foundation  of  the  bishoprics  of  Bremen,  Miinster  and  Pader- 
born,  804-806;  the  line  of  the  Elbe;  Bavaria  broken  up  among  counts. 

Charlemagne  and  the  Slavs  between  the  Elbe  and  the  Oder,  and  in 
Bohemia;  Charlemagne  and  the  Avars  in  Pannonia. 

Charlemagne  and  Spain:  the  March  of  the  Ebro;  Eoncesvalles,  778; 
capture  of  Barcelona,  801;  Tarragona,  809;  Tortosa,  811;  relations  with 
the  Muhammadan  Emirs  of  Cordova  and  the  Christian  Kings  of  Oviedo 
or  the  Asturias. 

Charlemagne  and  England;  his  correspondence  with  Offa,  King  of 
Mereia;  Egbert  of  Wessex  at  his  court,  786;  Egbert,  overlord  of  England, 
802-839. 

Charlemagne  and  Italy;  King  of  the  Lombards,  774;  his  sons.  Pippin 
and  Lewis,  anointed  Kings  of  Italy  and  Aquitaine  by  Pope  Hadrian  I, 
781. 

Charlemagne  and  France;  his  campaigns  in  Aquitaine  and  against  the 
Bretons. 

Charlemagne  and  the  Church;  his  councils;  the  Council  of  809  and 
the  "Filioque"  decision;  his  efforts  to  reform  the  morals  of  priests  and 
bishops,  and  to  improve  the  liturgy  in  the  Frankish  dominions. 

Charlemagne  and  the  Papacy;  Pope  Hadrian  I,  772-795;  confirmation 
of  the  grant  of  the  Exarchate  made  by  Pippin  to  the  Pope;  the  ''ducatus 
Eomanus";  restoration  of  the  Patrimony  of  St.  Peter  or  the  estates  of 
the  Papacy  in  Italy  and  elsewhere;  confusion  between  sovereignty  and 
estate  ownership;  influence  of  the  '^Donation  of  Constantino,"  forged 
about  774, 

The  situation  in  Eome;  the  election  of  Pope  fixed  in  the  clergy  of 
Eome,  769;  resistance  of  the  "exercitus  Eomanus"  and  its  chiefs;   the 


45  History  1a 

two  parties;  election  of  Leo  III,  795;  assault  upon  him,  798;  Ms  appeal 
to  Charlemagne;  Charlemagne  at  Eome. 

Charlemagne  crowned  Emperor  by  Pope  Leo  III,  December  25,  800; 
significance  of  this  act;  relation  between  the  Papacy  and  the  new 
Empire;  Charlemagne  crowns  his  son  Louis  Emperor  at  Aachen  (Aix-la- 
Chapelle),  813. 

Charlemagne  and  the  Byzantine  Empire;  proposition  of  marriage 
between  Constantino  VI  and  Charlemagne's  daughter;  Irene  and  Charle- 
magne; Charlemagne  recognized  as  Emperor  by  the  Byzantine  Emperor 
Michael  I,  813. 

Charlemagne  and  the  Muhammadans;  relations  with  the  Emir  of  Cor- 
dova; relations  with  Haroun-al-Easchid,  Caliph  of  Bagdad;  embassies, 
802,  807;  the  keys  of  Jerusalem. 

The  administration  of  Charlemagne;  his  activity;  dukes  and  counts; 
his  use  of  bishops  and  abbots;  the  Missi  Dominici. 

Charlemagne  and  legislation:  the  idea  of  personal  law  as  against  the 
universality  of  the  Eoman  Law;  the  Capitularies. 

Charlemagne's  army;  the  large  proportion  of  infantry;  the  nature  of 
the  levy;  the  strength  of  fortified  cities;  the  siege  of  Pavia,  773-774. 

Charlemagne  and  sea  power;  his  neglect  to  prepare  for  the  assaults 
of  the  Viking  and  Saracen  sea-rovers;  his  building  of  a  fleet  to  resist  the 
Danes,  810-811. 

Extent  of  the  Frankish  Empire  at  the  death  of  Charlemagne,  814; 
his  successor  his  only  surviving  son,  Louis  the  Pious,  814-840. 

Charlemagne  and  his  family;  his  wives  and  children. 

The  capital  of  Charlemagne,  Aachen  (Aix-la-Chapelle) ;  his  buildings 
there. 

Charlemagne  and  the  revival  of  learning  in  the  Prankish  Empire;  the 
palace  school  and  the  monastic  schools;  his  learned  friends;  Alcuin; 
Angilbert;  Paulus  Diaconus;  Eginhard  or  Einhardt. 

The  personality  of  Charlemagne. 

Charlemagne  as  the  hero  of  mediaeval  romance;  the  Chanson  de  Eoland. 


LECTUEE  32 

The  Vikings 

The  attack  on  Latin  Christendom,  as  represented  by  the  Papacy  and 
the  Empire  of  the  Franks,  and  on  Greek  Christendom,  as  represented  by 
the  Byzantine  Empire,  by  the  Vikings  in  the  northern  and  western  seas, 
and  by  the  Saracens  in  the  Mediterranean;  supplemented  by  the  attacks 
of  the  Bulgarians  and,  towards  the  end  of  the  ninth  century,  of  the 
Hungarians  or  Magyars. 


46  History  1a 

From  the  nature  of  these  attacks  no  effective  resistance  could  be 
offered  by  levies  of  infantry  or  by  open  cities;  need  of  adjustment  to 
new  conditions;  development  of  professional  cavalry  or  knights,  and  of 
walled  cities  and  castles. 

The  political  outcome  of  these  conditions;  independent  local  units  of 
government,  counties  and  cities,  in  the  west  of  Europe;  breakdown  of 
the  Empire  of  the  Franks;  the  Byzantine  Empire  held  together  from  its 
sea  power  in  the  Eastern  Mediterranean,  but  lost  Sicily. 

Islam  in  North  Africa  broken  into  different  states. 

The  Vikings:  the  Scandinavian  peoples;  the  Norwegians,  Danes  and 
Swedes;  their  sea  power;  their  destructive  force;  their  heathenism;  con- 
trast with  the  barbarians,  who  broke  down  the  Eoman  Empire  of  the 
West. 

The  Norsemen  in  the  West;  ravaging  of  Ireland  and  destruction  of  its 
Celtic  civilization,  795-845;  settlement  in  the  Hebrides,  Orkneys,  and 
Iceland;  voyage  to  Vinland;  Leif  Ericson;  the  Norse  cities  in  Ireland. 

The  Norsemen  or  Danes  in  England,  789-879;  the  wars  of  King  Alfred; 
the  treaty  of  Wedmore,  879,  and  settlement  of  the  Danelaw;  conquest 
of  the  Danelaw  by  925,  and  consolidation  of  the  English  Kingdom. 

The  Vikings  control  the  Baltic;  their  invasion  of  Eussia;  foundation 
of  Novgorod  by  Rurik,  862,  and  of  Kiev;  their  three  attacks  on  Constan- 
tinople, 860-911;  the  Varangian  guards. 

The  Vikings  in  Germany:  the  great  attack  of  882,  in  which  Cologne 
and  Aachen  were  destroyed. 

The  Vikings  in  France:  sack  of  Rouen,  Nantes,  Bordeaux,  Toulouse, 
Paris;  the  art  of  defence  learned;  siege  of  Paris,  885-886. 

The  Vikings  in  Spain:  attacks  on  Lisbon,  Cadiz  and  Seville,  844,  850. 

The  Vikings  in  the  Mediterranean;  but  here  in  the  contest  for  plunder 
met  by  the  Saracen  sea-rovers. 

The  Saracens  in  the  Mediterranean:  the  pirate  kingdoms  of  North 
Africa;  the  capture  of  Crete,  825;  conquest  of  Sicily,  827-877;  in  southern 
Italy,  840-872;  beaten  off  by  Pope  Leo  IV,  849;  driven  out  of  South  Italy 
by  the  Byzantines,  875;  in  Provence,  888. 

The  Hungarians  or  Magyars  in  central  Europe;  their  invasions  of 
Italy  and  Germany,  899-917. 

The  forces  of  resistance;  the  Byzantine  Empire  holds  together;  the 
Bulgarian  wars;  the  Amorian  dynasty,  Iconoclastic,  820-867;  foundation 
of  the  Basilian  or  Macedonian  dynasty  by  the  Emperor  Basil  I,  867. 

Breakdown  of  the  Prankish  Empire  under  the  Carlo vingian  or  Carol- 
ingian  descendants  of  Charlemagne;  the  weakness  of  the  Empire  in  the 
ninth  century;  Louis  the  Pious,  814-840;  Lothair,  840-855;  Louis  II,  855- 
875;  Charles  the  Fat,  876-888. 

Treaty  of  Verdun,  843,  and  separation  of  Germany,  France  and  Lothar- 
ingia  (Lorraine). 


47  History  1a 

Germany  after  the  breakdown  of  the  Frankish  Empire;  the  great 
duchies,  Saxony,  Franconia,  Swabia,  Bavaria;  the  Emperor  Arnulf,  888- 
899;  the  kings,  Louis  the  Child,  899-911,  Conrad  of  Franconia,  911-918; 
the  invasions  of  the  Magyars. 

France  under  Charles  the  Bald,  843-877;  the  Edict  of  Pistres  on 
cavalry  and  fortifications,  864;  Hincmar,  Archbishop  of  Kheims,  845-882; 
Odo  or  Eudes,  Count  of  Paris,  885-898;  Charles  the  Simple,  898-929,  gives 
Eollo  the  Norseman  the  northern  district  of  France,  which  became  Nor- 
mandy, in  911. 

Italy  and  the  Frankish  Empire;  the  vigorous  government  of  Louis  II, 
844-875;  disappearance  of  all  effective  power  to  keep  the  peace  after  his 
death. 

The  Papacy  in  the  ninth  century;  recognition  of  its  right  to  crown 
emperors  and  of  the  right  of  emperors  to  confirm  popes;  the  constitution 
of  824;  the  Eomans,  clergy  and  laymen,  to  elect,  the  emperor  to  confirm; 
vigorous  papacy  of  Leo  IV,  847-855;  his  defeat  of  the  Saracens;  building 
of  the  Leonine  city  to  include  St.  Peter's  and  the  Vatican. 

Pope  Nicholas  I,  858-867;  his  attitude  towards  the  Franklin  Empire, 
the  temporal  power,  the  archbishops  and  provincial  councils;  his  assertion 
of  legislative  and  judicial  power;  the  ''False  Decretals." 

Final  separation  of  Greek  and  Latin  Christendom,  after  the  Council 
of  Constantinople,  866,  which  condemned  the  celibacy  of  the  clergy  and 
the  ''Filioque"  decision  of  809. 

Sudden  decline  of  the  Papacy  with  the  disappearance  of  the  Carol- 
ingian  Empire;  control  of  the  Eoman  nobles  over  the  election  of  Pope; 
the  influence  of  Theodora  and  Marozia. 

Out  of  the  new  military  needs  to  resist  the  Vikings  and  Saracens  grew 
the  military  side  of  feudalism  and  the  independence  of  the  walled  cities. 


LECTUEE  33 

The  Three  Ottos 

The  adjustment  of  Latin  Christendom  to  the  new  conditions  created 
by  the  attacks  of  the  Vikings  in  the  ninth  century. 

Feudalism  and  feudal  civilization;  the  economic  side  of  feudalism; 
feudal  land  tenure  in  Western  and  Central  Europe  the  outcome  of  rural 
conditions  in  the  later  Eoman  Empire;  the  great  estates  or  latifundia;  the 
coloni;  serfdom;  commendation  and  the  settlement  to  agriculture  of  newly 
civilized  peoples;  the  free  and  serf  village  communities;  comparison  with 
conditions  in  the  Byzantine  Empire. 

The  legal  aspects  of  feudalism;  personal  and  territorial  law;  contrast 
between  feudal  and  Eoman  law;  customary  law  and  written  law;  the 
jurisdiction  of  the  land  owner  and  the  jurisdiction  of  the  State. 


48  History  1a 

The  political  side  of  feudalism;  rise  and  efficiency  of  the  feudal 
barons  and  counts;  weakness  of  the  central  authority;  the  feudal  unit 
of  the  city. 

The  military  side  of  feudalism;  efficiency  of  the  knight,  the  castle  and 
the  walled  city. 

The  feudalization  of  the  Church;  the  bishops  and  abbots  as  feudal 
barons  and  counts;  infringements  by  the  lay  barons  and  counts;  support 
given  to  the  central  authority  by  the  feudal  church,  and  by  the  central 
authority  to  the  Church;  St.  Dunstan  and  the  Witan  under  King  Edgar 
in  England;  the  Capetian  monarchs  in  France;  the  Saxon  emperors  in 
Germany. 

Germany  in  the  tenth  century;  the  four  great  duchies,  Bavaria, 
Swabia,  Franconia,  Saxony;  the  attitude  of  Lotharingia  or  Lorraine; 
Henry  the  Fowler,  duke  of  Saxony,  king  of  the  Germans,  919-936;  his 
wars  with  the  Magyars  and  the  Slavs;  his  organization  of  frontier 
marks;  his  colonics  and  burgs  east  of  the  Elbe. 

Otto  the  Great,  936-973;  his  first  wife  Edith,  sister  of  Athelstan  of 
England;  crowned  king  at  Aachen;  his  campaigns  against  the  Wends, 
Czechs,  other  Slavs  and  Hungarians  or  Magyars;  the  battle  of  Lechfeld, 
near  Augsburg,  955;  homage  of  Bohemia,  950;  the  creation  of  frontier 
marks;  among  them  Brandenburg,  Meissen,  Austria;  the  christianization 
of  the  frontier;  foundation  of  the  archbishopric  of  Magdeburg,  968. 

Otto  the  Great  and  feudal  Germany;  break  up  or  absorption  of  the 
great  duchies;  the  aid  of  the  Church;  the  great  feudal  bishoprics  and 
abbeys. 

Otto  the  Great  and  Italy;  first  expedition  and  marriage  to  Adelaide; 
king  of  Italy,  951;  the  condition  of  Italy  in  the  tenth  century;  the 
Saracens  and  Byzantines. 

Otto  the  Great  crowned  Emperor,  962;  ''the  Eoman  Empire  of  the 
German  Nation";  situation  of  the  Papacy;  the  Eoman  nobility  and  its 
cliques;  the  house  of  Crescentius;  Otto  decrees  that  no  Pope  shall  be 
consecrated  before  swearing  fealty  to  the  Emperor. 

Otto  the  Great  and  the  Byzantine  Empire;  marriage  of  his  son,  Otto 
II,  to  Theophano,  daughter  of  the  Emperor  Eomanus  II. 

The  Emperor  Otto  II,  973-983. 

The  Emperor  Otto  III,  983-1002;  the  regency  of  Theophano,  983-991; 
his  personality  and  dream  of  making  the  Empire  a  reality;  his  Popes; 
his  cousin  Bruno,  Pope  Gregory  V,  996-999;  Gerbert,  Pope  Sylvester  II, 
999-1003. 

Europe  during  the  period  of  the  Ottos;  England;  Athelstan 's  victory 
at  Brunanburh,  937;  administration  of  St.  Dunstan,  959-988;  organized 
attack  of  the  Danes;  Knut,  King  of  Denmark,  Norway  and  England,  1017. 

Victory  of  Brian  Boru  over  the  Norsemen  at  Clontarf,  1014.  • 


49  History  1a 

Development  of  feudalism  in  France;  the  duchy  of  Normandy;  Hugh 
the  Great,  Count  of  Paris,  Duke  of  the  French,  married  to  Hedwiga, 
sister  of  Otto  che  Great,  a  king-maker,  923-956;  his  son,  Hugh  Capet, 
King  of  France,  987-996;  the  great  feudatories,  ecclesiastical  and  lay; 
Adalberon,  archbishop  of  Kheims;  Gerbert;  Eobert  II,  King  of  France, 
996-1031,  forced  to  put  away  his  wife  Bertha  by  Pope  Gregory  V. 

Extension  of  Latin  Christianity  during  the  period  of  the  Ottos;  the 
small  kingdoms  in  the  north  of  Spain  gradually  extend  at  the  expense 
of  the  Muhammadans;  Gallicia,  Leon,  Navarre,  Castille;  the  county  of 
Barcelona,  and  its  relation  with  southeastern  France;  flourishing  con- 
dition of  the  Emirate  of  Cordova  under  Abdur  Eahman  III,  who  takes  the 
title  of  Caliph,  929. 

Extension  of  Latin  Christianity  to  the  east;  the  Magyars;  Hungary, 
a  kingdom  (1000)  under  St.  Stephen,  979-1038;  its  church  organized 
under  the  independent  archbishopric  of  Gran;  the  Czechs  in  Bohemia; 
contest  between  Greek  and  Latin  Christianity;  the  bishopric  of  Prague, 
973;  work  of  St.  Adalbert;  Poland,  a  kingdom  under  Boleslas  I  (1000); 
the  archbishopric  of  Gnesen;  the  significance  of  the  recognition  of  these 
three  states  as  independent  of  the  German  State  and  Church  by  Otto  III 
and  Sylvester  II. 

The  heathen  Prussians;  preaching  and  death  of  St.  Adalbert,  997. 

Extension  of  Latin  Christianity  to  the  north;  the  work  of  St.  Ansgar, 
Archbishop  of  Hamburg,  832-865;  progress  of  Christian  missionaries  in 
Scandinavia;  the  work  of  St.  Olaf,  King  of  Norway,  996-1030. 

The  Byzantine  Empire  in  the  tenth  century;  the  Basilian  or  Mace- 
donian dynasty;  wars  against  the  Saracens;  reconquest  of  Crete,  960, 
and  of  Antioch,  969;  the  Byzantine  navy;  wars  with  the  Slavs  and 
Bulgarians;  the  Slavs  in  Croatia,  Epirus  and  Greece;  the  greatness  of 
the  Bulgarian  power,  811-963;  overthrown  by  the  Emperor  Basil,  1018; 
defeat  of  a  Eussian  attack  by  sea,  941,  and  invasion  by  land,  972. 

Byzantine  trade  in  the  tenth  century;  prosperity  of  the  Empire;  trade 
relations  with  Muhammadan  Spain;  absence  of  feudalism,  which  was  not 
needed  where  milit£lry  power  was  successfully  concentrated;  Byzantine 
literature;  greatness  and  prosperity  of  Constantinople. 

Extension  of  Greek  Christianity;  the  work  of  Cyrillus  and  Methodius 
among  the  Slavs,  especially  in  Moravia;  the  Slavonic  alphabet;  con- 
version of  the  Bulgarians  and  organization  of  a  Greek  church,  870;  con- 
version of  the  Eussians,  989;  the  life  and  reign  of  St.  Vladimir,  the  first 
Tsar,  980-1015. 

Separation  of  Eastern  and  Western  Europe  influenced  by  history  more 
than  race;  difference  between  Latin  and  Greek  Christendom  emphasized 
by  the  conversion  of  the  Eussians. 


50  History  1a 


LECTUEE  34 

The  Normans 

Feudalism  crystallized  in  the  eleventh  century;  its  military  efl&ciency, 
of  the  mailed  knight  on  horseback,  of  the  castle  and  of  the  walled  city, 
proved;  its  legal  basis  shows  signs  of  developing  into  a  system  of  feudal 
law;  its  economic  side  was  the  manor  with  its  agricultural  customs;  its 
administrative  distinction  from  the  officialism  of  the  Eoman  Empire;  its 
political  effect  in  breaking  up  Europe  into  small  units;  advantages  and 
disadvantages;  grandeur  of  unity,  quickened  activity  of  localism. 

Feudalism  typified  in  the  Normans;  their  great  services  to  Latin 
Christendom,  the  conquest  of  Sicily  from  the  Saracens  and  formation  of 
Norman  south  Italy,  and  the  overthrow  of  the  possibility  of  a  Danish 
empire  by  the  conquest  of  England. 

Efficiency  of  the  Norman  knight;  the  mailed  horse  soldier  triumphant 
over  German  infantry  in  Italy  and  English  infantry  at  the  battle  of 
Hastings. 

Development  of  Normandy;  the  Norman  dukes  from  Eollo  to  Eichard 
the  Good,  911-1027;  their  relations  with  the  kingdom  of  France,  with 
Brittany  and  with  Flanders;  Duke  Eobert  the  Devil,  1028-1035;  William 
the  Bastard;  his  victory  at  Val-es-dunes,  1041;  Norman  influence  in 
England  during  the  reign  of  Edward  the  Confessor,  1042-1066. 

The  Normans  in  the  Mediterranean;  pilgrims;  their  victories  over  the 
Byzantines  and  the  Lombard  dukes  in  South  Italy,  1016-1046;  counts  of 
Apulia;  the  career  of  Eobert  Guiscard;  the  battle  of  Civitate,  1053; 
relations  of  the  Normans  with  the  Papacy;  Eobert  Guiscard,  Duke  of 
Apulia,  1057-1085;  the  school  of  medicine  at  Salerno;  the  republic  of 
Amalfi. 

The  importance  of  Sicily;  the  Saracens  in  Sicily,  877-1061;  conquest 
of  Sicily  by  the  Normans  under  Eoger,  brother  of  Eobert  Guiscard,  1061- 
1072;  capture  of  Palermo,  1072;  feudalism  in  Sicily. 

The  formation  of  the  Danish  Christian  empire  of  the  north;  Svend, 
king  of  Denmark,  and  his  conquests  in  England;  Knut  or  Canute,  king 
of  the  English,  1017,  of  Denmark,  1018,  and,  after  conquering  St.  Olaf, 
of  Norway,  1030;  the  characteristics  of  Danish  civilization  and  govern- 
ment, sea  power,  trade,  individual  as  against  legal  institutions;  the 
Danish  jarls  or  earls;  attitude  towards  the  Church  and  Christianity;  death 
of  Canute,  1035. 

Contest  between  Danish  and  Norman  ideas  in  England  under  Edward 
the  Confessor,  1042-1066;  Earl  Godwin  and  Harold;  defeat  of  Harold  by 
William  the  Bastard  at  Senlac  or  Hastings,  1066;  the  triumph  of  feudal- 
ism in  England  under  William  the  Conqueror,  1066-1087;  feudal  law  and 


51  History  1a 

government;  the  triumph  of  the  Church  in  England;  Lanfranc,  Arch- 
bishop of  Canterbury,  1070-1088;  the  Normans  as  churchmen  and  lawyers. 

The  Norman  attitude  towards  art;  Norman  architecture;  the  Bayeux 
tapestry;  Norman  influence  on  music  and  poetry. 

The  Latin  church  in  the  tenth  and  eleventh  centuries;  influence  of 
feudalism  on  its  organization  and  ideals;  the  feudal  bishops  and  abbots. 

The  spiritual  movement  in  the  Church;  the  new  fervor  of  monasticism; 
St.  Odo,  879-942,  abbot  of  Cluny  and  the  Cluniac  reform;  St.  Eomuald 
of  Ravenna,  and  the  order  of  Camaldoli;  the  order  of  Vallombrosa;  the 
abbey  of  Bee  in  Normandy. 

The  intellectual  movement  in  the  Church;  the  representative  figure, 
Gerbert,  Pope  Sylvester  II,  950-1003;  the  schools  of  Eheims,  Chartres, 
Cologne  and  Fulda;  the  monasteries  of  Saint  Gall,  Eeichenau  and  Bee; 
the  city  schools  of  Italy;  Salerno  and  Bologna;  Lanfranc,  Prior  of  Bee, 
1045-1066,  Archbishop  of  Canterbury,  1070-1089. 

Systematic  feudalism,  whether  in  war,  law,  government  or  religion 
tended  towards  an  orderly  hierarchy  in  state  and  church;  differences 
between  theory  and  practice;  contrast  between  William  the  Conqueror's 
Gemot  at  Salisbury,  1086,  and  the  feudal  conditions  in  Prance  and  Ger- 
many; the  theory  of  the  Catholic  Latin  church  and  the  Papacy;  the 
Cluniac  attitude;  St.  Odo. 

The  German  imperial  attitude  towards  unity  culminated  in  the 
Emperor  Henry  III,  and  the  Papal  attitude  in  Hildebrand. 


LECTURE  35 
The  Emperor  Henry  III 

Advantages  of  feudalism;  decentralization;  the  king  first  among  his 
peers;  the  great  feudatories  and  the  barons;  the  barons  and  the  knights; 
individualism;  the  lord  of  the  manor  and  the  manorial  courts. 

The  problem  of  adjustment;  how  to  preserve  the  advantages  of  decen- 
tralization and  of  centralization;  contrast  between  the  administration  of 
the  ancient  Egyptian  and  Persian  empires  and  the  more  modern  Roman 
and  Byzantine  empires,  and  the  feudal  administration. 

The  question  of  hereditary  succession  to  oflBlce;  its  advantages  and 
disadvantages;  bureaucratic  administration  under  a  central  government 
and  hereditary  office;  heredity  and  feudalism. 

The  tendency  towards  heredity  in  church  offices;  the  question  of  the 
marriage  of  the  clergy. 

Feudalism  in  England;  the  policy  of  Edward  the  Confessor  and  of 
William  the  Conqueror. 

Feudalism  in  France  under  the  early  Capetians;  Robert  II,  996-1031; 


52  History  1a 

Henry  I,  1031-1060,  who  married  Anne,  daughter  of  Jaroslav  of  Kiev  in 
Eussia,  1051;  Philip  I,  1060-1108;  the  great  feudatories  of  France. 

Feudalism  in  Germany;  reaction  against  the  imperial  policy  of  Otto  III 
and  his  neglect  of  German  interests;  election  of  Henry,  Duke  of  Bavaria, 
as  king,  1002;  crowned  king  of  Italy,  1004;  his  efforts  for  internal  peace; 
his  wars  with  Poland;  crowned  Emperor  as  Henry  II  at  Eome,  1014;  the 
Empire  and  the  Papacy  as  against  the  feudalism  of  the  German  Church 
and  feudatories;  St.  Henry  and  St.  Cunegunda;  the  bishopric  of  Bamberg; 
support  given  by  Henry  to  the  Cluniac  ideals  and  reforms. 

The  Emperor  Conrad  II,  1024-1039;  extension  of  feudalism  in  Italy; 
establishment  of  the  hereditary  principle  there  by  Conrad,  1037;  the 
kingdom  of  Burgundy  (Aries)  united,  1033;  wars  with  Poland  and  Hungary. 

The  Emperor  Henry  III,  1039-1056;  married  first  to  Gunhilda,  daughter 
of  Canute  the  Great,  and  second,  to  Agnes,  daughter  of  the  Count  of 
Poitiers;  extension  of  his  German  policy;  Denmark,  Poland,  Bohemia, 
and,  for  a  time,  Hungary,  made  to  do  homage. 

His  feudal  policy  in  Germany;  absorption  and  reallotment  of  the 
great  duchies;  the  margraviates;  recognition  of  the  minor  counts  and 
barons  as  direct  feudatories  of  the  Empire;  increase  of  the  authority  of 
the  central  government  and  promotion  of  local  authority  by  the  substitu- 
tion of  many  small  barons  for  a  few  great  dukes;  reality  of  the  power 
of  Henry  III  in  Germany;  the  evil  of  private  war. 

Henry  III  and  the  German  Church;  his  control  over  the  election  of 
bishops  and  abbots. 

Henry  III  and  Italy;  his  strife  with  Aribert,  Archbishop  of  Milan; 
the  rise  of  the  Lombard  cities;  the  Italian  feudatories. 

Henry  III  and  the  Papacy;  after  the  deaths  of  Otto  III  and  Pope 
Sylvester  II  the  election  of  Popes  had  again  fallen  to  Eoman  political 
factions;  the  power  of  the  counts  of  Tusculum;  renewed  degradation  of 
the  Papacy;  indignation  of  Latin  Christendom;  claims  to  independence 
of  the  Spanish  Church  under  the  Archbishop  of  Santiago,  of  the  German 
Church  under  the  Archbishop  of  Mainz,  and  of  the  Galilean  Church  under 
the  Archbishop  of  Eheims;  monasticism,  under  the  influence  of  the 
Cluniac  reforms,  demands  the  supremacy  of  Eome  and  the  purification 
of  the  Papacy. 

Henry  III  deposes  three  rival  Popes,  and  appoints  a  series  of  German 
Popes;  crowned  Emperor  at  Eome,  1046;  the  Papacy  of  St.  Leo  IX,  1046- 
1054;  his  reforms;  his  great  church  councils;  condemnation  of  simony 
and  of  the  marriage  of  the  clergy;  exaltation  of  the  Church  and  its 
authority;  claims  of  the  Papacy;  beginning  of  the  influence  of  Hildebrand. 

The  Emperor  Henry  III  represents  the  height  of  the  power  of 
mediaeval  Emperors;  the  prospect  of  a  contest  with  the  Church,  which 
sets  forth  its  claims  to  supreme  authority. 


53  History  1a 

LECTUEE  36 
Pope  Gregory  VII.     (Hildebrand.) 

The  idea  of  the  unity  of  Latin  Christendom  in  the  Catholic  Church 
and  of  the  supremacy  of  the  Pope  insisted  upon  as  indispensable  for 
civilization  against  the  feudal  theory  of  the  State  as  responsible  for 
peace  and  good  government  during  the  reign  of  the  Emperors  Conrad  I 
and  Henry  III;  the  influence  of  the  Cluniac  reforms. 

The  Pope  not  merely  the  bishop  of  Eome  to  be  chosen  by  the  Eomans^ 
but  the  head  of  Christendom,  in  the  selection  of  whom  all  Latin 
Christians  are  interested. 

The  intervention  of  the  Emperor  Henry  III,  1046;  his  nomination  of 
four  successive  German  Popes;  comparison  of  his  policy  with  that  of  the 
Ottos. 

Pope  Leo  IX,  1048-1054,  employs  the  services  of  Hildebrand,  whom 
he  met  at  Cluny. 

Hildebrand,  1023-1085;  his  career;  his  personality;  the  Hildebrandine 
ideas  in  Church  and  State;  his  ascendency  over  successive  popes;  Popes 
Victor  II,  1054-1057,  Stephen  IX,  1057-1058,  and  Nicholas  II,  1059-1061. 

The  Lateran  Council,  1059,  and  the  election  of  Popes  fixed  in  the 
College  of  Cardinals. 

The  elective  idea  in  the  middle  ages  as  opposed  to  the  hereditary 
feudal  idea;  the  election  of  kings,  especially  of  ''Kings  of  the  Eomans" 
as  the  German  rulers  were  called  until  they  were  crowned  Emperors  by 
the  Pope  at  Eome. 

The  election  of  Pope  Alexander  II,  1061;  opposition  of  the  German 
and  Lombard  bishops,  who  elect  an  antipope;  the  question  of  the  need 
for  the  Emperor's  confirmation;  the  conservative  as  opposed  to  the  Hilde- 
brandine view. 

Hildebrand  elected  Pope  as  Gregory  VII,  1073. 

Henry  IV;  his  minority,  1056-1072;  the  great  German  bishops  and 
lay  feudatories;  Henry's  imperial  theories;   his  first  campaigns. 

The  Synod  of  Eome,  1076;  condemnation  of  the  marriage  of  the 
clergy,  simony  and  lay  investiture  of  bishops  and  abbots. 

The  contest  over  investitures;  its  importance  to  Church  and  State. 

Gregory  VII  and  Italy;  supported  by  the  Countess  Matilda  of  Tuscany 
and  Eobert  Guiscard,  the  Norman  Duke  of  Apulia. 

Henry  IV  at  Canossa,  1077;  humiliation  of  the  Emperor  and  of  the 
imperial  idea. 

Eival  kings  set  up  in  Germany,  Eudolph  of  Swabia  and  Herman  of 
Luxemburg;  an  antipope,  Clement  III,  elected  by  German  and  Italian 
bishops  at  Brixen;  Henry  IV  crowned  Emperor  at  Eome  by  Clement,  1084. 


54  History  1a 

Sack  of  Eome  by  the  Normans,  1084;  death  of  Gregory  VII,  1085. 

Effect  of  the  papacy  of  Gregory  VII;  attitude  of  France  and  England; 
his  policy  in  Spain,  Denmark,  Poland  and  Hungary. 

Appeal  of  the  Byzantine  Emperor  for  aid  against  the  Turks. 

The  successors  of  Gregory  VII  and  conclusion  of  the  struggle  over 
investitures;  Pope  Urban  II,  1088-1099;  the  Councils  at  Piacenza, 
Clermont  and  Bari;  Pope  Paschal  II,  1099-1118;  the  compromise  of  St. 
Anselm  settles  the  controversy  in  England,  1107;  the  coronation  of  the 
Emperor  Henry  V  and  temporary  surrender  of  the  Papal  claim  by 
Paschal,  1111;  Pope  Calixtus  II,  1119-1124;  the  investiture  question 
settled  by  the  Concordat  of  Worms,  1122. 

Seeming  triumph  of  the  Hildebrandine  ideal  of  unity  and  supremacy, 
but  actually  the  question  was  compromised;  the  unity  of  Latin  Christen- 
dom was  to  be  shown  more  clearly  in  the  Crusades,  which  began  at  this 
time. 


LECTURE  37 
The  First  Crusade 

During  the  contest  over  investitures,  the  unity  of  Latin  Christendom 
and  of  Latin  Christian  civilization  was  proved  by  the  general  enthusiasm 
created  by  the  preaching  of  the  First  Crusade  against  the  Muhammadans. 

At  the  very  time  when  the  Hildebrandine  ideals  were  being  opposed 
by  the  representatives  of  the  feudal  ideals  of  the  State,  the  barons  and 
knights  of  Western  Christendom  in  France,  Germany  and  England  volun- 
teered for  the  recovery  of  the  Holy  Sepulchre,  and  the  Christian  warriors 
in  Spain  steadily  drove  back  the  Muhammadans;  the  leadership  of  the 
Normans. 

The  rise  of  the  Seljuk  Turks;  the  break-up  of  the  Eastern  Caliphate; 
conquest  of  Bagdad  by  the  Turks,  1055;  Turkish  invasion  of  Asia  Minor; 
battle  of  Manzikert,  1071,  and  capture  of  the  Byzantine  Emperor, 
Romanus  IV;  Turkish  conquest  of  Palestine  and  capture  of  Jerusalem, 
1076. 

The  Byzantine  Empire  in  the  eleventh  century;  end  of  the  Basilian 
or  Macedonian  dynasty,  1057;  decline  of  Byzantine  sea  power  and  trade 
in  the  Mediterranean  with  the  loss  of  Sicily;  final  overthrow  of  Byzantine 
power  in  South  Italy  by  Robert  Guiscard,  1071;  rise  of  the  Italian  trading 
cities;  Venice  and  its  relations  with  the  Byzantine  Empire;  Amalfi;  Pisa; 
decline  of  the  sea  power  of  Islam  in  the  Mediterranean;  the  Catalans. 

The  Byzantine  Emperor,  Alexius  Comnenus,  1081-1118;  his  administra- 
tion; his  army;  his  war  with  Robert  Guiscard,  1081-1085;  appe^?!  to  the 
Pope  for  aid  against  the  Turks. 


55  '  History  1a 

Latin  Christendom  and  the  eastern  Mediterranean;  trade  and  pilgrim- 
age; the  Turks  and  the  pilgrims;  the  trade  of  Egypt  and  the  Levant. 

Pope  Urban  II  preaches  the  Crusade  at  the  Council  of  Clermont,  1095; 
the  preaching  of  Peter  the  Hermit. 

The  appeal  not  heeded  by  the  rulers  of  Latin  Christendom,  the  Emperor 
Henry  IV,  Philip  I  of  France  or  William  Eufus  of  England,  but  by  many 
of  their  barons  and  knights. 

The  leaders  of  the  First  Crusade;  Godfrey  '^of  Bouillon,"  duke  of 
Lower  Lorraine;  Robert,  duke  of  Normandy;  Hugh,  count  of  Vermandois; 
Robert,  count  of  Flanders;  Stephen,  count  of  Blois;  Raymond,  count  of 
Toulouse;  Bohemond,  son  of  Robert  Guiscard;  Tancred. 

The  Crusaders  at  Constantinople,  1096;  the  attitude  of  Alexius  Com- 
nenus;  the  battle  of  Dorylaeum,  1097;  capture  of  Antioch,  1098,  and  of 
Jerusalem,  1099. 

Organization  of  the  feudal  crusader  states;  the  kingdom  of  Jerusalem, 
the  principality  of  Antioch,  the  counties  of  Tripoli  and  Edessa;  the  Assize 
of  Jerusalem, 

Immediate  effect  of  the  First  Crusade  the  passing  of  the  trade  of  the 
Eastern  Mediterranean  to  the  Italian  trading  cities  of  Venice,  Pisa  and 
Genoa;  attitude  of  Alexius  Comnenus;  his  grant  of  trading  privileges  to 
the  Pisans. 

The  crusading  spirit  in  Spain  and  the  advance  of  Latin  Christendom 
in  the  Iberian  Peninsula;  end  of  the  Ommayad  Caliphate  of  Cordova, 
1028,  and  establishment  of  independent  Muhammadan  dynasties;  advance 
of  the  northern  Christian  kingdoms;  Alfonso  VI,  king  of  Leon,  Castille 
and  Gallicia,  1073;  capture  of  Toledo,  1085. 

The  Almoravid  dynasty  comes  over  from  Africa  to  recover  Spain  for 
Islam  and  to  unite  the  Muhammadans;  battle  of  Zalaca,  1086;  appeal  to 
Christendom;  Count  Raymond  of  Toulouse  and  County  Henry  of  Bur- 
gundy; the  career  of  the  Cid;  his  conquest  of  Valencia,  1094;  formation 
of  the  county  of  Portugal,  1095;  the  kingdom  of  Aragon;  capture  of 
Saragossa  by  Alfonso  I,  1118;  the  county  of  Barcelona;  the  Catalan  sailors 
and  traders. 

The  crusading  spirit  typical  of  the  Hildebrandine  ideal  in  the  Latin 
Church,  of  the  revival  of  Christian  enthusiasm,  foreshadowed  by  the 
Cluniac  reforms  and  the  missionary  age,  of  the  rising  prosperity  of  the 
cities,  especially  in  Italy,  due  to  the  opening  of  wider  trade,  and  of  the 
aggressive  spirit  of  feudalism. 


56  History  1a 

LECTURE  38 
St.  Bernard 

Latin  Christendom  in  the  12th  century;  material  prosperity  and  increase 
of  population  shown  in  the  growth  of  cities;  the  cities  of  Italy,  France,  and 
Germany;  beginnings  of  municipal  freedom;  the  merchant  and  craft  guilds; 
city  architecture  in  the  12th  century;  Gothic  cathedrals. 

Intellectual  development  in  the  12th  century;  the  writings  of  St.  An- 
selm,  1053-1109;  his  philosophy  and  theology;  rapid  advance  in  thought; 
Abelard,  1079-1142;  beginnings  of  the  schools,  which  later  in  the  century 
became  the  University  of  Paris, 

The  revival  of  the  study  of  the  Eoman  or  Civil  law;  Irnerius;  attitude 
of  the  civil  lawyers  in  favor  of  the  claims  of  the  Emperor;  beginning  of 
canon  law;  the  Becretum  of  Gratian;  the  University  of  Bologna. 

Religious  development  in  the  12th  century;  the  secular  clergy  and 
canons;  the  regular  or  Augustinian  canons;  St.  Norbert,  1080-1134;  the 
Premonstratensians;  Archbishop  of  Magdeburg,  1126;  misisonary  work;  the 
archbishopric  of  Lund  at  the  head  of  the  Scandinavian  church,  1104. 

Development  of  monasticism;  St.  Bruno  and  the  Carthusians;  founda- 
tion of  the  Grande  Chartreuse  or  Charterhouse;  the  Cistercians  or  white 
monks;  foundation  of  Citeaux,  1098;  Stephen  Harding;  the  Cistercian  or- 
ganization, 1119. 

St.  Bernard  of  Clairvaux,  1091-1153,  the  master  spirit  of  his  time;  his 
personality;  abbot  of  Clairvaux,  1115;  his  refusal  to  take  ofiice;  his  belief 
in  the  mission  of  Christendom;  his  ardor  for  the  Church;  his  controversies 
with  Abelard  and  Arnold  of  Brescia;  his  attack  on  heretics;  appearance 
of  the  Albigensian  heresy. 

St.  Bernard  and  the  Papacy;  his  adherence  to  Hildebrandine  ideals;  the 
influences  at  Rome"  against  peaceful  election  of  the  Pope  by  the  cardinals; 
the  family  of  Erangipani;  the  election  of  Honorius  II,  1124;  the  double 
election  of  Innocent  II  and  Anacletus  II,  1130 ;  intervention  of  St.  Bernard, 
1131-2,  1138. 

Clash  of  interests  between  the  city  of  Rome  and  the  Papacy;  the  Com- 
mune of  Rome,  1143;  death  of  Pope  Lucius  II,  1145;  Pope  Eugenius  III, 
the  friend  of  St.  Bernard,  1145-1154,  driven  from  Rome;  the  preaching  of 
Arnold  of  Brescia,  advocating  the  poverty  of  the  clergy;  his  view  that 
Rome  should  be  a  free  municipality  under  the  Emperor. 

Development  of  the  cities  of  Lombardy  and  Tuscany;  the  republic  of 
Venice;  the  Normans  in  Sicily  and  South  Italy  united  under  Roger  I,  1127; 
his  attitude  towards  the  Papacy;  King  of  Sicily;  his  conquest  of  Malta, 
Tripoli,  and  Tunis;  excellence  of  the  Sicilian  fleet;  sea  power  in  the  Medi- 
terranean. 


57  History  1a 

St.  Bernard  and  France;  his  influence  over  the  kings,  Louis  VI,  1100- 
1137,  and  Louis  VII,  and  over  Suger,  abbot  of  St.  Denis,  the  royal  admin- 
istrator. 

The  life  and  work  of  Suger,  1082-1152;  his  effort  to  build  up  royal 
authority;  his  encouragement  of  agriculture,  and  work  against  serfdom; 
the  beginning  of  the  ''Communes"  of  France. 

St.  Bernard  and  Henry  I  of  England;  whom  he  persuaded  to  recognize 
Pope  Innocent  II,  1130. 

St.  Bernard  and  Germany;  he  persuaded  Lothar  II,  ''King  of  the  Eo- 
mans,"  1125-1137,  to  establish  Innocent  II  at  Korae  and  to  be  crowned 
Emperor  by  him. 

St.  Bernard  preaches  the  crusade  at  Vezelai,  1146;  both  Louis  VII  of 
France,  and  Conrad  III  of  Hohenstaufen,  "King  of  the  Eomans,"  1137- 
1152,  take  the  cross  at  his  bidding  and  go  on  the  crusade. 

Condition  of  the  Latin  feudal  states  in  Palestine;  foundation  of  the 
military  orders  of  the  Knights  Templar,  1118,  for  whom  St.  Bernard  drew 
up  the  rule,  1128,  and  of  the  Knights  of  St.  John  of  the  Hospital,  1130; 
capture  of  Edessa  by  the  Turks,  1144. 

Failure  of  the  Second  Crusade,  1147-1148. 

Foundation  of  the  kingdom  of  Portugal  by  Affonso  Henriques,  1139; 
capture  of  Lisbon  by  English  crusaders,  1147. 

Death  of  St.  Bernard,  1153;  his  unique  position  in  the  history  of  Latin 
Christendom. 


LECTUEE  39 

Frederick  Barbarossa 

Pope  Gregory  VII  had  emphasized  the  unity  of  Latin  Christendom  in 
the  Church  under  the  direction  of  the  Papacy  and  St.  Bernard  held  up  this 
ideal,  which  was  fostered  by  the  crusading  spirit;  Frederick  of  Hohen- 
staufen, called  Barbarossa,  elected  "King  of  the  Eomans, "  1152,  empha- 
sized the  unity  of  Latin  Christendom  in  the  State  under  the  Empire,  which 
under  him  was  first  called  officially  the  "Holy  Eoman  Empire." 

Hopes  entertained  in  the  12th  century  of  the  union  of  the  Greek  with 
the  Latin  church;  the  Byzantine  Empire  manifested  its  weakness  by  calling 
in  the  aid  of  Latin  Christendom  against  the  Turks;  the  Comneni  Emperors; 
their  attitude  towards  the  Latin  states  in  Syria  and  Palestine. 

The  conception  of  the  Holy  Eoman  Empire;  supported  by  the  lawyers. 

Change  in  the  feudal  Latin  world  due  to  the  acceptance  of  the  hered- 
itary principle;  opposition  to  it  in  the  idea  of  the  State;  growth  of  the 
monarchical  idea  in  France  under  Louis  VI  and  Louis  VII;  the  twelve  peers 
of  France;  protest  of  feudalism  in  England  in  the  election  of  Stephen, 
1135;  the  elected  ruler  in  Hungary,  Bohemia,  Poland,  and  Denmark;  prac- 
tice of  crowning  the  heir  in  elective  monarchies. 


58  History  1a 

Election  of  the  king  in  Germany  maintained  with  the  heredity  of  the 
great  and  small  fiefs;  election,  appointment,  and  confirmation;  the  bishop- 
rics and  abbeys;  the  prince  electors. 

Eivalry  of  north  and  south  Germany,  of  the  houses  of  Welf  and  Waib- 
lingen,  the  Guelfs  and  Ghibellines. 

Frederick  and  Germany;  Henry  the  Lion,  Duke  of  Saxony  and  Bavaria, 
and  Albert  the  Bear,  Margrave  of  Brandenburg;  extension  of  Christianity 
and  of  German  influence;  Austria  made  a  duchy,  1156,  and  Bohemia  a 
kingdom,  1158;  sometimes  general  and  sometimes  partial  support  given 
to  Frederick  by  the  Germans  in  his  struggle  with  the  Italian  cities  and 
with  the  Papacy. 

Frederick  and  the  Baltic  states;  Waldemar  the  Great,  1157-1182,  and 
Canute  VI,  1182-1202,  kings  of  Denmark;  Frederick's  attempt  to  establish 
suzerainty  over  them;  the  foundation  of  Liibeck  and  Dantzig;  conversion 
of  the  Pomeranians  to  Christianity;  foundation  of  the  Teutonic  Knights, 
1191. 

Frederick  crowned  King  of  Burgundy  at  Aries,  1178. 

Frederick  and  the  Italian  cities;  their  submission,  1154;  destruction  of 
Milan,  1162;  the  Lombard  League,  1167,  and  building  of  Alessandria,  1168; 
defeat  of  Frederick  at  Legnano,  1176;  Peace  of  Constance,  1183;  power 
and  wealth  of  the  Italian  cities;  their  attitude  between  Pope  and  Emperor; 
Guelfs  and  Ghibellines. 

Frederick  and  the  Papacy;  crowned  Emperor  at  Eome,  1155;  attitude 
of  Pope  Hadrian  IV,  1154-1159;  execution  of  Arnold  of  Brescia,  1155; 
Pope  Alexander  III,  1159-1181;  the  anti-popes  set  up  by  Frederick  Bar- 
barossa;  the  reconciliation  at  Venice,  1177;  inevitable  conflict  between 
Papal  and  Imperialist  ideals;  Church  and  State;  coronation  of  Henry,  son 
of  Frederick,  as  King  of  the  Komans,  1169. 

France  during  the  reign  of  Frederick  Barbarossa;  Louis  VII,  1137- 
1180;  preponderance  in  France  of  Henry  II  of  England,  1154-1189,  in 
Normandy,  Brittany,  Anjou,  and,  after  his  marriage  to  Eleanor,  in  Guienne; 
rise  of  the  French  communes;  independence  and  wealth  of  southern  France; 
accession  of  Philip  Augustus,  1180. 

Henry  II  of  England,  the  most  powerful  ruler  in  Europe  next  to  Fred- 
erick Barbarossa;  his  organization  of  the  State  and  struggle  with  feudal- 
ism; granted  Ireland  by  Pope  Hadrian  IV;  his  attitude  towards  the 
Church  and  the  Papacy;  the  Constitutions  of  Clarendon,  1166;  murder  of 
Thomas  Becket,  Archbishop  of  Canterbury,  1170 ;  accession  of  Eichard,  1189. 

The  situation  of  the  crusading  states  in  Syria  and  Palestine;  rise  of 
the  power  of  Salah-ed-din,  or  Saladin;  overthrow  of  the  Fatimite  Shiah 
caliphs  of  Egypt;  capture  of  Jerusalem  by  Saladin,  1187. 

The  Third  Crusade,  1188-1192;  contrast  with  the  previous  crusades; 
led  by   Frederick  Barbarossa,  Eichard   of   England,    and   Philip   Augustus 


59  History  1a 

of  France;  sea  power  in  the  Mediterranean;  the  Italians  and  Sicilians; 
capture  of  Cyprus,  1190,  and  Acre,  1191;  rivalry  of  the  crusading  leaders 
before  Acre;  death  of  Frederick  Barbarossa  in  Asia  Minor,  1190;  death  of 
Saladin,  1193. 

Frederick  Barbarossa,  the  type  of  German  kingship  in  the  Middle  Ages; 
the  universality  of  the  Holy  Eoman  Empire  never  admitted  in  Latin 
Christendom;  contrast  with  the  idea  of  the  Holy  Catholic  Church. 


LECTUEE  40 
Pope  Innocent  III 

Attempts  at  realizing  the  plan  of  Imperial  supremacy  over  Latin  Chris- 
tendom of  Frederick  Barbarossa  made  by  his  eldest  son  and  successor, 
Henry  VI,  who  had  been  crowned  King  of  the  Romans,  1169,  and  had 
married  Constance,  the  heiress  to  the  Norman  kingdom  of  south  Italy  and 
Sicily,  in  1186. 

Efforts  of  Henry  VI  to  make  the  Empire  hereditary;  crowned  Emperor 
at  Rome  by  Pope  Celestine  III,  1191;  his  policy  in  Germany  and  Italy. 

Richard  I  of  England,  who  had  been  taken  prisoner  by  Duke  Leopold 
of  Austria  on  his  way  back  from  the  crusade,  forced  to  recognize  the 
feudal  suzerainty  of  Henry  VI,  1194;  relationship  of  Richard  with  the 
Guelphs;  death  of  Henry  the  Lion,  1195. 

Conquest  of  the  Norman  kingdom;  Henry  VI  crowned  king  of  Sicily, 
1194;  Henry's  brother  Philip  made  Marquis  of  Tuscany;  Henry's  control 
of  the  Papal  states  and  alliance  with  the  Roman  Senate. 

Henry's  plan  for  an  hereditary  empire  recognized  at  Wiirzburg,  1196; 
his  son,  Frederick,  aged  two  years,  elected  King  of  the  Romans;  general 
recognition  of  his  power;  his  muster  for  a  crusade;  death  of  Henry  VI, 
1197;  end  of  the  possibility  of  a  universal  and  hereditary  empire  in  the 
house  of  Hohenstaufen. 

Election  of  Innocent  III  as  Pope,  1198;  his  family  and  early  training; 
his  personality;  he  carries  out  the  Hildebrandine  ideals  and  makes  the 
Papacy  supreme  in  Latin  Christendom. 

Innocent  III  and  Rome;  he  overcomes  the  Senate  and  the  Imperial 
Prefect*. 

Innocent  III  and  Italy;  he  drives  the  Germans  out  of  the  Patrimony 
of  St.  Peter,  the  Romagna,  and  the  March  of  Ancona;  made  guardian  of 
Frederick  II  on  the  death  of  Constance  in  Sicily;  drives  Philip  from 
Tuscany,  and  forms  leagues  of  all  the  Tuscan  cities,  except  Pisa. 

Innocent  III  and  Germany;  Philip  of  Swabia,  brother  of  Henry  VI, 
crowned  King  of  the  Romans  at  Mainz,  and  Otto,  duke  of  Brunswick,  son 
of  Henry  the  Lion  and  nephew  of  Richard  I  of  England,  crowned  at  Aachen, 


60  History  1a 

1198;  Pope  Innocent  III  arbiter;  coronation  of  Otto  IV  as  Emperor  at 
Eome,  1209;   Guelfs  and  Ghibellines. 

Continuance  of  civil  war  in  Germany;  Frederick  II  of  Sicily,  ward  of 
Pope  Innocent  III,  elected  King  of  the  Eomans,  1211;  crowned  at  Mainz, 
1212;  his  grant  to  the  Papacy  of  Tuscany  and  of  all  royal  control  over 
the  election  of  bishops;  defeat  of  Otto  IV  at  Bouvines,  1214;  his  death 
and  end  of  the  Guelf  power  in  Germany,  1218. 

Innocent  III  and  France;  the  wars  of  Philip  Augustus  and  Eichard  I 
of  England;  interdict  placed  on  France,  1200;  submission  of  Philip  Augus- 
tus; his  conquest  of  Normandy,  Anjou,  Maine,  and  Poitou  from  King  John 
of  England,  1204-1206;  his  victory  at  Bouvines,  1214;  extension  of  his 
power  in  southern  France  after  the  crusade  against  the  Albigenses;  his 
alliance  with  Innocent  after  the  interdict;  growth  of  the  French  monarchy. 

Innocent  III  and  England;  he  makes  Stephen  Langton  archbishop  of 
Canterbury,  1206;  England  under  an  interdict,  1208;  excommunication  of 
John,  1209;  surrender  of  England  to  the  Papacy,  1213;  defeat  of  Bouvines, 
1214;  Magna  Carta,  1215;  death  of  John,  1216,  and  influence  of  the  Papacy 
in  England  during  the  minority  of  Henry  III. 

Innocent  III  and  Scandinavia;  his  relations  with  Canute  VI  and  Walde- 
mar  II  of  Denmark;  archbishop  Absalon  of  Lund;  his  condemnation  of 
Swerrer,  King  of  Norway;  his  relations  with  Eric  X  of  Norway. 

Innocent  recognizes  the  kingdom  of  Bohemia,  1202;  his  arbitration 
sought  in  Hungary;  John  of  Bulgaria  asks  him  for  royal  title. 

Innocent  III  and  Spain;  Pedro  of  Aragon  recognizes  his  suzerainty, 
1204;  his  orders  obeyed  in  Navarre,  Leon,  and  Castille;  his  stern  enforce- 
ment of  the  matrimonial  regulations  of  the  Church, 

Innocent  III  and  Portugal;  the  struggle  with  Sancho  I  and  the  Chan- 
cellor Julian;  Portugal  under  an  interdict;  submission  of  Sancho,  1210. 

Innocent  III  and  the  Muhammadans  in  Spain;  the  Almohades  rule 
Muhammadan  Spain. from  Morocco  and  recover  many  cities;  their  victory 
at  Alarcos,  1185;  foundation  of  the  Spanish  military  orders  of  Calatrava, 
Alcantara,  and  Santiago;  the  Pope  urges  crusaders  to  Spain;  the  victory 
of  Navas  de  Tolosa,  1212. 

Innocent  III  and  the  Byzantine  Empire;  weakness  of  the  Byzantine 
Empire;  the  Comneni  and  the  Angeli;  commercial  development  of  the 
Italian  cities,  especially  Venice  and  Genoa,  in  the  East;  assembly  of  a 
crusading  army  at  Venice,  1201;  the  Fourth  Crusade;  capture  of  Constan- 
tinople, 1203,  and  establishment  of  the  Latin  Empire  of  the  East,  1204. 

Effect  of  the  Fourth  Crusade;  disappointment  of  Innocent  III  at  its 
failure  to  recover  Jerusalem;  establishment  of  the  Latin  church  at  Constan- 
tinople; his  hope  for  a  union  with  the  Greek  church. 

Innocent  III  and  the  Crusade  against  the  Albigenses;  the  civilization 
of  southern  France;  Languedoc  and  Provence;  the  troubadours;  the  Albi- 
gensian  heresy;  the  preaching  of  St.  Dominic;  a  crusade  preached,  1208; 


61  History  1a 

Sinjon  de  Montfort;  the  battle  of  Muret,  1213;  development  of  the  medie- 
val Inquisition;  end  of  the  separate  Provencal  civilization;  tendency  of 
Innocent  III  towards  leniency. 

Innocent  III  and  the  Lateran  Council  of  1215;  condemnation  of  heresy; 
encouragement  of  education;  abolition  of  trial  by  battle,  and  of  the  ordeal; 
general  attempt  to  reform  the  Church. 

The  religious  fervor  of  Innocent  III;  establishment  of  the  Dominicans 
or  Black  Friars. 

Stirring  in  Europe  of  a  feeling  of  the  duty  owed  to  the  poor  and 
afflicted  and  unfortunate;  St.  Francis  of  Assisi;  establishment  of  the 
Franciscans  or  Friars  Minor. 

Death  of  Innocent  III,  1216;  unity  of  Latin  Christendom  under  him; 
the  Papacy  at  the  height  of  its  power;  grand  conception  of  its  duty  to 
humanity;  culmination  of  the  political  and  religious  ideals  of  the  Middle 
Ages;  starting  of  a  new  social  ideal  with  the  teaching  of  St.  Francis. 


1 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 


SYLLABUS  OF  LECTURES 


HISTORY  IB 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 


SYLLABUS  OF  LECTURES 


HISTORY  iB 


H.  MORSE  STEPHENS 


Price  25  Cents 


1  History  1b 

LECTURE  1 

St.  Francis  of  Assisi 

The  papacy  of  Innocent  III  marked  the  triumph  of  Hildebrandine 
ideals;  recognition  of  the  supremacy  of  the  Church  in  Latin  Christendom 
and  of  the  Pope  over  the  Church;  political  ascendancy  of  the  Church 
defended  on  the  ground  of  its  services  to  humanity. 

Moral  aims  of  the  Church;  its  campaign  against  vice;  contrast  be- 
tween vice  and  crime;  its  ideal  of  purity  and  chastity;  the  sanctity  of 
celibacy;  the  sacrament  of  marriage;  Peter  Lombard  and  the  sacraments; 
the  penitential  system;  the  sacrament  of  penance;  auricular  confession. 

Democracy  in  the  Church;  secular  priests;  canons;  monks  and  nuns; 
humble  birth  of  some  of  the  greatest  popes. 

The  Church  and  social  reform;  its  recognition  of  individual  rights; 
its  campaign  against  chattel  slavery;  its  attitude  towards  the  poor. 

Protests  against  the  wealth  and  political  power  of  the  Church;  Arnold 
of  Brescia;  Emperor  Frederick  II;  popular  protests;  the  ''Poor  Men  of 
Lyons";  the  Patarini;  protests  in  literature;  the  troubadours;  the  min-. 
nesingers;  Walter  Map. 

Danger  of  breach  between  the  mediaeval  church  in  spite  of  its  moral, 
democratic  and  humane  ideals,  and  the  mass  of  the  people;  danger  to 
the  Church;  danger  to  religion;  danger  to  organized  society. 

St.  Francis  and  the  Franciscan  friars  or  Friars  Minor  revive  the  ideals 
of  primitive  Christianity  in  their  sympathetic  attitude  towards,  and 
service  of,  the  poor,  the  afflicted  and  the  unfortunate. 

The  growth  of  inequality  in  society;  wealth  and  poverty;  primitive 
Christianity;  St.  Paulinus  of  Nola;  St.  Martin  of  Tours;  socialistic  ideals. 

The  ardor  of  Christianity,  which  had  gone  into  missions  to  the 
heathen,  into  monasticism,  into  the  Crusades,  goes,  after  the  example  set 
by  St.  Francis,  into  the  service  of  the  poor,  the  afflicted  and  the  unfor- 
tunate. 

St.  Francis,  born  at  Assisi,  1182;  revived  interest  in  his  work  and 
personality;  Sabatier;  his  views;  recovery  and  publication  of  documents; 
Tamassia;  weight  laid  on  the  social  ideals  of  St.  Francis. 

The  early  years  of  the  life  of  St.  Francis;  the  Portiuncula;  "Holy 
Poverty";  his  first  companions;  Brother  Leo;  Brother  Giles;  Brother 
Juniper;  the  interview  with  Innocent  III,  1210;  his  obedience  to  the 
Pope  and  the  Church. 

The  preaching  of  St.  Francis;  its  success;  rapid  increase  in  the 
numbers  of  the  friars;  the  vows  of  poverty,  chastity  and  obedience;  the 
Rule  approved  by  Pope  Honorius  III,  1223. 


2  History  1b 

The  latter  years  of  St.  Francis;  the  ''Stigmata";  the  great  gathering 
of  the  friars  at  Assisi,  1225;  his  death,  1226;  canonization,  1228;  the 
great  church  at  Assisi;  its  importance  in  the  history  of  art;  Giotto;  the 
church  of  St.  Mary  of  the  Angels  at  Assisi. 

The  personality  of  St.  Francis;  his  love  for  all  humanity,  including 
lepers  and  brigands;  the  stories  of  his  preaching  to  the  birds  and  of 
the  fierce  wolf  of  Gubbio;  his  humility;  his  mysticism;  his  cheerfulness; 
the  Canticle  of  the  Sun. 

The  early  literature  on  St.  Francis;  the  Life  by  Thomas  of  Celano; 
the  Mirror  of  Perfection;  the  Sacrum  Comercium;  the  official  Life  by  St. 
Bonaventura;  the  Legend  of  the  Three  Companions;  the  popular  feeling 
about  St.  Francis  in  Italy;  the  Fioretti  or  Little  Flowers  of  St.  Francis. 

St.  Clare;  St.  Francis  and  St.  Clare;  foundation  and  organization  of 
the  Poor  Clares,  1224. 

Extension  of  the  Franciscan  friars;  their  missionaries  and  martyrs 
among  the  Muhammadans;  their  work  against  heresy;  their  preaching  in 
Italy;  St.  Antony  of  Padua;  their  work  in  Spain,  in  France,  in  Germany, 
in  England;  Conrad  of  Marburg. 

Organization  of  the  Franciscans  and  abandonment  of  the  ideals  of 
St.  Francis;  Brother  Elias  of  Cortona;  the  generals  of  the  Franciscans; 
the  work  for  the  friars  of  Cardinal  Ugolino,  afterwards  Pope  Gregory 
IX,  1227-1241. 

The  ''Tertiaries"  of  St.  Francis,  organized  1230;  spread  of  his  ex- 
ample among  the  laity;  St.  Louis,  King  of  France;  St.  Louis,  Bishop  of 
Toulouse;  St.  Elizabeth  of  Thuringia. 

Dissensions  among  the  Franciscans  in  the  thirteenth  century;  the 
spiritual  Franciscans;  Joachim  of  Flora;  the  Fraticelli. 

The  sympathetic  imagination  of  the  Franciscans;  their  hymns;  the 
Dies  Irae  of  Thomas  of  Celano;  the  Stabat  Mater  of  Jacopone  da  Todi. 

The  theology  of  the  Franciscans;  their  place  in  the  history  of  the 
medieval  universities. 

Other  orders  of  Mendicant  Friars;  St.  Dominic,  1170-1221;  his  work 
among  the  Albigensian  heretics;  the  Preaching  Brothers  of  Toulouse, 
1216;  organization  of  the  Dominican  friars  or  Friars  Preacher,  1230; 
charged  with  the  Papal  Inquisition,  1233;  their  appeal  to  the  intellect; 
their  great  theologians;  contrast  betwen  the  Dominicans  or  Black  Friars 
and  the  Franciscans  or  Grey  Friars. 

Organization  of  the  Carmelites  or  White  Friars,  1219,  and  of  the 
Augustinian,  Austin  or  **Crutched"  Friars,  1250. 

Services  of  the  friars  to  humanity,  society,  religion  and  the  Papacy. 

Dante's  description  of  St.  Francis  and  St.  Dominic  in  his  "Paradise." 

St.  Francis,  the  founder,  or  re-founder,  of  the  ideal  of  social  service; 
his  work  begins  a  new  era  in  the  history  of  Western  European  society. 


3  History  1b 

LECTUEE  2 

The  Emperor  Frederick  II 

Changes  in  the  character  of  the  struggle  for  the  supremacy  of  Latin 
Christendom  between  the  Holy  Roman  Empire  and  the  Holy  Catholic 
Church  under  the  successors  of  Pope  Innocent  III  and  the  grandson  of 
Frederick  Barbarossa. 

Frederick  II,  the  '^Wonder  of  the  World,"  born  at  Jesi,  1194, 
heir  to  the  power  of  the  Hohenstaufen  in  Germany  and  to  the  Norman 
kingdom  of  South  Italy  and  Sicily. 

Frederick  II  after  the  death  of  his  father,  Henry  VI,  in  1197,  and 
of  his  mother,  Constance,  in  1198,  the  ward  of  Pope  Innocent  III;  his 
education  at  Palermo;  his  learning;  his  interest  in  Arabic  literature; 
considered  a  sceptic  in  religion;  his  Asiatic  manner  of  life  and  attitude 
towards  government;  his  curiosity  in  philosophy  and  science;  his  Italian 
poetry;  his  love  of  art;  his  modernity. 

Frederick  II  in  South  Italy  and  Sicily;  his  attitude  towards  the  Nor- 
man feudal  barons  and  the  Saracens;  his  overthrow  of  feudalism;  his 
administrative  system;  compared  with  that  of  Henry  II  of  England; 
his  encouragement  of  education;  foundation  of  the  University  of  Naples, 
1224;  encouragement  of  the  school  of  medicine  at  Salerno. 

Efforts  of  the  Popes  to  separate  the  Norman  kingdom  of  Sicily  from 
German  rule. 

Frederick  II,  "King  of  the  Romans,"  1212;  crowned  Emperor,  1220; 
his  son  Henry  crowned  king,  1220;  government  of  St.  Engelbert,  Arch- 
bishop of  Cologne,  in  Germany,  1220-1225;  Frederick's  policy  of  govern- 
ing Germany  in  the  names  of  his  sons;  Conrad,  King  of  the  Romans, 
1237;  Frederick  declared  deposed  by  Gregory  IX,  1239,  and  by  Innocent 
IV,  1245;  election  as  anti-kings  of  Henry,  Landgrave  of  Thuringia,  1243, 
and  William,  Count  of  Holland,  1247. 

Frederick's  policy  in  Germany;  his  recognition  of  the  feudal  rights 
of  the  great  feudatories,  ecclesiastical  and  lay,  1220,  1232;  development 
into  codes  of  German  customary  law;  the  Sachs enspie gel;  the  Diet  of 
Mainz,  1235,  and  Frederick's  endeavor  to  establish  an  imperial  court  of 
appeal  and  thus  to  end  feudal  warfare;  a  limited  number  of  electors  to 
the  imperial  throne  gradually  recognized. 

Extension  of  German  power  and  trade  to  the  east;  the  princes  and 
the  cities;  Bohemia,  though  a  Slav  state,  and  a  kingdom,  regarded  as 
having  an  electoral  vote;  Ottocar  I,  1197-1230;  Wenceslas  III,  1230-  1253; 
the  Danes  driven  from  the  southern  Baltic,  1223-1227;  growth  of  Bran- 
denburg; expansion  of  Christianity;  Albert,  Bishop  of  Riga;  foundation 
01  the  Knights  of  the  Sword,  1200,  and  their  conquest  of  Livonia  and 


4  History  1b 

Courland;   removal   of  the   Teutonic   Knights   from   Palestine,   1220,   and 
their  conquest  of  Prussia;  the  Grand  Master,  Hermann  of  Salza. 

This  extension  made  easier  by  the  incursion  of  the  Tartars  under 
Baty,  grandson  of  Ghingiz  Khan,  in  1240;  their  destruction  of  Kiev  and 
overthrow  of  the  Eussians,  Poles  and  Hungarians;  consternation  caused 
by  the  Tartar  invasion. 

Development  of  German  literature  under  Frederick  II;  the  court  of 
Hermann  of  Thuringia;  the  Minnesinger;  Walther  von  der  Vogelweide; 
Wolfram  von  Eschenbach;  Parzival. 

Importance  of  the  appearance  of  vernacular  literatures  in  German, 
French,  Spanish  and  Italian;  the  Italian  poetry  of  Frederick  II;  Pro- 
vencal literature;  the  Troubadours. 

The  contest  between  Frederick  II  and  the  Papacy;  with  his  former 
tutor,  Honorius  III,  1216-1227;  with  Gregory  IX,  1227-1241;  Frederick 
excommunicated,  1227;  peace  of  San  Germano,  1230-1239;  Frederick  and 
Innocent  IV,  1243-1254;  declared  deposed  by  the  Council  of  Lyons,  1245; 
Frederick's  desperate  attack  on  the  Papacy  and  adoption  of  the  views  of 
the  Fraticelli,  1245-1250. 

Frederick's  crusade,  1228-1229;  he  obtained  Jerusalem  by  diplomacy, 
1229;  his  claim  to  the  throne  of  Jerusalem;  the  city  in  Christian  hands 
for  the  last  time,  1229-1244. 

The  Papacy  during  the  reign  of  Frederick  II;  new  strength  received 
from  the  support  of  the  Mendicant  Friars;  the  struggle  against  heresy; 
organization  of  the  Papal  Inquisition,  1233;  the  preaching  of  Conrad 
of  Marburg;  the  Papal  legislation  of  Gregory  IX;  his  Decretals  and  the 
canon  law;  relations  of  the  Papacy  with  St.  Louis  IX  of  France  and 
Henry  III  of  England;  the  Council  of  Lyons,  1245,  and  its  significance. 

Frederick  II  and  the  growing  power  of  the  cities;  his  suppression  of 
municipal  liberties  in  the  Sicilian  cities  of  Messina,  Catania  and  Syra- 
cuse; his  attempts  to  check  the  growth  and  independence  of  the  German 
cities;  his  wars  with  the  Lombard  cities;  his  support  of  the  city  despot 
as  against  the  city  republic;  Eccelin  da  Eomano;  the  continued  opposition 
of  Kome  to  the  rule  of  the  Popes. 

Frederick  II  and  Europe  outside  of  Germany  and  Italy;  his  three 
marriages,  to  Constance  of  Aragon,  to  Yolande  of  Brienne,  and  to  Isabella, 
sister  of  Henry  III  of  England. 

The  last  days  of  Frederick  II;  his  religious  opinions;  his  favour  to 
his  Saracen  subjects;  his  dreams  of  a  lay  Papacy,  like  the  Caliphate. 

Death  of  the  Emperor  Frederick  II,  the  '< Wonder  of  the  World," 
1250;  with  him  went  the  greatness  of  the  house  of  Hohenstaufen,  the 
glory  of  the  Sicilian  civilization,  and  the  last  power  that  could  have 
controlled  Eome  for  the  Popes. 


5  History  1b 

LECTURE  3 
St.  Louis  IX 

Contemporary  with  Frederick  II,  with  his  absolutist  theories  in  gov- 
ernment, his  modernism,  and  his  tendency  to  religious  scepticism,  was 
the  saintly,  feudal,  crusading  king  of  France,  Louis  IX. 

The  change  in  the  situation  of  the  French  monarchy  effected  under 
Philip  Augustus  by  the  conquest  of  Normandy,  Anjou,  Maine  and  Poitou, 
and  by  the  extension  to  the  south  due  to  the  crusades  against  the 
A-lbigenses. 

The  Capetian  monarchy  and  feudalism;  the  royal  "baillis";  com- 
parison with  the  administrative  reforms  of  Henry  II  of  England  and  of 
the  Emperor  Frederick  II. 

The  brief  reign  of  Louis  VIII,  1223-1226;  definite  conquest  of  Poitou; 
renewal  of  the  Albigensian  Crusade  and  the  royal  progress  through 
Provence  and  Languedoc.  '^ 

Establishment  of  heredity  in  the  French  monarchy;  Louis  VIII  not 
crowned  in  his  father's  lifetime;   ''appanages"  left  to  his  younger  sons. 

The  minority  of  Louis  IX,  1226-1235;  regency  of  the  Queen-mother, 
Blanche  of  Castille;  failure  of  the  feudal  reaction. 

The  reign  of  St.  Louis  IX,  1235-1270,  a  ''Tertiary"  of  St.  Francis; 
king,  crusader  and  saint;  his  education;  his  personality;  his  piety;  his 
sense  of  justice;  his  sense  of  duty;  his  Life  by  Joinville. 

The  administration  of  St.  Louis;  the  extension  of  the  monarchy  made 
more  system  necessary;  the  royal  domain  under  the  king's  direct  control 
and  the  feudal  counties  and  baronies;  the  trained  officials  of  the  royal 
household;  development  of  the  law  and  legal  procedure;  the  king  the 
fountain  of  justice;  appeals;  the  Parlement  of  Paris;  the  royal  bailliages 
and  senechaussees;  the  Grand  Co'uncil;  the  maitres  des  comptes;  expulsion 
of  the  Jews  from  France,  1252. 

Comparison  with  the  development  of  the  English  system  of  admin- 
istration; Henry  III  and  the  Barons'  War;  St.  Louis  chosen  as  arbi- 
trator; Simon  de  Montfort  and  the  Parliament  of  1265. 

The  foreign  policy  of  St.  Louis;  his  refusal  to  take  part  in  the  contest 
beween  Frederick  II  and  the  Popes,  to  allow  his  brother  Robert  to  accept 
election  to  the  Empire,  or  to  recognize  the  deposition  of  Frederick  by 
the  Council  of  Lyons;  his  relations  with  Henry  III  of  England,  James  I 
of  Aragon,  and  the  kings  of  Castille  and  Navarre. 

St.  Louis  as  a  crusader;  the  Sixth  Crusade;  inspired  by  the  capture 
of  Jerusalem  by  the  Karizmian  Turks  in  the  service  of  Egypt,  1244; 
as  in  the  Fifth  Crusade,  1217-1221,  it  was  resolved  to  attack  Egypt; 
St.  Louis  in  Egypt,  1249-51;  taken  prisoner;  in  Palestine,  1251-1254. 


6  History  1b 

Queen  Blanche  regent  of  France  during  the  absence  of  St.  Loui::, 

The  brothers  of  St.  Louis;  Eobert,  Count  of  Artois,  1237-1249 j 
Alphonse,  Count  of  Poitou  and  Auvergne,  1241,  and  of  Toulouse,  1249- 
1271;  his  administration  in  the  south  of  France;  the  Parleraent  of  Tou- 
louse; Charles,  count  of  Anjou,  Maine  and  Provence,  1245-1265;  the 
extinction  of  the  ruling  feudal  houses  of  Languedoc  and  Provence;  the 
English  in  Gascony. 

The  fall  of  the  Hohenstaufen;  death  of  Conrad  IV,  1254;  Pope  Inno- 
cent IV,  1253,  and  Pope  Alexander  IV,  1255,  sell  the  kingdom  of  Sicily 
to  Henry  III  of  England  for  his  son  Edmund;  Manfred,  king  of  Sicily, 
1258;  wars  between  the  Guelf  and  Ghibelline  cities  and  despots  in  Lom- 
bardy  and  Tuscany;  battle  of  Montaperti,  1260;  Charles  of  Anjou  and 
Provence  made  king  of  Sicily,  1265,  by  Pope  Clement  IV;  battle  of 
Grandella  and  death  of  Manfred,  1267;  battle  of  Tagliacozzo  and  execu- 
tion of  Conradin,  1268. 

Interregnum  in  Germany  after  the  death  of  Conrad  IV,  1254;  definite 
appearance  of  the  Seven  Electors,  the  Archbishops  of  Mainz  or  Mayence, 
Cologne,  and  Treves  or  Trier,  the  Duke  of  Saxony,  the  Margrave  of 
Brandenburg,  the  Count  Palatine  and  the  King  of  Bohemia;  double- 
election  of  Richard  of  Cornwall,  brother  of  Henry  III  of  England,  and 
Alfonso  X  of  Castillo,  1257;  end  of  the  Interregnum  with  the  election 
of  Rudolph  of  Hapsburg,  1273. 

The  Seventh  Crusade,  1270;  St.  Louis  diverted  to  Tunis  by  Charles 
of  Anjou;  his  death  in  camp  at  Carthage;  St.  Louis  the  last  of  the  great 
crusaders;  his  exemplification  of  all  that  was  best  in  medieval  and 
feudal  Christendom. 

End  of  the  Latin  power  in  the  Eastern  Mediterranean;  fall  of  the 
Latin  Eastern  Empire  with  the  capture  of  Constantinople  by  Michael 
Palaeologus,  1261;  continuance  of  Latin  feudal  states  in  Greece  and  the 
islands;  capture  of  Athens  by  the  Catalans,  1310;  the  Venetians  in  Crete 
and  the  Ionian  Islands. 

End  of  the  Crusading  states;  loss  of  Antioch,  1268;  the  crusade  of 
Edward  of  England,  1270-1272;  failure  of  Pope  Gregory  X  to  start  a 
new  crusade,  1274;  loss  of  Acre,  1291;  the  Christian  kingdom  of  the 
Lusignans  in  Cyprus  and  the  possession  of  Rhodes  by  the  Knights  of 
St.  John  of  the  Hospital  alone  remained. 

Contemporary  with  St.  Louis  IX  of  France  was  St.  Ferdinand  III 
of  Castillo  and  Leon,  who  fought  against  the  Muhammadans,  1214-1252, 
and  captured  Cordova,  1236,  Seville,  1244,  and  Cadiz,  1250;  the  character 
and  work  of  his  successor,  Alfonso  X  of  Castillo  and  Leon,  1252-1284; 
the  extension  of  Aragon  under  James  I,  1213-1276,  to  the  Balearic  Isl- 
ands, 1229,  and  Valencia,  1239;  Portugal  attained  her  European  limits  by 
the  conquest  of  the  Algarves  by  Affonso  III,  1255-1279. 


7  History  1b 

The  Age  of  St.  Louis  was  also  the  Age  of  the  Schoolmen;  the  uni- 
versal demand  for  education,  discussion  and  inquiry;  the  basis  of  medi- 
eval education;  the  trivium, — grammar,  rhetoric,  logic;  the  quadrivium, — 
arithmetic,  geometry,  astronomy,  music;  the  universities  of  the  thirteenth 
century;  Paris  and  Oxford;  scholasticism;  Aristotle;  scholasticism  and 
theology;  scholasticism  and  natural  science;  the  Sentences  of  Peter  Lom- 
bard; Dominicans  and  Franciscans;  the  great  schoolmen;  Alexander 
Hales,  1180-1245;  Albertus  Magnus,  1193-1280;  St.  Thomas  Aquinas, 
1225-1274;  St.  Bonaventura,  1221-1274;  Eoger  Bacon,  1213-1292. 

Sense  of  intellectual  unity  in  Latin  Christendom;  the  great  school- 
men, two  Italian,  two  English,  one  German,  all  studied  or  taught  at 
Paris;  the  use  of  Latin  as  against  the  development  of  the  vernacular 
languages  of  Europe. 


LECTURE  4 
Pope  Boniface  VIII;  the  Emperor  Henry  VII 

By  the  end  of  the  thirteenth  century  new  forces  had  appeared  in  the 
development  of  civilization  in  Europe,  which  tended  to  overthrow  the 
medieval  simplicity  of  the  Hildebrandine  ideal  of  the  supremacy  of  the 
Church  and  of  the  Imperial  ideal  of  the  supremacy  of  the  State. 

These  new  forces  were  moral  and  intellectual,  as  well  as  political, 
in  their  action  upon  the  Church,  and  economic,  as  well  as  political,  in 
their  action  upon  the  State. 

The  relation  of  the  friars  to  the  Church;  .their  rivalry  with  the  sec- 
ular priests;  their  independence  of  episcopal  control;  their  position  in 
the  universities,  and  particularly  in  the  University  of  Paris;  the  strife 
for  uniformity  of  faith;  St.  Thomas  Aquinas. 

Changes  in  the  feudal  state,  due  to  the  growth  of  the  cities;  the  city 
as  a  feudal  unit;  efficiency  of  city  government;  the  citizen  militia  as  a 
military  force;  its  strength  and  weakness;  recognition  of  cities  as  a  force 
in  the  State. 

Adjustment  of  feudal  ideas  to  the  changed  condition  of  medieval 
civilization;  the  theory  of  Estates;  the  influence  of  the  lawyers  and  of 
the  study  of  law;  transformation  of  feudal  government. 

The  growing  demand  for  administrative  efficiency  as  society  became 
more  complex. 

The  example  set  by  the  Emperor  Frederick  II  and  by  St.  Louis  IX 
of  France. 

Administration  in  South  Italy  and  Sicily;  strongly  knit  unity  in  spite 
of  difference  of  race;  the  Sicilian  Vespers,  1282;  death  of  Charles  of 
Anjou,  1285;  division  of  the  old  Norman  kingdom;  Sicily  independent 
under  a  Spanish  prince  from  Aragon;  Naples  under  the  Angevins. 


8  History  1b 

Administration  in  Central  and  North  Italy;  the  cities  as  units;  the 
Italian  city-state  and  the  nobles;  the  Italian  city-state  and  the  rural 
districts. 

Administration  in  the  Iberian  Peninsula;  early  participation  of  the 
cities  in  the  work  of  government;  organized  feudalism  in  the  State;  the 
Estates  or  Cortes  of  Aragon;  admission  of  the  cities,  1133;  the  ''Privilege 
of  Union,"  1287,  permitting  the  right  of  insurrection;  the  Estates  or 
Cortes  of  Castillo  and  Leon;  the  ' ' Hermandad, "  or  brotherly  union  of 
the  cities  of  Castillo,  1295;  the  legislation  of  Alphonso  the  Wise;  the 
"Siete  Partidas";  development  of  the  Estates  or  Cortes  in  Portugal. 

Administration  in  Prance;  the  constructive  work  of  Philip  IV,  le  Bel, 
1285-1314;  development  of  the  institutions  of  Philip  Augustus  and  St. 
Louis;  the  ''Conseil  du  Eoi"  or  royal  council;  the  ''Chambre  des 
Comptes";  the  Parlement  of  Paris;  its  diverse  duties;  the  "Grande 
Chambre, "  the  ''Chambre  des  enquetes, "  the  ''Chambre  des  requetes"; 
development  of  the  idea  of  royal  justice;  the  local  courts;  the  feudal 
courts;  the  local  parlements;  the  rise  of  professional  lawyers;  the  droit 
coutumier  and  the  droit  ecrit;  the  local  Estates;  first  meeting  of  the 
States-Greneral  of  France,  1302;  later  meetings,  1308,  1314;  the  French 
communes. 

Administration  in  England;  the  constructive  work  of  Edward  I,  1272- 
1307;  the  Model  Parliament,  1295;  his  experiments  with  different  Estates; 
his  legal  reforms;  the  Statute  "Quia  Emptores";  the  three  courts  of 
King's  Bench,  Common  Pleas  and  Exchequer;  the  power  of  Parliament 
over  finance  fixed,  1297,  and  in  legislation,  1322;  the  English  cities; 
Edward  I  and  trade;  the  Statute  of  Merchants,  1283;  expulsion  of  the 
Jews,  1290. 

Administration  in  Germany;  growth  of  the  independence  of  the  cities; 
their  leagues;  their  relations  with  the  greater  and  lesser  feudal  lords; 
particularism  of  the  German  feudal  states;  the  Swiss  league  of  1291; 
defeat  of  Leopold  of  Austria  by  the  Swiss  at  Morgarten,  1315. 

The  great  Flemish  cities;  their  industries  and  commerce;  defeat  of 
the  French  feudal  army  by  the  Flemings  at  Courtrai,  1302. 

Absence  of  any  spirit  of  nationality  in  the  modern  sense  during  the 
thirteenth  century;  strong  sense  of  civic  patriotism  in  the  cities;  out- 
break of  neighborhood  spirit  against  oppression,  as  in  the  case  of  the 
Sicilian  Vespers,  the  Swiss  confederation,  the  Flemish  rising  and  the 
resistance  of  the  Scots  to  the  English,  culminating  in  the  battle  of 
Bannockburn,  1314. 

In  this  new  era  of  new  conditions,  striving  for  adjustment,  came  the 
fullest  expression  of  medieval  Papal  ideas  by  Pope  Boniface  VIII  and 
of  medieval  Imperial  ideas  by  the  Emperor  Henry  YiL 

The  Papacy  after  the  fall  of  the  Hohenstaufen;  the  influence  of 
Charles  of  Anjou,   1266-1285;   the  delay  in  electing  a  pope,  1268-1271, 


9  History  1b 

caused  the  fixing  of  the  rules  for  the  conclave  by  Gregory  X,  1274; 
influence  of  the  great  Eoman  noble  families;  nepotism;  Nicholas  III, 
1277-1280,  an  Orsini,  Honorius  IV,  1285-1287,  a  Savelli,  Nicholas  IV, 
1288-1292,  a  Colonna. 

Eudolph  of  Ilapsburg,  Emperor  1273-1291,  renounces  the  imperial  claim 
over  the  papal  possessions  in  Italy. 

The  episode  of  Pietro  Morrone,  Pope  Celestine  V,  1294. 

Election  of  Benedetto  Gaetani,  Pope  Boniface  VIII,  1294;  his  lofty 
expression  of  the  Hildebrandine  ideals;  his  bulls  ''Clericis  laicos,"  1296, 
and  ''Unam  Sanctam, "  1302;  the  great  Jubilee  at  Eome,  1300;  compar- 
ison with  Gregory  VII  and  Innocent  III. 

Opposition  to  the  Church  in  England  by  Edward  I;  the  Statute  of 
Mortmain,  1279;  the  outlawry  of  the  clergy,  1296;  the  Parliament  of 
Lincoln,  1301;  the  Statute  of  Carlisle,  1307. 

Opposition  to  the  Church  in  France  by  Philip  IV,  le  Bel;  prohibition 
of  French  contributions,  1296;  the  assertions  of  the  first  States-General 
of  France,  1302. 

Opposition  to  the  Church  in  Germany;  the  German  prelates  and 
German  national  feeling;  the  excommunication  of  Albert  of  Ilapsburg, 
1299. 

The  Pope  insulted  at  Anagni;  death  of  Boniface  VIII,  1303. 

The  brief  papacy  of  Benedict  XI,  1304. 

Election  of  the  Archbishop  of  Bordeaux  as  Pope  Clement  V,  1305; 
the  seat  of  the  Papacy  fixed  at  Avignon,  1309;  the  ''Babylonish  Cap- 
tivity" and  the  effect  upon  the  Church  and  the  Papacy  of  the  removal 
from  Rome  to  Avignon. 

Suppression  of  the  Order  of  the  Knights  of  the  Temple,  1312. 

The  Holy  Eoman  Empire  after  the  Interregnum;  the  German  policy 
of  Eudolph  of  Hapsburg,  1273-1291,  Adolph  of  Nassau,  1292-1298,  and 
Albert  of  Hapsburg,  1298-1308;  who  were  not  crowned  Emperors  at 
Eome;  failure  of  their  efforts  at  heredity;  grants  made  of  the  imperial 
domains;  attitude  of  the  great  feudatories,  the  lesser  feudatories  and 
the  cities  to  the  imperial  idea;  the  candidature  of  Charles  of  Valois, 
brother  of  Philip  le  Bel,  1308. 

Election  of  Henry  of  Luxemburg,  1308;  crowned  king  at  Aachen, 
1310;  his  son  John  made  King  of  Bohemia;  expedition  of  Henry  VII 
to  Italy;  crowned  King  of  Italy  at  Milan,  1311,  and  Emperor  at  Eome, 
1312. 

The  ideas  and  policy  of  the  Emperor  Henry  VII;  his  attempt  to 
reconcile  Guelfs  and  Ghibellines  in  Italy;  his  march  against  Florence; 
the  De  MonarcMd  of  Dante;  death  of  Henry  VII,  1313. 

Pope  Boniface  VIII  and  the  Emperor  Henry  VII  regarded  as  the  last 
representatives  of  the  medieval  conception  of  the  Holy  Catholic  Church 
and  the  Holy  Eoman  Empire. 


10  History  1b 


LECTURE  5 
Dante 

The  essential  unity  of  Latin  Christian  civilization  bound  up  in  the 
idea  of  the  continuity  of  Church  and  State,  associated  with  the  name 
of  Eome,  represented  in  the  writings  of  Dante,  in  spite  of  the  intensity 
of  his  feeling  for  Florence  and  his  use  of  the  Italian  language  in  his 
poems  instead  of  Latin. 

Dante  the  exponent  of  medieval  thought  in  religion,  philosophy,  liter- 
ature, science  and  politics. 

The  youth  of  Dante  Alighieri,  born  at  Florence,  1265;  his  family; 
his  education;  social  and  political  life  at  Florence  during  his  boyhood. 

The  inner  life  of  Dante;  the  vision  of  Beatrice;  the  death  of  Beatrice, 
1290;  medieval  love  and  chivalry;  the  troubadours;  Italian  poetry;  the 
Emperor  Frederick  II;  Guido  Guinicelli;  the  Vita  Nuova;  the  Canzoniere; 
Dante's  marriage  to  Gemma  Donati. 

The  public  life  of  Dante,  1295-1302;  parties  at  Florence;  Guelfs  and 
Ghibellines;  Cerchi  and  Donati;  Bianchi  and  Neri,  or  White  and  Black 
Guelfs;  Dante  in  the  Council  of  One  Hundred,  1296;  ambassador  to  San 
Gemignano,  1299;  visit  to  Eome  at  the  Jubilee  of  1300;  Dante  one  of 
the  six  Priors  of  Florence,  June  15  to  August  15,  1300;  Dante  exiled 
from  Florence,  1302. 

Dante  in  exile;  his  hopes  for  return;  his  relations  with  the  Ghibelline 
exiles;  at  Bologna  and  Verona;  at  Paris,  1308-1310;  possible  visit  to 
Oxford;  his  studies  and  mastery  of  scholastic  philosophy. 

Dante  and  the  Emperor  Henry  VII  in  Italy,  1311-1313;  his  attitude 
towards  the  Holy  Eoman  Empire;  the  Letters;  the  De  MonarcMd;  the 
world  policy  and  the  Italian  policy  of  Dante. 

Dante's  wanderings  in  Italy,  1311-1317;  his  continued  interest  in 
politics;  his  attitude  towards  the  Papacy;  Lucca;  Verona;  Can  Grande 
della  Scala. 

Dante's  interest  in  philosophy  and  literature;  the  influence  of  schol- 
asticism; allegorical  interpretation;  the  Convito  or  Convivio. 

Dante  and  the  Italian  vernacular;  the  De  Vulgari  Eloquentid. 

Dante  and  medieval  science;  the  Questio  de  Aqud  et  Terrd  attributed 
to  him. 

Dante  at  Eavenna,  1317-1321;  Guido  da  Polenta;  his  latter  years; 
his  reputation;  the  Epistle  to  Can  Grande  della  Scala;  the  Eclogues;  the 
death  of  Dante  at  Eavenna,  1321. 

The  Divina  Commedia  or  Divine  Comedy,  the  supreme  work  of  Dante; 
its  three  parts,  the  Inferno,  the  Furgatorio,  the  Paradiso;  its  structure;  its 
exposition  of  medieval  life  and  thought. 


11  History  1b 

Dante ^s  guides:  Virgil,  Cato,  Statius,  the  Countess  Matilda  of  Tuscany, 
Beatrice,  St.  Bernard. 

Dante's  place  in  the  history  of  politics. 

Dante's  place  in  the  history  of  literature;  Boccaccio;  Petrarch, 

Dante's  place  in  the  history  of  art;  Giotto. 

Dante's  attitude  towards  Pope  Boniface  VIII  and  the  Emperor  Henry 
VII,  towards  St.  Dominic  and  St.  Francis  of  Assisi;  contrast  between 
the  first  quarter  of  the  thirteenth  century  and  the  first  quarter  of  the 
fourteenth  century. 

Dante  as  a  world  poet. 


LECTURE  6 
The  Eepublic  of  Florence 

The  walled  cities  of  the  Middle  Ages;  their  efficiency  for  defense; 
their  place  under  feudal  conditions;  effect  of  the  development  of  in- 
dustry and  commerce;  artisans  and  merchants;  the  need  for  organization 
and  co-operation;  the  Roman  collegia;  the  medieval  guilds;  personal 
freedom. 

Contrast  with  agricultural  life  in  the  Middle  Ages;  serfdom;  the 
castles  of  the  feudal  lords. 

The  Church  and  the  walled  cities;  the  bishops. 

Consciousness  of  civic  pride;  local  patriotism;  civic  strife,  political 
and  economic;  intensity  of  city  life;  Dante  and  Florence. 

The  Italian  city-states  of  the  Middle  Ages;  comparison  with  the 
Greek  city-states  and  the  municipia  and  civitates  of  the  Roman  Empire; 
the  commune  and  the  people. 

Practical  independence  of  the  Italian  cities  combined  with  recognition 
of  the  claims  to  universal  dominion  of  the  Holy  Catholic  Church  and 
the  Holy  Roman  Empire. 

The  Italian  cities  of  the  twelfth  century;  effect  of  the  Crusades; 
the  Lombard  League  and  Frederick  Barbarossa;  Milan;  the  maritime 
cities;  Amalfi;  Pisa;  Genoa;  the  exceptional  position  of  Venice  and  Rome. 

The  cities  of  Tuscany;  the  Countess  Matilda;  Pisa;  Lucca;  Siena; 
Florence;  destruction  of  feudal  castles;  establishment  of  the  feudal 
nobles  in  the  cities;  their  towers;  their  military  efficiency;  their  polit- 
ical position;  their  relations  with  the  trading  and  working  classes;  their 
faction  fights;  the  need  for  internal  peace  and  order;  the  Podestas  and 
the  Captains  of  the  People;  the  relations  of  the  cities  to  the  surrounding 
agricultural  districts,  and  of  the  larger  cities  to  the  smaller  cities. 

Florence,  the  representative  Italian  city-state  of  the  fourteenth  cen- 
tury; its  importance  in  Tuscany  and  in  Italy. 


12  History  1b 

The  early  history  of  Florence;  the  old  Boman  city;  the  old  walls; 
the  rise  of  the  Commune  after  the  death  of  the  Countess  Matilda,  1115; 
the  subjugation  of  the  neighboring  lords  and  their  castles;  the  new 
walls,  1173. 

The  grandi  and  the  people;  organization  of  the  trade-guilds  or  major 
Arti;  further  conquest  of  the  surrounding  country  or  contado;  the  first 
Podesta,  1207;  wars  with  Siena  and  Pisa;  "il  primo  popolo";  the  first 
Captain  of  the  People,  1251. 

Factions  in  Florence;  the  Guelfs  and  the  Ghibellines;  overthrow  of 
the  Ghibellines,  1266;  the  ''Parte  Guelfa,'*  1267;  Charles  of  Anjou,  lord 
of  Florence,  1267-1277;  the  third  walls,  1284. 

Government  placed  in  the  hands  of  the  Signoria,  chosen  from  the 
seven  great  guilds,  1282;  battle  of  Campaldino,  1289,  and  end  of  the 
burgher  fighting  force;  abolition  of  serfdom  in  the  contado,  1289;  ex- 
clusion of  the  grandi  from  oflSce,  and  further  organization  of  the  twenty- 
one  guilds  or  Arti,  1293;  definite  organization  of  burgher  government. 

The  industries  of  Florence;  the  cloth  industry;  greatness  of  profits; 
the  development  of  banking  in  Florence;  the  Florentines  the  Pope's 
bankers;  letters  of  exchange;  extent  of  Florentine  business;  Italians 
take  the  place  in  England  of  the  Jews,  expelled  1290;  the  wealth  and 
luxury  of  the  Florentines;  their  conspicuous  place  at  the  Jubilee  of 
1300  at  Eome. 

Factions  in  Florence;  the  Bianchi  and  the  Neri;  Charles  of  Valois 
at  Florence,  1301;  expulsion  of  the  Bianchi,  including  Dante,  1302; 
Florence  at  the  head  of  the  Guelf  league  of  Tuscan  cities,  1311;  repulse 
of  the  Emperor  Henry  VII,  1312. 

Florence  as  a  power  in  Italy;  the  age  of  the  Italian  despots;  com- 
parison with  the  Greek  city  tyrants;  the  republic  of  Florence  and  the 
republic  of  Venice;  opposition  of  Florence  to  the  Visconti  of  Milan; 
the  brief  tyranny  of  Walter  de  Brienne,  Duke  of  Athens,  1342-43;  the 
Black  Death  at  Florence,  1348;  death  of  three-fifths  of  the  population 
of  Florence;  the  Decameron  of  Boccaccio, 

Eeadjustment  of  conditions  of  life  in  Florence,  as  elsewhere,-  after 
the  Black  Death;  alteration  in  military  values;  disappearance  of  the 
value  of  feudal  cavalry;  the  fall  of  the  Grandi  or  Nobles;  disappearance 
of  the  burgher  infantry;  increased  value  of  the  individual;  the  pro- 
fessional soldier  of  the  fourteenth  century;  the  companies  of  mercen- 
aries; the  condottiere;  Sir  John  Hawkwood,  and  the  "White  Company." 

Factions  in  Florence;  the  "popolo  grasso"  and  the  "popolo  minuto"; 
first  appearance  of  the  Medici  family;  the  rising  of  the  "Ciompi,"  or 
poor  artisans,  1378;  the  episode  of  Michele  Lando  the  wool-carder. 

Intensity  of  civic  life  in  Florence  during  the  century  from  the  birth 
of  Dante  to  1378  shown  in  the  adornment  of  the  city  and  the  outburst 
of  literature  and  art;   comparison  with  Athens. 


13  History  1b 

The  buildings  at  Florence;  the  Baptistery;  the  Duomo  or  Cathedral; 
the  Campanile;  the  Palazzo  Vecchio;  the  Ponte  Vecchio;  Santa  Croce; 
Santa  Maria  Novella;  the  great  Florentine  architects;  Arnolfo  di  Cambio, 
1240-1310;  Giotto,  1276-1337;  Taddeo  Gaddi,  1300-1366. 

The  revival  of  art  at  Pisa;  Niccolo  Pisano,  1206-1278;  Giovanni 
Pisano,  1250-1328;  Andrea  Pisano,  1270-1348,  and  his  work  at  Florence; 
the  progress  of  sculpture;  the  south  gate  of  the  Baptistery;  the  Cam- 
panile; the  work  of  Orcagna,  1308-1368. 

The  revival  of  painting;  Pisa  and  Siena;  painting  at  Florence;  Cima- 
bue,  1240-1302;  the  supreme  importance  of  Giotto,  1276-1336,  both  in 
architecture  and  painting;  his  work  at  Padua  and  Assisi;  his  work  at 
Florence;  Orcagna,  1308-1368. 

Literature  and  Florence;  Dante,  1265-1321;  Petrarch,  1302-1374, 
though  of  Florentine  family,  never  lived  at  Florence;  Boccaccio,  1313- 
1375;  the  historian  Giovanni  Villani,  1275-1348;  the  University  of 
Florence. 

The  importance  of  Florence  in  the  history  of  civilization. 


LECTURE  7 

Cities  and  Universities  of  the  Fourteenth  Century 

While  the  unity  of  Latin  Christendom  seemed  to  be  breaking  up  in 
the  fourteenth  century  by  the  removal  of  the  Papacy  to  Avignon  and 
the  Great  Schism  and  by  the  restriction  of  the  Empire  to  Germany 
after  the  death  of  Henry  VII,  business  was  organized  on  European  lines 
and  intellectual  endeavor  was  cosmopolitan;  the  history  of  cities  and 
universities  more  important  and  characteristic  than  that  of  the  Papacy, 
the  Empire,  or  the  different  states  of  Europe. 

The  Black  Death  of  1347-1349;  its  effect  on  the  civilization,  pros- 
perity and  morality  of  Europe. 

The  increasing  wealth  of  Europe  up  to  the  Black  Death  brought  about 
the  demand  for  luxury  and  encouraged  manufactures  and  commerce; 
great  risks  and  enormous  profits. 

The  organization  of  industry;  the  merchant  guilds  and  the  craft  guilds. 

The  organization  of  business;  the  monopoly  of  business  by  the  Jews 
in  the  Middle  Ages;  the  Christian  theory  of  usury;  the  anti- Jewish 
movement  of  the  thirteenth  century;  the  rise  of  the  Italian  bankers; 
their  wide  influence;  the  Lombards;  the  Florentines;  the  Bank  of  St. 
George  at  Genoa. 

The  maritime  commercial  cities  of  Italy;  greatness  of  Pisa  in  the 
thirteenth  century;  defeat  of  Meloria,  1284;  Pisa  a  Ghibelline  city;  its 
decline  in  the  fourteenth  century;   conquered  by  Florence,  1406. 


14  History  1b 

The  greatness  of  Genoa  in  the  fourteenth  century;  extent  of  trade; 
rivalry  with  Venice;  the  war  of  Chioggia,  1378-1381;  the  feuds  of  the 
Genoese  families;  the  Doria,  Fieschi,  Spinola  and  Grimaldi;  the  office 
of  Doge  or  Duke  created,  1339;  decline  of  Genoa;  admission  of  a  French 
governor,  1396. 

The  Republic  of  Venice;  its  independent  attitude  with  regard  to 
Papacy  and  Empire;  its  relations  with  the  Latin  Empire  of  the  East 
and  with  the  Greek  Empire  of  the  Palaeologi;  the  power  of  the  Doge 
or  Duke;  the  great  families  of  Venice;  the  oligarchy  fixed,  1297-1319; 
the  Council  of  Ten,  1310;  made  permanent,  1335;  the  conspiracy  of 
Marino  Faliero,  1353;  the  extent,  nature  and  organization  of  Venetian 
trade;  the  policy  of  Venice  in  the  East,  the  Adriatic  and  in  Italy. 

Eome  in  the  fourteenth  century  after  the  removal  of  the  Papacy  to 
Avignon;  the  great  families;  the  Colonna,  Orsini  and  Savelli;  Rienzi, 
1347;  the  demand  for  civic  life  and  independence;  return  and  death  of 
Rienzi,  1354;  Bulwer-Lytton 's  Eiensi. 

The  tendency  of  the  interior  cities  of  Italy  to  become  despotisms  in 
the  fourteenth  century;  the  bitterness  of  internal  strife;  Siena;  Perugia; 
Bologna;  the  Italian  city  despots  a  relief  from  civic  strife  and  turbulent 
democracy;  the  Visconti  at  Milan,  the  Delia  Scala  at  Verona,  the  Este 
at  Ferrara;  the  despots  and  their  relation  to  industry,  trade,  art  and 
literature;  the  marriage  of  Lionel  of  Clarence,  son  of  Edward  III  of 
England,  to  Violante  Visconti,  1368. 

Influence  of  the  change  in  warfare  on  the  situation  of  the  Italian 
city-states. 

The  imperial  cities  of  Germany;  contrast  with  the  Italian  cities;  their 
industry;  their  commerce;  their  control  of  surrounding  districts;  their 
government;  passing  of  government  from  the  patricians  to  the  guilds; 
effect  of  the  Black  Death. 

The  political  position  of  the  German  imperial  cities;  their  place  in 
the  Diet  of  the  Empire;  their  leagues;  attempt  to  check  them,  and 
especially  their  right  of  confederation,  by  the  Golden  Bull  of  the  Em- 
peror Charles  IV,  1356;  failure  of  the  attempt. 

The  Swabian  League' of  cities,  led  by  Ulm,  1376;  the  great  cities  of 
south  Germany,  Mainz,  Augsburg,  Ulm,  Nuremberg;  the  Rhenish  League; 
importance  of  Cologne. 

The  trading  and  maritime  cities  of  North  Germany;  Liibeck,  Dantzig, 
Hamburg;  the  Hanseatic  League;  its  factories  at  London,  Lynn,  Bruges, 
Bergen,  Novgorod;  its  control  of  the  Baltic  and  the  North  Sea;  intense 
rivalries;  the  wars  of  the  League  with  Waldemar  III  of  Denmark,  1361- 
1363,  1367-1370;  control  of  the  League  over  Denmark  established,  1370; 
visit  of  the  Emperor  Charles  IV  to  Liibeck,  1375;  the  Hanseatic  League 
at  the  height  of  its  power;  disputes  between  the  merchant  and  the 
craft  guilds. 


15  History  1b 

The  cities  of  the  Netherlands  in  the  fourteenth  century;  the  indus- 
trial importance  of  Ghent;  the  wool-trade  with  England;  Edward  I; 
the  Confirmatio  Cartarum;  the  victory  of  Courtrai,  1302;  the  burghers 
and  the  weavers  of  the  Flemish  cities. 

The  part  taken  by  the  Netherlands  in  the  war  between  England  and 
France;  the  career  of  James  van  Artevelde,  1336-1345;  prosperity  of 
the  Flemish  cities;  effect  of  the  Black  Death;  sequel  of  the  expulsion 
of  the  English  from  France;  defeat  of  Philip  van  Artevelde  at  Eoosbeke, 
1382. 

The  first  phase  of  the  Hundred  Years'  war  between  France  and 
England;  the  claim  of  Edward  III  to  the  throne  of  France;  recognized 
by  the  Emperor  Louis  the  Bavarian,  1338;  battle  of  Sluys,  1340;  battle 
of  Crecy,  1346,  and  capture  of  Calais,  1347;  battle  of  Poitiers,  1356,  and 
Treaty  of  Bretigny,  1360;  gradual  expulsion  of  the  English  from  France, 
1370-1375. 

Effect  of  the  first  phase  of  the  Hundred  Years'  War  on  England; 
the  recognized  place  of  the  cities  and  boroughs  in  the  English  Parlia- 
ment; the  city  charters  of  England;  London;  the  peasant  revolt,  1381. 

Effect  of  the  first  phase  of  the  Hundred  Years'  War  in  France;  the 
jacquerie  or  rising  of  the  peasants;  the  cities  of  France;  the  effect  of 
the  battle  of  Poitiers;  the  States-General  of  1356;  Paris;  Etienne  Marcel, 
1356-1358;  the  Communes  of  France  in  the  fourteenth  century;  Paris; 
Lyons;  Bordeaux;  Marseilles. 

The  cities  of  Spain  in  the  fourteenth  century;  Seville  and  Pedro  the 
Cruel;  Barcelona;  the  ''Hermandad"  or  brotherhood  of  cities. 

The  universities  of  the  fourteenth  century;  uniformity  of  methods; 
difference  of  interest;  likeness  and  difference  of  organization;  the 
''Nations";  the  rise  of  colleges  within  the  universities,  especially  at 
Paris  and  Oxford;  doctors  and  masters;  the  enthusiasm  of  the  students 
of  the  Middle  Ages;  the  wandering  students;  their  life  and  songs. 

The  essentials  of  a  medieval  university;  the  "studium  generale"; 
the  charters  of  Popes  and  Emperors. 

Thought  and  education  in  the  fourteenth  century;  the  supremacy  of 
theology;  philosophy;  the  Nominalists  and  Eealists,  or  Scotists  and 
Thomists;  Duns  Scotus  and  Thomas  Aquinas;  the  scholasticism  of  the 
fourteenth  century;  Wiclif  the  last  of  the  great  schoolmen;  the  study 
of  the  law  and  of  medicine. 

First  indication  of  new  studies;  decree  of  the  Council  of  Vienne, 
1311,  that  professorships  of  Greek  and  Hebrew  should  be  established  at 
Paris,  Bologna,   Salamanca  and  Oxford. 

The  great  importance  of  the  University  at  Paris  as  a  model  univer- 
sity; its  reputation  as  the  headquarters  of  orthodox  theology;  its  influ- 
ence  greater    than    that    of   the    Papacy    at    Avignon;    its    influence    on 


16  History  1b 

France;  its  part  in  the  life  of  Paris;  its  sixty-three  colleges;  the 
Sorbonne. 

Other  French  universities;  Orleans  and  the  study  of  law;  Montpellier 
and  the  study  of  medicine;  Angers;   Toulouse. 

Beginnings  of  education  in  Germany;  the  foundation  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Prague  by  Charles  IV,  1347;  universities  founded  at  Cracow, 
1364,  Vienna,  1365,  Buda,  1389,  Heidelberg,  1386,  Cologne,  1388,  Erfurt, 
1392,  Eostock,  1396. 

The  universities  of  Italy;  their  continued  vitality;  Bologna;  Padua; 
Pavia;  Florence. 

Universities  founded  in  Spain;  Palencia;  Salamanca. 

The  universities  of  Oxford  and  Cambridge;  their  colleges  and  hostels; 
the  career  of  John  Wiclif,  1324-1384;  his  rank  as  teacher,  schoolman 
and  statesman;  his  heretical  teachings;  his  attitude  towards  the  Papacy 
and  the  Church;  his  translation  of  the  Bible;  the  socialistic  views  of 
his  followers  and  their  influence  on  the  Peasant  Eevolt  of  1381;  "What 
Oxford  thinks  to-day,  England  thinks  to-morrow." 

Significance  of  the  popular  insurrections  in  England  and  France. 


LECTUEE  8 
The  Council  of  Constance  and  the  Council  of  Basle 

While  the  theory  of  the  organization  of  Latin  Christendom  under 
the  Pope  and  Emperor  continued,  the  residence  of  the  Popes  at  Avignon 
and  the  German  policy  of  the  Emperors  made  a  practical  contradiction 
in  the  fourteenth  century;  the  abandonment  of  Italy  and  Eome  made 
the  former  French  and  the  latter  German,  and  they  thus  lost  the  uni- 
versal character  which  had  come  to  them  through  the  Eoman  name  and 
tradition. 

Impeachment  of  the  supremacy  of  the  Papacy  in  the  Holy  Catholic 
Church  by  Michael  of  Cesena,  General  of  the  Franciscans,  by  William 
of  Ockham,  by  Marsiglio  of  Padua,  and  by  John  Wiclif;  suggestions  of 
the  superior  power  of  general  church  councils,  of  the  organized  State 
and  of  the  national  churches. 

The  University  of  Paris  and  the  idea  of  a  General  Council;  the 
Declaration  of  Eense,  1338,  and  the  Golden  Bull,  1356,  marked  the  inde- 
pendence of  Germany  of  the  Papacv;  the  Statute  of  Provisors,  1351,  and 
the  Statute  of  Praemunire,  1353,  checked  the  Papacy  in  England. 

The  demand  for  the  return  of  the  Papacy  to  Eome;  Cardinal  Albor- 
noz;  St.  Catherine  of  Siena,  1347-1380;  Pope  Urban  V  at  Eome,  1367- 
1370,  and  Pope  Gregory  XI,  1377-78. 


17  History  1b 

Beginning  of  the  Great  Schism,  1378;  election  of  two  Popes. 

Scandal  caused  by  the  Great  Schism;  efforts  of  the  University  of 
Paris  to  end  it;  Council  of  Pisa  and  election  of  a  third  Pope,  1409. 

Absence  of  any  temporal  power  strong  enough  to  end  the  Great 
Schism;  England  under  Eichard  II,  1377-1399;  France  under  Charles  VI, 
1380-1422;  the  Spanish  kingdoms;  the  Italian  states. 

The  situation  in  Germany;  the  House  of  Luxemburg  and  the  House 
of  Hapsburg;  the  Emperor  Louis  the  Bavarian;  the  Declaration  of  Reuse, 
1338;  the  Holy  Eoman  Empire  becomes  in  fact  German  and  lay;  the 
growth  of  Electors;  Louis  grants  a  divorce,  1342;  Charles  of  Luxemburg, 
King  of  Bohemia,  elected  King  of  the  Eomans,  1347;  crowned  Emperor 
at  Eome,  1355. 

The  Emperor  Charles  IV  issues  the  Golden  Bull,  1356;  its  importance; 
the  seven  electors;  the  procedure  of  elections;  the  Pope's  claim  to  con- 
firmation ignored;  the  sovereign  power  of  the  electors;  leagues  of  cities 
forbidden. 

The  policy  of  Charles  IV  in  Germany;  his  policy  in  Bohemia;  the 
archbishopric  of  Prague,  1344;  the  University  of  Prague,  1347. 

The  Hapsburgs  in  Austria;  consolidation  of  their  power;  the  Univer- 
sity of  Vienna  founded,  1365;  their  struggle  with  the  Swiss;  Leopold 
III  defeated  and  killed  at  Sempach,  1386;  recognition  of  the  independence 
of  the  Swiss  League,  1394. 

The  progress  of  the  Teutonic  Order;  its  conquest  of  Prussia;  the 
Grand  Mastership  of  Winzig  von  Kniprode,  1351-1382;  its  wars  with 
Lithuania;  its  relations  with  the  Knights  of  the  Sword;  conversion  of 
Lithuania,  and  union  of  Lithuania  with  Poland,  1387;  defeat  of  the 
Teutonic  Knights  at  Tannenberg,  1410;  decline  of  the  Teutonic  Order. 

The  Union  of  Kalmar,  1397,  of  the  three  Scandinavian  kingdoms  of 
Denmark,  Norway  and  Sweden;  effect  of  their  union  upon  the  Hanseatic 
League. 

Wenceslas,  King  of  Bohemia,  eldest  son  of  the  Emperor  Charles  IV, 
King  of  the  Eomans,  1376-1400;  his  incapacity;  his  conference  with 
Charles  VI  of  France  at  Eheims,  1398;  deposed,  1400. 

Demand  of  the  University  of  Paris  for  a  General  Council  to  end  the 
Great  Schism;  Pierre  d'Ailly  and  Jean  Gerson. 

The  growth  of  heresy;  the  Lollards  or  followers  of  Wiclif  in  England; 
their  suppression;  the  teachings  of  John  Huss  at  Prague;  the  national 
character  of  the  Bohemian  heresy;  the  story  of  St.  John  Nepomuc,  1393; 
withdrawal  of  the  German  students  from  the  University  of  Prague,  1409. 

Sigismund,  second  son  of  the  Emperor  Charles  IV,  King  of  Hungary, 
1387,  King  of  the  Eomans,  1411,  resolves  to  call  a  General  Council  to 
end  the  Great  Schism,  to  reform  the  Church,  to  suppress  heresy;  the 
personality  of  Sigismund;   his  defeat  by  the  Turks  at  Nicopolis,   1396; 


18  History  1b 

his  friendship  for  Frederick  of  Hohenzollern,  Burggrave  of  Nuremberg, 
whom  he  appointed  Elector  of  Brandenburg  in  1415. 

The  Council  of  Constance,  1414-1418;  its  significance  in  the  history 
of  religion,  of  the  Church  and  of  European  civilization. 

Deposition  of  Pope  John  XXIII,  abdication  of  Gregory  XII,  and 
election  of  Pope  Martin  Vj  refusal  of  Peter  de  Luna,  Pope  Benedict  XIII, 
to  resign. 

Condemnation  and  execution  of  John  Huss  and  Jerome  of  Prague. 

Reforms  attempted  in  the  organization  of  the  Church;  national  con- 
cordats. 

The  organization  of  the  Council  of  Constance  by  nations,  after  the 
fashion  of  the  universities;  the  four  nations;  significance  of  the  word 
''nation''  in  the  Middle  Ages;  its  relation  to  the  words  "people"  and 
' '  state. ' ' 

Declaration  of  the  superiority  of  Councils  over  Popes;  arrangements 
for  future  councils. 

England  and  Prance  at  the  Council  of  Constance;  Bishop  Beaufort; 
the  civil  war  between  the  Armagnacs  and  Burgundians  in  France;  the 
Lancastrian  kings  in  England. 

The  second  phase  of  the  Hundred  Years'  War  between  England  and 
France;  the  victory  of  Henry  V  at  Agincourt,  1415;  the  Treaty  of  Troyes, 
1420;  the  alliance  between  England  and  Burgundy;  the  regency  of  the 
Duke  of  Bedford  in  France,  1422-1435;  the  wonderful  episode  of  Jeanne 
Dare,  1429-1430;  expulsion  of  the  English  from  France  by  1450. 

The  papacy  of  Martin  V,  1417-1431;  death  of  Benedict  XIII,  1424, 
and  end  of  anti-Popes,  1429;  the  recovery  of  the  States  of  the  Church 
in  Italy;  general  recovery  of  the  Papal  influence  in  Europe;  insignifi- 
cance of  the  Council  of  Siena,  1424;  election  of  Pope  Eugenius  IV,  1431. 

The  Hussite  wars,  1419-1431;  victories  of  the  Bohemians  over  the 
Germans;  John  Ziska,  1419-1424;  his  tactics;  his  use  of  artillery;  the 
democratic  and  religious  ideas  of  the  Taborites;  failure  of  the  crusades 
against  the  Hussites. 

Meeting  of  the  Council  of  Basle,  1431;  its  three  aims:  the  suppression 
of  heresy,  the  reform  of  the  Church,  the  pacification  of  Christendom; 
its  organization  by  deputations  instead  of  by  nations;  the  negotiations 
with  the  Hussites  and  final  pacification;  the  reform  of  the  Church;  end 
of  the  vigorous  period  of  the  Council  and  secession  of  many  of  its 
members,  1438. 

Pope  Eugenius  IV  and  the  Council  of  Basle;  his  diplomacy;  he  cheek- 
mates  the  Council  of  Basle  by  calling  a  council  at  Ferrara,  1438,  ad- 
journed to  Florence,  1439,  which  brings  about  a  reconciliation  between 
the  Greek  and  Latin  churches;  the  Emperor  John  Palaeologus;  the  recon- 
ciliation not  welcomed  at  Constantinople. 


19  History  1b 

Sigismund  and  the  Council  of  Basle;  crowned  Emperor  at  Rome,  1433; 
recognized  as  King  of  Bohemia,  1435;  his  death,  1437. 

The  latter  days  of  the  Council  of  Basle;  its  deposition  of  Eugenius 
IV  and  election  of  the  Duke  of  Savoy  as  Pope  Felix  V,  1439;  abdication 
of  Felix  and  dissolution  of  the  Council,  1449. 

Failure  of  the  conciliar  idea  to  establish  itself  as  the  system  of 
government  of  Latin  Christendom;  reaction  to  the  monarchical  idea  of 
papal  government  checked  by  the  stated  rights  of  national  churches. 

The  Pragmatic  Sanction  of  Bourges,  1438,  and  declaration  of  the 
rights  of  the  Gallican  Church;  action  against  provisions  and  papal  reser- 
vations, appeals  to  the  Pope  and  annates;  comparison  with  the  English 
statutes  of  Pro  visors  and  Praemunire;  the  royal  power  and  the  Gallican 
Church;  decline  of  the  influence  of  the  University  of  Paris. 

The  rights  of  the  German  Church  stated  by  the  Diet  of  Mainz,  1439, 
and  the  Concordat  of  Vienna,  1448;  comparison  with  the  Gallican  and 
Anglican  rights. 

The  personalities  of  the  Council  of  Basle;  Cardinal  Giulio  Cesarini, 
Nicholas  Cusanus,  Cardinal  d'Allemand,  Archibshop  of  Aries,  Aeneas 
Sylvius  Piccolomini. 

The  bull  ' '  Execrabilis, "  1460,  condemning  all  appeals  to  a  General 
Church  Council  as  invalid. 

The  revival  of  religious  enthusiasm  by  the  Franciscan  preachers,  St. 
Bernardino  of  Siena,  1380-1444,  and  St.  John  Capistrano,  1385-1456. 


LECTURE  9 

Italy  in  the  Fifteenth  Century:  the  Capture  of  Constantinople  by 

THE  Turks 

The  importance  of  the  history  of  Italy,  not  only  as  the  native  country 
of  the  men  who  directed  the  movement  of  Latin  Christian  civilization, 
but  also  as  the  home  of  the  general  tendencies  of  civilization;  the  lead- 
ership of  Italy  in  thought  and  art;  Italian  history  the  key-note  of  the 
history  of  civilization  up  to  the  sixteenth  century. 

The  conciliar  movement  of  the  first  half  of  the  fifteenth  century, 
following  upon  the  ''Babylonian  Captivity"  of  the  Popes  at  Avignon 
and  the  Great  Schism,  decreased  the  political  influence  of  Italy,  but  left 
to  it  the  primacy  in  wealth  and  art;  the  decay  of  scholasticism  made 
way  for  its  intellectual  leadership  in  the  development  of  humanism. 

The  Age  of  the  Renaissance;  different  significations  of  the  word; 
different  ideas  associated  with  it;  its  various  manifestations  in  Italy; 
the  Quattrocento. 


20  History  1b 

The  Papacy  after  the  failure  of  the  conciliar  movement,  while  still 
maintaining  its  medieval  pretensions,  becomes,  with  the  growth  of  the 
national  churches,  essentially  Italian  and  plays  to  an  increasing  degree 
the  part  of  an  Italian  state  in  competition  with  other  Italian  states. 

The  Popes  of  the  Eenaissance;  the  recovery  of  the  States  of  the 
Church  by  Martin  V,  1417-1431;  their  temporal  sovereignty  forces  the 
Popes  into  Italian  politics;  their  supremacy  in  Kome  established  after 
the  Porcaro  plot,  1452;  nepotism;  the  use  of  relatives  for  political  pur- 
poses and  the  promotion  of  relatives  to  high  positions  developed  by 
Pope  Sixtus  IV,  1471-1484,  and  Pope  Alexander  VI,  1492-1503. 

The  Popes  of  the  Eenaissance  and  the  College  of  Cardinals;  failure 
of  the  recommendations  of  the  Councils  of  Constance  and  Basle;  the 
Popes  and  the  great  Eoman  families;  the  Popes  and  the  Italian  despots; 
the  Popes  and  foreign  rulers. 

The  Popes  of  the  Eenaissance  and  the  Curia;  the  papal  officials;  the 
papal  diplomatists. 

The  secularization  of  the  Papacy  in  the  latter  half  of  the  fifteenth 
century. 

The  Popes  of  the  Eenaissance  and  the  Eevival  of  Learning;  Pope 
Nicholas  V,  1447-1455;  Pope  Pius  II,  1458-1464. 

The  Popes  of  the  Eenaissance  and  art;  Pope  Sixtus  IV,  1471-1484; 
the  Sistine  Chapel. 

The  Popes  of  the  Eenaissance;  Nicholas  V,  1447-1455;  his  coronation 
of  the  Emperor  Frederick  III,  1452;  Calixtus  III,  Alphonso  Borgia,  1455- 
1458;  Pius  II,  Aeneas  Sylvius  Piccolomini,  1458-1464;  the  Congress  of 
Mantua;  his  ardor  for  a  Crusade  against  the  Turks;  the  bull  "Execra- 
bilis,''  1460;  Paul  II,  Pietro  Barbo,  1464-1471;  Sixtus  IV,  Francesco 
della  Eovere,  1471-1484;  Innocent  VIII,  Giovanni  Battista  Cibo,  1484- 
1492;  his  alliance  with  Lorenzo  the  Magnificent. 

Election  of  Eodrigo  Borgia,  Pope  Alexander  VI,  1492;  his  application 
of  the  theories  and  practices  of  other  Italian  states  to  the  Papacy; 
Cesare  Borgia;  Lucrezia  Borgia;  the  legend  of  the  Borgias. 

The  state-system  of  Italy  in  the  fifteenth  century;  the  five  principal 
states;  the  minor  city-states;  despotism  and  republics;  the  balance  of 
power  in  Italy;  the  rise  of  diplomacy;  Machiavelli;  the  condottieri. 

The  minor  states;  Siena;  the  house  of  Este,  dukes  of  Ferrara;  the 
Bentivoglio  of  Bologna;  the  Malatesta  of  Eimini;  the  Gonzaga  of  Man- 
tua; Frederick,  Duke  of  Urbino,  1422-1482. 

The  five  principal  states  of  Italy  in  the  fifteenth  century;  the  Papacy; 
the  kingdom  of  Naples;  the  duchy  of  Milan;  the  republic  of  Venice; 
the  republic  of  Florence. 

Alfonso  V,  King  of  Aragon  and  Sicily,  also  Alfonso  I  of  Naples, 
1442-1458;   his  patronage  of  the  Eenaissance;   Lorenzo  Valla;   Ferrante, 


21  History  1b 

1458-1494;  the  claims  of  the  house  of  Anjou  on  the  kingdom  of  Naples. 

The  duchy  of  Milan  created  by  the  Emperor,  1395;  the  last  Vis- 
conti  duke,  Filippo  Maria  Visconti,  1412-1447;  claims  to  the  succession; 
the  Sforza  dukes;  Francesco,  1450-1466;  Galeazzo  Maria,  1466-1478; 
his  assassination;  Ludovico,  ''II  Moro,"  1480;  relations  with  Venice, 
Florence  and  Genoa;  the  invitation  to  Charles  VIII  of  France,  1494; 
Lionardo  da  Vinci  at  Milan;  the  Lombard  school  of  painting;  Luini. 

The  republic  of  Venice  in  the  fifteenth  century;  extent  of  com- 
merce; the  trade  routes  controlled  by  the  State;  the  government  of 
Venice;  the  Doge;  the  Council  of  Ten;  the  expansion  of  Venice  by  land 
and  sea;  Venice  as  an  Italian  state;  conquest  of  Padua,  Vicenza  and 
Verona,  1406,  of  Friuli,  1420,  Brescia,  1426,  Bergamo,  1428,  Eovigo,  1484, 
Cremona,  1499;  the  government  of  the  Venetian  mainland;  the  podestas; 
the  condottieri  generals;  Carmagnola;  Colleoni;  the  Venetian  diplomat- 
ists; the  University  of  Padua. 

The  sea  power  of  Venice;  the  Adriatic;  the  Ionian  Islands;  the  Morea 
and  the  islands  of  the  Aegean;  Crete;  the  acquisition  of  Cyprus,  1488. 

The  wealth  and  splendor  of  Venice;  the  power  of  the  State;  attitude 
towards  Italy  and  the  Papacy;  St.  Mark's;  Venetian  painters;  Giovanni 
Bellini,  1427-1516;   Carpaccio,  1470-1522;  the  statue  of  Colleoni. 

Venice  and  the  learning  of  the  Renaissance;  the  libraries  of  Petrarch 
and  Bessarion;  Aldus  Manutius  and  the  Aldine  press. 

Indications  of  the  decline  of  Venice;  the  capture  of  Constantinople 
by  the  Turks,  1453;  the  discovery  of  the  sea-route  to  India,  1498. 

The  Eepublic  of  Florence  in  the  fifteenth  century;  the  conquest  of 
Pisa,' 1406;  and  Leghorn,  1421;  the  rise  of  the  Medici;  Giovanni  de 'Medici, 
1421-1429;  Cosimo  de 'Medici,  Pater  Patrice,  1434-1464;  Piero  de 'Medici, 
1464-1469;  Lorenzo  de 'Medici,  ''II  Magnifico,"  1464-1492;  his  position 
in  Florence;  his  position  in  Italy;  the  Pazzi  conspiracy,  1478;  his  patron- 
age of  art  and  literature;  the  Platonic  Academy;  the  beginning  of  the 
preaching  of  Savonarola. 

Humanism  at  Florence;  the  teaching  of  Greek;  the  Revival  of  Learning. 

The  Renaissance  of  art  at  Florence;  architecture;  Brunelleschi,  1377- 
1446;  Alberti,  1405-1472;  sculpture;  Ghiberti,  1378-1455;  Donatello,  1386- 
1466;  Luca  della  Robbia,  1400-1482;  Verrochio,  1435-1488;  painting; 
Masaccio,  1402-1429;  Fra  Angelico,  1387-1455;  Filippo  Lippi,  1412-1469; 
Botticelli,  1447-1510. 

The  birth  of  Lionardo  da  Vinci,  the  supreme  type  of  the  Renaissance, 
1452;  and  of  Michael  Angelo  Buonarroti,  1475. 

The  significance  of  the  capture  of  Constantinople  by  the  Turks,  1453; 
its  effect  on  Italy,  on  sea  power  in  the  Mediterranean  and  on  the  Re- 
vival of  Learning;  the  study  of  Greek  in  Italy. 

The  growth  of  the  power  of  the  Ottoman  Turks  in  Asia  Minor  and 


22  History  1b 

in  Europe  in  the  fourteenth  and  the  first  half  of  the  fifteenth  century; 
the  efforts  of  John  Palaeologus  and  Constantine  Palaeologus  to  rouse 
western  Christendom;  defeat  of  Sigismund  at  Nicopolis,  1396;  and  of 
Ladislas  of  Hungary  at  Varna,   1449. 

Muhammad  II;  his  preparations;  the  capture  of  Constantinople,  1453; 
end  of  the  revived  Greek  Empire  of  the  Palaeologi. 

Excitement  in  Europe;  efforts  of  Pope  Pius  II  for  a  Crusade  against 
the  Turks;  his  death  at  Ancona,  1464. 

Failure  of  western  Christendom  to  combine  against  the  Ottoman 
Turks. 

The  state-system  of  Europe  and  the  state-system  of  Italy;  absence 
of  national  feeling;  Charles  VIII,  King  of  Prance,  and  his  expedition  to 
Italy,  1494-1496. 

The  New  Europe. 


LECTURE  10 
Loxns  XI  OF  France:  Monarchy  in  the  Fifteenth  Century 

The  state-system  of  Western  Europe  in  the  fifteenth  century;  anal- 
ogies with  the  state-system  of  Italy;  the  kingdoms  of  the  Iberian  Penin- 
sula; their  relations  with  each  other;  the  electoral  states  of  Germany 
and  the  effect  of  the  Golden  Bull,  1356;  the  kingdoms  of  Hungary, 
Bohemia  and  Poland;  the  Scandinavian  kingdoms  after  the  Union  of 
Kalmar;  the  kingdom  of  England  and  its  relations  with  Scotland,  Flan- 
ders and  France;  the  Treaty  of  Troyes,  1420;  the  kingdom  of  France. 

The  idea  of  the  state  contrasted  with  the  idea  of  the  nation. 

Continuance,  but  increasing  vagueness,  of  the  idea  of  the  univer- 
sality of  the  Empire  in  the  fifteenth  century. 

Effect  of  the  conciliar  movement  upon  the  idea  of  the  universality 
of  the  Church  in  the  fifteenth  century. 

Growth  of  the  idea  of  state-craft;  the  influence  of  Italy;  diplomacy; 
Venice;  Florence. 

The  classification  of  the  people  of  Europe  by  status  in  the  Middle 
Ages  and  in  the  fifteenth  century;  the  ''Estates";  the  effect  of  economic 
changes  on  agriculture,  industry  and  commerce;  prosperity  of  the  mer- 
cantile and  wage-earning  classes;  the  history  of  prices;   combination. 

Change  in  the  situation  of  the  land-holding  classes;  the  passing  of 
feudal  conditions;  the  new  nobility. 

Changes  in  the  art  of  war;  gunpowder;  artillery;  effect  on  castles  and 
walled  cities;  the  revival  of  infantry  in  the  fourteenth  century  followed 
by   the   development   of   professional   soldiery;    the    English   archer;    the 


23  History  1b 

German  lanzknecht;  the  Swiss  infantry;  the  Spanish  infantry;  the  French 
cavalry;  development  of  the  musket;  the  new  tactics;  Gonzalvo  da  Cor- 
dova, the  "Great  Captain, "  and  his  military  reforms;  influence  of  the 
Turkish  Janissaries. 

The  new  state-system  and  the  new  state-craft  encouraged  the  idea 
of  monarchy;  efficiency  of  one-man  government:  disappearance  of  the 
feudal  idea;  the  nobleman  takes  the  place  of  the  feudal  baron  and 
knight;  the  courtier;  the  power  of  wealth. 

The  cities  and  the  lawyers  support  the  idea  of  the  new  monarchy; 
influence  of  the  Church;  the  political  ideas  of  the  Eenaissance, 

The  dynastic  idea  in  the  new  monarchy;  contrast  with  the  feudal  idea 

Adjustment  of  the  Church,  the  new  nobility,  the  merchants  and  the 
people  to  the  new  monarchy. 

Louis  XI,  King  of  France,  1461-1483,  the  typical  monarch  of  the  new 
type;  the  Memoirs  of  Philippe  de  Comines;  Scott's  Quentifi  Durward. 

France  in  the  fifteenth  centurj^;  effect  of  the  Hundred  Years'  War 
on  northern  and  central  France;  prosperity  of  southern  France;  Jacques 
Coeur,  the  merchant  of  Marseilles,  Treasurer  of  France  under  Charles 
VII;  the  noblesse  of  France;  the  Pragmatic  Sanction  of  Bourges,  1438. 

The  States-General  of  1439;  creation  of  a  royal  army;  establishment 
of  the  taille  as  a  permanent  royal  tax. 

Louis  XI  and  the  noblesse;  Louis  XI  and  the  Galilean  Church;  Louis 
XI  and  the  business  classes;  Louis  XI  and  centralized  administration; 
the  ministers  and  the  policy  of  Louis  XI. 

Louis  XI  and  Charles  the  Bold  of  Burgundy;  the  Valois  dukes  of 
Burgundy  and  their  dominions;  the  accumulation  of  the  states  of  the 
Netherlands;  the  idea  of  a  Middle  Kingdom;  Charles  the  Bold  and 
France;  Charles  the  Bold  and  Germany;  defeat  of  Charles  the  Bold  by 
the  Swiss  at  Granson  and  Morat,  1476;  death  of  Charles  the  Bold,  1477; 
the  duchy  of  Burgundy  seized  by  Louis  XI;  marriage  of  Mary  of  Bur- 
gundy, heiress  to  the  other  domains  of  Charles  the  Bold,  to  Maximilian, 
son  of  the  Emperor  Frederick  III. 

The  new  monarchy  in  England;  the  effects  of  the  Wars  of  the  Roses; 
the  reigns  of  Edward  IV,  1461-1483;  Eichard  III,  1483-1485;  and  Henry 
VII,  1485-1509;  the  Court  of  Star  Chamber. 

The  Stuart  monarchy  in  Scotland  in  the  fifteenth  century;  the  alliance 
between  Scotland  and  France. 

The  new  monarchy  in  the  Iberian  Peninsula;  Isabella  recognized  as 
heiress  of  Castille,  1468;  her  marriage  to  Ferdinand  the  Catholic  of 
Aragon,  1469;  her  succession  to  the  throne,  1474;  the  Santa  Hermandad 
or  Holy  Brotherhood,  1476;  the  independence  of  Portugal  secured  by 
the  battle  of  Aljubarrota,  1385;  the  dynasty  of  John  the  Great  and 
Philippa  of  Lancaster;  the  reign  of  John  the  Perfect,  1481-1495. 


24  History  1b 

Failure  of  the  state  idea  to  embrace  all  Germany;  absence  of  the 
state  and  national  idea;  effect  of  city  independence  and  of  imperialism; 
the  house  of  Hapsburg  succeeds  the  house  of  Luxemburg;  the  long  reign 
of  the  Emperor  Frederick  III,  1440-1493;  Frederick  of  Hohenzollern, 
Burggrave  of  Nuremberg,  first  Hohenzollern  Margrave  of  Brandenburg, 
1415-1440;  his  reign  and  policy. 

The  effect  of  the  organization  of  the  European  state-system  on  Italy; 
the  invasion  of  Charles  VIII  of  France,  1494;  the  Spaniards  in  Italy; 
Ferdinand  the  Catholic  of  Aragon,  and  the  conquest  of  Naples  by  Gon- 
zalvo  da  Cordova,  1504. 

The  Papacy  as  an  Italian  state;  the  policy  of  Pope  Julius  II,  1503- 
1513,  compared  with  that  of  Pope  Alexander  VI;  the  wars  of  Julius  II; 
the  formation  and  composition  of  the  States  of  the  Church. 

Application  of  the  new  state-craft  and  the  dynastic  ideas  of  the  new 
monarchy  to  Italian  affairs;  the  Treaty  of  Granada  between  Ferdinand 
the  Catholic  and  Louis  XII  of  France,  1500;  the  claims  of  Louis  XII 
on  Milan  and  Naples;  the  diplomacy  of  Ferdinand  the  Catholic;  the 
Venetian  diplomatists;  Machiavelli  and  the  diplomacy  of  Florence,  1498- 
1512;  the  writings  of  Machiavelli,  1469-1527,  as  the  expression  of  the 
new  state-craft;  The  Prince. 

The  ideas  of  the  balance  of  power  in  Italy  and  of  an  Italian  State; 
Machiavelli;  conquest  of  Milan  by  Louis  XII,  1499  and  1500;  the  battle 
of  the  Garigliano,  1503,  and  conquest  of  Naples  by  the  Spaniards;  the 
League  of  Cambrai  of  the  Pope,  Louis  XII,  the  Emperor  Maximilian 
and  Ferdinand  the  Catholic  against  Venice,  1508;  the  Holy  League  of 
the  Pope,  Ferdinand  and  Venice  to  drive  the  French  from  Italy,  1511; 
battle  of  Eavenna  and  death  of  Gaston  de  Foix,  1512;  death  of  Pope 
Julius  II,  1513;  restoration  of  the  Medici  to  Florence,  1512. 

Election  of  Giovanni  de '  Medici,  son  of  Lorenzo  the  Magnificent,  as 
Pope  Leo  X. 

Although  Italy,  where  the  new  state-craft  and  the  new  state-system 
had  originated,  became  its  victim,  it  continued,  when  the  new  ideas 
spread  throughout  Western  Europe,  to  lead  Europe  in  thought  and  its 
expression  in  literature  and  art  through  its  leadership  in  the  Eevival  of 
Learning  and  the  Humanistic  movement. 


25  History  1b 


LECTURE  11 
The  Revival  of  Learning:  Humanism 

The  revival  of  knowledge  of  the  Greek  and  Latin  classics;  its  effect 
on  religion  and  education;  its  encouragement  of  individualism;  its  denial 
of  Christian  hypotheses;  its  attempt  to  reconcile  medieval  Christianity 
with  Greek  and  Latin  literature;  influence  of  classical  form  and  style 
upon  literature  and  art;   various  significations  of  the  term  Renaissance. 

Italy  the  natural  starting  place  for  the  Revival  of  Learning;  contin- 
uance there  of  the  classic  tradition;  enthusiasm  of  the  Italians  of  the 
fourteenth  and  fifteenth  centuries  for  the  expansion  and  revival  of  class- 
ical studies;  suitability  of  the  Italy  of  the  city  despots  and  city  republics 
for  this  mission;  the  Italian  state  system  and  its  traditions;  difference 
between  the  Church  and  religion  in  Italy  and  in  other  states. 

Meaning  of  the  term  Humanism;  the  weight  laid  on  the  individual 
man  and  his  thoughts  and  deeds  as  against  the  medieval  Christian  man. 

Dante  not  only  describes  medieval  thought,  but  foreshadows  its  suc- 
cessor. 

The  part  played  by  Florence,  Rome,  Milan,  Naples,  and  Venice  in  the 
Revival  of  Learning. 

Symonds'  classification  of  four  periods  of  Italian  Humanism. 

The  first  period  of  Humanism,  the  age  of  inspiration  and  discovery; 
Petrarch;  his  enthusiasm  for  Cicero  and  Virgil;  his  search  for  manu- 
scripts; his  relations  with  Rienzi;  his  ignorance  of  Greek;  Boccaccio; 
Manuel  Chrysoloras  appointed  Professor  of  Greek  at  the  University  of 
Florence,  1396;  importance  of  the  study  of  Greek;  Humanism  and  the 
Italian  universities;  effect  of  the  Council  of  Florence,  1437;  Gemistos 
Plethon. 

The  second  period  of  Humanism,  the  age  of  arrangement  and  trans- 
lation; the  formation  of  libraries;  the  patronage  of  Cosimo  de 'Medici; 
Mccolo  de  Niccoli;  Lionardo  Bruni;  Poggio  Bracciolini,  1380-1459;  the 
career  of  Tommaso  Parentucelli  of  Sarzana,  librarian  of  Florence,  who 
became  Pope  Nicholas  V  in  1447. 

The  Papacy  of  Nicholas  V,  1447-1454;  his  patronage  of  scholars; 
foundation  of  the  Vatican  Library;  Cardinal  Bessarion  and  his  import- 
ance; humanism  at  Naples;  Lorenzo  Valla  and  his  refutation  of  the 
Donation  of  Constantine;  humanism  at  Milan;  Francesco  Filelfo,  1398- 
1481,  the  typical  humanist  of  the  period. 

The  third  period  of  humanism,  the  age  of  erudition  and  academies; 
the  circle  of  Lorenzo  the  Magnificent  at  Florence;  the  Platonic  Society; 
intense  interest  in  Plato  as  opposed  to  Aristotle;  his  ideas  applied  to 
Christianity;  Ficino,  1433-1499;  Giovanni  Pico  della  Mirandola,  1463- 
1494;  Poliziano,  1454-1494;  characteristics  of  the  Florentine  humanists; 


26  History  1b 

the  academies  of  Pomponius  Laetus  at  Eome  and  of  Pontanus  at  Naples; 
the  humanism  of  Pope  Pius  II. 

The  fourth  period  of  humanism,  the  age  of  pure  style;  its  center  at 
Eome  during  the  papacy  of  Leo  X;  Cardinal  Bembo,  1470-1547;  Cardinal 
Aleander,  1480-1542;  the  end  of  humanism  in  Italy  with  the  sack  of 
Eome,  1527. 

The  influence  of  Italian  humanism  on  literature  in  Italian;  the  enthus- 
iasm for  Latin  at  first  discourages  writing  in  Italian;  change  towards 
the  end  of  the  fifteenth  century;  the  Morgante  Maggiore  of  Luigi  Pulci; 
the  Orlando  Inamorato  of  Boiardo;  the  Orlando  Furioso  of  Ariosto;  the 
development  of  Italian  prose;  Machiavelli;  Guieciardini. 

The  influence  of  Italian  humanism  on  Italian  art;  the  study  of  Greek 
and  Eoman  art;  sculpture  and  painting  at  Florence;  Donatello;  Botti- 
celli; art  at  Mantua;  Mantegna;  art  at  Siena;  Sodoma;  art  at  Perugia; 
the  Umbrian  school;  Perugino;  art  at  Milan;  Lionardo  da  Vinci. 

Eome  and  art  under  Pope  Julius  II  and  Pope  Leo  X;  St.  Peter's; 
Bramante  and  Michael  Angelo;  the  Sistine  Chapel;  Michael  Angelo;  the 
Vatican;  Eaffaelle. 

The  masters  of  the  high  Eenaissance;  the  universal  genius  of  Lio- 
nardo da  Vinci;  the  frescoes  and  pictures  of  Eaffaelle;  the  supreme 
greatness  of  Michael  Angelo  Buonarroti. 

Education  in  Italy  under  the  influence  of  humanism;  the  school  estab- 
lished by  Vittorino  da  Peltre,  1378-1446,  near  Mantua. 

Manners  in  Italy  under  the  influence  of  humanism;  Baldassare  Casti- 
glione,  1478-1529,  and  his  book  The  Courtier. 

Humanism  in  Germany;  the  reception  of  the  new  ideas  from  Italy; 
the  German  universities;  foundation  of  nine  new  universities  between 
1456  and  1506. 

The  German  schools;  influence  of  the  ''Brethren  of  the  Social  Life"; 
their  school  at  Deventer;  Alexander  Hegius,  1433-1498. 

The  German  humanists  and  their  debt  to  Italian  humanism;  Eu- 
dolphus  Agricola,  1444-1485;   Conrad  Celtes,  1459-1518. 

The  encouragement  and  patronage  of  German  humanism  by  Cardinal 
Nicholas  Krebs,  called  Cusanus,  1401-1464;  Johann  von  Dalberg,  Bishop 
of  Worms,  1455-1503;  the  Ehenish  Literary  Society  founded  at  Mainz, 
1491;  the  Danube  Society,  1501;  the  influence  of  the  University  of 
Vienna;  patronage  of  humanism  by  the  Emperor  Maximilian. 

The  case  of  Eeuchlin,  1455-1522,  and  the  study  of  Hebrew;  the 
Epistolae  Ohscurorum  Virorum  by  Cortus  Eubianus  and  Ulrich  von  Hutten. 

The  greatness  of  Desiderius  Erasmus,  1467-1536,  with  whom  the  lead- 
ership of  humanism  crossed  the  Alps;  his  visits  to  Italy  and  England; 
the  soundness  of  his  scholarship;  his  universality,  common  sense  and  wit; 
his  Praise  of  Folly,  1509;  his  edition  of  the  Greek  New  Testament,  1516; 


27  History  1b 

the  foundation  of  New  Testament  scholarship;  his  editions  of  the  classics 
and  the  Fathers. 

Humanism  in  England;  the  University  of  Oxford  after  Wiclif;  Hum- 
phrey, Duke  of  Gloucester,  1391-1447;  John  Tiptoft,  Earl  of  Worcester, 
1420-1471;  the  influence  of  the  Italian  humanists;  William  Grocyn, 
1442-1519;  Thomas  Linacre,  1460-1524;  John  Colet,  1466-1519;  Sir 
Thomas  More,  1480-1535;  the  Utopia. 

The  new  education  in  England;  the  teaching  of  Greek  at  Oxford; 
foundation  of  Corpus  Christi  College  at  Oxford  by  Bishop  Fox,  1516; 
the  influence  of  Erasmus  at  Oxford  and  Cambridge;  the  influence  of 
Bishop  Fisher,  1459-1535,  at  Cambridge;  Cardinal  Wolsey  and  the  foun- 
dation of  Christ  Church,  Oxford;  Colet  and  the  foundation  of  St.  Paul's 
School,  London;  Linacre  and  the  foundation  of  the  College  of  Physicians 
of  London,  1518. 

Humanism  in  France;  attitude  of  the  University  of  Paris  and  the 
Sorbonne;  the  teaching  of  Greek  and  Hebrew;  John  Lascaris;  Aleander 
at  Paris,  1508-1515;  the  first  French  humanists;  Lefevre  d'Etaples,  1455- 
1537;  the  leadership  of  Bude  or  Budseus,  1467-1540,  the  friend  of  Eras- 
mus; the  patronage  of  Francis  I;  the  foundation  of  the  College  de 
France,  though  not  under  that  name,  1530. 

Humanism  in  Spain;  the  foundation  of  the  University  of  Alcala  de 
Henares  by  Cardinal  Ximenes,  1498-1508;  the  Polyglot  Bible  of  Alcala. 

The  development  of  typography  made  possible  the  rapid  expansion  of 
humanism  through  printed  books  and  secured  the  permanence  of  the 
study  of  the  classics;  its  effect  upon  the  masses  of  the  people  in  spread- 
ing the  possibilities  of  popular  education;  the  copyists  of  manuscripts 
and  their  opposition  to  printed  books;  the  book  fair  of  Frankfort. 

Block  printing  known  to  the  Chinese  and  probably  introduced  from 
them  into  Europe  in  the  fourteenth  century;  the  guilds  of  the  block 
printers. 

The  invention  of  moveable  cast  type  by  Johann  Gutenberg  of  Mainz, 
1460;  made  public  1462. 

Eapid  extension  of  book  printing  from  cast  type;  'Hhe  German  art"; 
twenty-four  presses  at  Nuremberg  by  1470;  more  than  a  thousand  printers 
in  Germany  by  1500;  William  Caxton  establishes  a  press  at  London, 
1477;  presses  at  Oxford,  1478,  in  Denmark,  1482,  Sweden,  1483,  at  Con- 
stantinople, 1490,  in  Spain,  1494,  in  Portugal,  1502. 

Book  printing  in  Italy;  the  first  book  printed  by  German  printers  at 
Subiaco,  1465;  German  printers  at  Venice,  Bologna,  and  Florence;  the 
first  edition  of  Homer  in  Greek  type  printed  at  Florence,  1488. 

Of  nearly  5000  books  printed  in  Italy  by  1500,  more  than  2800  were 
printed  at  Venice;  reasons  for  the  supremacy  of  Venice  as  a  center  for 
printing  books  and  especially  editions  of  the  classics. 


28  History  1b 

The  Aldine  press;  Teobaldo  Manucci  better  known  as  Aldus  Manu- 
tius,  1450-1515;  his  editions  of  the  Greek  and  Latin  classics  printed  at 
Venice,  1490-1515;  the  Aldine  Academy,  1500. 

Greatness  of  the  service  rendered  by  humanism  to  civilization;  the 
part  played  by  the  Italians;  rendering  of  the  respect  paid  to  scholarship 
in  Browning's  TJie  Grammarian's  Funeral,  and  of  the  attitude  of  the 
Kenaissance  in  Browning's  The  Bishop  Orders  His  Tomb. 


LECTUEE  12 
The  Age  of  Discovery:  Christopher  Columbus;  Vasco  da  Gama 

Relation  between  the  Age  of  Humanism  and  the  Age  of  Discovery; 
effect  of  the  study  of  the  Greek  and  Latin  writers  upon  the  medieval 
ideas  of  astronomy  and  geography;  the  ideas  of  Dante,  Eoger  Bacon, 
and  Cardinal  Pierre  d'Ailly,  1350-1425;  d'Ailly's  Imago  Mundi. 

The  progress  of  astronomy  and  geography  in  the  fifteenth  century; 
Cardinal  Cusanus,  1401-1464;  Toscanelli,  1397-1482,  and  the  effect  of  the 
travels  of  Marco  Polo,  1256-1323;  the  German  astronomers,  Peuerbach, 
1423-1461,  Johann  Miiller,  called  Eegiomontanus,  1436-1476;  their  inven- 
tions; Martin  Behaim,  1436-1506. 

The  life  and  work  of  Prince  Henry  'Hhe  Navigator,"  1394-1460;  his 
settlement  at  Sagre,  1418;  the  condition  of  Portugal  during  and  after 
the  reign  of  John  the  Great,  1385-1433;  the  improvement  in  navigation 
and  ship  building;  the  expeditions  sent  by  Prince  Henry  to  explore  the 
west  coast  of  Africa  and  to  discover  a  sea  route  to  India;  discovery  of 
Porto  Santo  by  Perestrello,  1419,  of  Madeira,  1420,  of  the  Azores,  1431, 
of  the  Cabo  Branco,  1441,  of  the  Guinea  Coast  and  Senegal,  1445,  of 
the  Gambia,  1455,  and  of  the  Cape  Verde  Islands,  1460. 

The  attitude  towards  exploration  of  John  the  Perfect,  King  of  Port- 
ugal, 1481-1495;  his  desire  to  reach  Asia;  the  expeditions  to  the  north- 
east where  Martim  Lopes  discovered  Nova  Zembla,  to  Timbuetoo  and 
to  Abyssinia;  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  turned  by  Bartholomew  Dias,  1486. 

Christopher  Columbus  born  near  Genoa,  1436  or  1451;  personality  and 
education;  married  to  daughter  of  Perestrello,  1473  or  1480;  his  residence 
at  Porto  Santo;  his  study  of  the  problem  of  sailing  west  to  Asia;  his 
knowledge  of  the  ideas  of  d'Ailly,  Behaim,  and  Toscanelli;  his  travels 
and  endeavor  to  obtain  command  of  an  expedition;  his  difficulties;  his 
terms;  compact  made  with  Isabella,  Queen  of  Castille,  1492;  and  the 
expedition  of  Columbus  decided. 

The  situation  in  Spain  at  the  time  Columbus  set  sail;  Isabella  of 
Castille,  1451-1504,  and  Ferdinand  of  Aragon,  1452-1516,  the  ''Catholic 
Kings";  the  building  of  the  Spanish  State;  centralization  of  the  Spanish 
Monarchy;  strength  of  the  royal  administration. 


29  History  1b 

Power  of  the  Church  and  of  religion  in  Spain;  establishment  of  the 
Spanish  Inquisition  at  Seville,  1481;  its  development  from  the  medieval 
Inquisition;  political  and  religious  reasons  for  its  introduction;  expulsion 
of  the  Jews  and  Muhammadans;  the  personality  of  Torquemada,  1420- 
1498;  the  desire  to  spread  Christianity. 

The  expansion  of  the  Spanish  State;  the  conquest  of  Granada,  1492; 
the  conquest  of  Naples;  the  excellence  of  the  Spanish  infantry. 

The  first  voyage  of  Christopher  Columbus,  1492;  his  second  voyage, 
1493-1496;  the  third  voyage,  1498;  his  belief  and  that  of  all  geographers 
that  he  had  reached  Asia;  extent  and  effect  of  his  discoveries. 

The  bulls  of  Pope  Alexander  VI,  1493,  and  the  Treaty  of  Tordesillas, 
1494,  dividing  the  area  to  be  discovered  between  Spain  and  Portugal. 

The  voyage  of  Vasco  da  Gama,  1497-1499;  he  reaches  India  by  sea 
and  casts  anchor  at  Calicut,  1498;  effect  of  the  discovery  of  the  sea 
route  to  India. 

The  Spaniards  in  the  West  Indies;  explorations;  arrest  and  return  of 
Columbus  to  Spain,  1500;  the  fourth  voyage  of  Columbus,  1502-1504;  the 
search  for  a  western  passage  to  Asia;  death  of  Columbus,  1506;  the 
significance  of  his  achievement;  death  of  Queen  Isabella,  1504. 

Kapid  advance  of  the  Portuguese  in  Asia;  the  voyage  of  Cabral, 
1500;  the  second  voyage  of  Vasco  da  Gama,  1502;  trade  and  Christian 
missions;  contrast  between  the  conditions  met  by  the  Portuguese  in 
Asia  and  by  the  Spaniards  in  America;  the  profits  of  the  trade  with 
Asia  concentrated  at  Lisbon;  the  system  established. 

The  viceroyalty  of  Francisco  de  Almeida,  1505-1509;  his  battles  with 
the  Muhammadans,  w^ho  desired  to  retain  the  profits  of  the  passage  of 
the  Asiatic  trade  with  Europe. 

The  viceroyalty  of  Affonso  de  Alboquerque,  1509-1515;  his  expeditions 
to  Ormuz,  Malacca,  and  Aden;  he  makes  Goa  the  capital  of  Portuguese 
Asia;  his  policy  and  government. 

The  Portuguese  in  Ceylon  and  the  Spice  Islands;  the  profits  of  the 
trade  in  pepper  and  spices;  Fernan  Peres  de  Andrade  at  Canton,  1518, 
and  Pekin,  1521;  death  of  Vasco  da  Gama  at  Cochin,  1524. 

The  discovery  of  Brazil  by  Pedro  Alvares  Cabral,  1500;  recognition 
of  Brazil  as  Portuguese  under  the  bull  of  Pope  Alexander  VI. 

The  voyages  and  discoveries  of  John  and  Sebastian  Cabot,  1497,  1498, 
and  of  Gaspar  de  Corte  Real,  1500,  1501;  Newfoundland,  Labrador,  and 
the  St.  Lawrence. 

The  life  and  work  of  Amerigo  Vespucci  or  Americus  Vespucius  of 
Florence,  1452-1512;  his  voyages  in  the  service  of  Spain,  1497-1498  and 
1499-1500,  and  in  the  service  of  Portugal,  1501-1502,  and  1503-1504; 
his  exploration  of  the  coast  of  Brazil;  Pilot-major  of  Spain,  1508-1512. 

The  name  America   suggested  for  the   ''New  World"   discovered  by 


30  History  1b 

Cabral  and  explored  by  Vespucci,  1507,  and  applied  to  the  whole  Western 
hemisphere  by  Mercator,  1541. 

Gradual  realization  of  the  unity  of  the  Western  hemisphere  and  of 
the  fact  that  Columbus  had  not  reached  Asia,  but  a  new  continent. 

First  sight  of  the  Pacific  Ocean  by  Vasco  Nunez  de  Balboa,  1513, 
looking  westward,  contemporary  with  the  knowledge  of  the  Pacific  Ocean 
from  the  Asiatic  side  through  the  conquests  and  explorations  of  the 
Portuguese  at  Malacca  and  in  the  Spice  Islands. 

The  great  voyage  of  Magellan  across  the  Pacific  Ocean,  the  first 
circumnavigation  of  the  globe;  Fernan  de  Maghalhaes,  known  as  Magellan, 
1480-1521;  his  personality;  his  services  under  Almeida  and  Alboquerque, 
1505-1512;  his  scheme  to  cross  the  Pacific  Ocean  from  west  to  east; 
placed  in  command  of  a  Spanish  expedition,  1519;  passes  through  the 
Straits  of  Magellan,  1520;  crosses  the  Pacific  and  reaches  the  Ladrones, 
the  Philippines,  and  the  Moluccas,  1521;  death  of  Magellan,  April  27, 
1521;  one  of  his  ships,  the  "Victoria,"  returns  to  Spain,  after  circum- 
navigating the  globe,  1522. 

The  Age  of  Discovery  marked  by  the  deeds  of  Portuguese,  Italians, 
and  Spaniards;  its  effect  upon  European  civilization;  its  transfer  of 
Asiatic  trade  to  Portugal;  its  expansion  of  Spanish  activity  to  America; 
exhaustion  of  Spain  and  Portugal  after  a  century  of  expansion. 


LECTUEE  13 
The  Emperor  Charles  V 

The  attempt  of  Charles  V  to  become  the  arbiter,  rather  than  the 
actual  ruler,  of  Latin  Christendom;  his  power  was  dynastic,  based  upon 
his  succession  to  various  reigning  houses;  contrast  between  his  position 
and  that  of  the  Holy  Eoman  Emperors  upon  the  one  hand,  whose  author- 
ity was  based  upon  tradition,  and  that  of  Napoleon,  whose  power  was 
based  upon  conquest. 

The  growth  of  the  dynastic  idea  in  Europe;  its  growth  out  of  feudal 
heredity  and  out  of  the  idea  of  the  State;  its  close  relationship  with 
the  conception  of  the  New  Monarchy. 

Dynasticism  in  Spain;  the  marriages  of  the  daughters  of  Ferdinand 
and  Isabella;  Isabella,  the  eldest  and  afterwards  Maria,  the  third,  to 
Emmanuel  the  Fortunate,  King  of  Portugal;  Joanna,  the  second,  to  the 
Archduke  Philip;  her  insanity;  Catherine,  the  fourth,  first  to  Arthur, 
Prince  of  Wales,  and  then  to  his  brother  Henry,  afterwards  Henry  VIII 
of  England. 

Charles,  elder  son  of  the  Archduke  Philip  and  the  Infanta  Joanna, 
born  1500;  inherited  Castille  and  Leon  from  his  grandmother,  Isabella, 


31  History  1b 

1504;  the  Burgundian  dominions,  including  the  Netherlands,  from  his 
father,  Philip,  who  had  succeeded  his  mother,  Mary  of  Burgundy,  daugh- 
ter and  heiress  of  Charles  the  Bold,  1506;  Aragon,  Sicily,  and  Naples 
from  his  grandfather,  Ferdinand,  1516;  and  the  Hapsburg  dominions  in 
Germany  from  his  grandfather,  the  Emperor  Maximilian,  1519. 

The  nature  of  the  government  in  these  various  dominions,  and  the 
varying  power  of  rulers  over  them. 

The  personality  of  Charles  V;  physical  and  temperamental  inherit- 
ance; his  education;  his  tutor,  Adrian  of  Utrecht;  the  views  of  his- 
torians of  Charles  V;  these  views  colored  by  the  religion  of  the  histor- 
ians; Eobertson;  Armstrong. 

The  three  young  monarchs,  who  succeeded  to  the  ideas  of  the  New 
Monarchy;  their  personality;  their  ministers;  their  diplomacy;  their 
attitude  towards  Humanism,  towards  the  new  ideals,  towards  the  State 
and  towards  the  Church;  the  first  half  of  the  sixteenth  century  domi- 
nated by  them;  the  progress  of  the  Reformation  affected  by  them  and 
their  personality. 

Henry  VIII,  King  of  England,  born  1491,  succeeded  1509,  died  1547; 
prosperity  of  England  under  the  first  Tudors;  its  rapid  commercial  devel- 
opment under  Henry  VII;  the  Intercursus  Magnus,  1496;  the  personal 
popularity  of  Henry  VIII;  his  European  policy;  his  marriage  with  Cath- 
erine of  Aragon;  Cardinal  Wolsey,  1471-1530;  Humanism  in  England; 
Henry  VIII  and  the  English  navy. 

Francis  I,  King  of  France,  born  1494,  succeeded  1515,  died  1547; 
position  of  the  French  monarchy;  the  French  soldiery;  the  Chevalier 
Bayard,  1475-1524;  the  personality  of  Francis  I;  his  European  policy; 
his  Italian  policy;  the  battle  of  Marignano,  1515;  his  internal  policy; 
the  Concordat  of  1516  with  Pope  Leo  X,  by  which  the  king  obtained  the 
power  of  nomination  to  French  bishoprics;  Humanism  in  France;  the 
Renaissance  in  France;  architecture;  the  chateaux;  death  of  Lionardo 
da  Vinci  in  France,  1519. 

Death  of  the  Emperor  Maximilian  I,  1519,  who  had  taken  the  title 
of  Emperor  in  1502,  without  being  crowned  at  Rome;  his  personality^; 
his  knightly  character;  his  German  policy;  the  attempts  to  hold  the 
Empire  together  as  a  German  monarchy  foiled  by  German  particularism; 
the  Reichskammergericht  or  Imperial  Court  of  Appeal,  1495;  the  Circles 
of  the  Empire,  1512;  the  German  lanzknechts;  Humanism  in  Germany; 
Luther's  theses,  1517. 

Charles  V  elected  Emperor,  1519;  crowned  by  the  Pope  at  Bologna, 
1530;  the  last  Holy  Roman  Emperor  to  be  crowned  by  a  Pope. 

The  critical  years,  1520-1523;  in  which  complications  appear,  which 
prevented  Charles  from  carrying  out  any  consistent  policy,  and  forced 
him  to  be  an  opportunist  for  the  rest  of  his  reign;  his  desire  to  unite 


32  History  1b 

Latin  Christendom  for  a  struggle  against  the  Muhammadans  and  his  plans 
for  a  simple  and  direct  government  of  Christendom  thwarted. 

The  revolt  of  the  "comuneros"  in  Castille,  1520-1521. 

The  cession  of  the  Austrian  dominions  of  the  House  of  Hapsburg 
by  Charles  V  to  his  brother,  Ferdinand,  1520,  thus  dividing  the  Haps- 
burg power;  marriage  of  Ferdinand  to  Anne  of  Hungary,  and  his  recog- 
nition as  King  of  Hungary,  1526,  and  King  of  Bohemia,  1527. 

The  Diet  of  Worms,  1521;  the  appearance  of  Martin  Luther  and  of 
the  Eeformation  in  politics. 

The  Knights'  War,  led  by  Ulrich  von  Hutten  and  Franz  von  Sick- 
ingen,  1522-1523. 

The  outbreak  of  war  between  Charles  V  and  Francis  I,  1521. 

The  brief  papacy  of  Adrian  VI,  1522-1523,  the  last  non-Italian  Pope, 
and  the  election  of  Giulio  de 'Medici  as  Pope  Clement  VII. 

The  end  of  the  Union  of  Kalmar  by  the  separation  of  Sweden  under 
Gustavus  Vasa,  1524. 

The  accession  of  Sulaiman  the  Magnificent  as  Sultan  of  the  Ottoman 
Turks,  1520,  and  his  capture  of  Belgrade,  1521,  and  of  Ehodes,  1522. 

Charles  V  and  the  Turks;  the  power  of  the  Ottoman  Turks;  the  con- 
quest of  Egypt  and  of  the  title  of  Caliph,  1516-1517;  the  Turkish  fleet 
in  the  Mediterranean;  the  rise  of  the  Barbary  corsair  states;  the  Ad- 
miral Barbarossa;  the  greatness  and  the  policy  of  Sulaiman,  1520-1566; 
the  Spaniards  in  north  Africa;  capture  of  Oran,  1509,  and  of  Tunis,  1535; 
failure  before  Algiers,  1541;  the  Knights  of  St.  John  of  the  Hospital  at 
Malta,  1530;  their  famous  defense  under  La  Valette,  1565. 

The  Turks  in  southeastern  Europe;  Sulaiman 's  victory  at  Mohacs, 
where  Louis  II  of  Hungary  was  killed,  1526;  the  siege  of  Vienna,  1529; 
many  Turkish  invasions  of  Hungary  and  organization  of  southern  Hun- 
gary as  the  Pashalik  of  Buda. 

Charles  V  prevented  from  using  the  strength  of  Germany  against  the 
Turks  by  the  political  strife  of  the  Eeformation;  the  Diets  of  Nurem- 
berg, 1529,  of  Spires,  1526  and  1529,  and  of  Augsburg,  1530;  the  Con- 
fession of  Augsburg;  formation  of  the  German  Protestant  League  of 
Schmalkalden. 

Francis  I  refuses  to  join  Charles  V  against  the  Turks;  Germany 
divided  between  Protestants  and  Catholics;  the  Eeligious  Peace  of  Nur- 
emberg, 1532;  Diets  of  Eatisbon,  1541,  of  Spires,  1542  and  1544,  of 
Worms,  1545,  and  Eatisbon,  1546;  civil  war  in  Germany;  Maurice  of 
Saxony,  1521-1553;  his  policy  and  personality;  the  battle  of  Miihlberg, 
1547,  and  Diet  of  Augsburg;  renewed  civil  war,  1552;  Treaty  of  Passau, 
1552,  and  Eeligious  Peace  of  Augsburg,  1555. 

The  wars  between  Charles  V  and  Francis  I  prevent  the  concentration 
of   Christendom   against  Islam   and  the   domination   of  Charles  V;    first 


33  History  1b 

war,  1521-1526;  battle  of  Pavia,  1525;  Francis  I  taken  prisoner;  second 
war,  1526-1529,  ended  by  the  Peace  of  Cambrai,  ''the  Ladies'  Peace"; 
the  third  war,  1536-1538;  close  alliance  between  Francis  I  and  Sulaiman; 
the  "Capitulations,''  1536,  which  favored  French  trade  in  the  Levant; 
fourth  war,  1542-1544. 

War  between  Henry  II  of  France  and  Charles  V;  Henry  II  allied  with 
the  Turks  in  the  Mediterranean  and  the  German  Protestant  princes;  he 
obtains  the  Three  Bishoprics, — Metz,  Toul,  and  Verdun — 1552. 

Charles  V  and  England;  Wolsey's  policy,  1519-1529;  the  question  of 
the  divorce  of  Henry  VIII  from  Catherine  leads  to  an  alliance  between 
Henry  VIII  and  Francis  I,  1532;  the  alliance  between  France  and  Scot- 
land; marriage  of  James  V  of  Scotland  to  Madeline  of  France,  1537, 
and  to  Mary  of  Guise,  1538;  attempt  of  Thomas  Cromwell  to  bring 
Henry  VIII  into  alliance  with  the  German  Protestants;  marriage  of  Anne 
of  Cleves,  1539;  alliance  between  Henry  VIII  and  Charles  V,  1543,  and  war 
between  England  and  France,  1544-1550. 

Charles  V  and  his  cousin,  Mary  Tudor;  Mary,  Queen  of  England,  1553; 
her  Catholicism  and  marriage  to  Philip,  son  of  Charles  V,  1554. 

Charles  V  and  Italy;  the  political  situation  of  Italy  during  the  first 
half  of  the  sixteenth  century;  the  papacy  of  Clement  VII,  1523-1534; , 
the  Pope  as  an  Italian  politician;  the  result  of  the  battle  of  Pavia,  1525; 
the  League  of  Cognac  against  Charles  V;  the  sack  of  Eome,  1527;  the 
Treaty  of  Barcelona,  1529;  coronation  of  Charles  V  as  Emperor  at 
Bologna,  1530,  and  re-establishment  of  the  Medici  at  Florence,  1530; 
marriage  of  Henry  of  Orleans,  afterwards  Henry  II  of  France,  to  Cath- 
erine de 'Medici,  1533;  Charles  V  takes  the  duchy  of  Milan  on  the  death 
of  Francesco  Sforza,  1535. 

The  papacy  of  Paul  III,  Alexander  Farnese,  1534-1549;  his  attitude 
towards  Charles  V;  his  earnestness  for  the  struggle  against  the  Turks; 
his  negotiation  of  the  Truce  of  Nice  between  Charles  V  and  Francis  I, 
1538;  his  nepotism;  his  desire  to  obtain  Milan  and  Parma  for  his  son; 
his  withdrawal  of  support  from  Charles,  1547;  his  attitude  towards  the 
Reformation;  his  summons  of  the  Council  of  Trent,  1545;  his  opposition 
to  the  plans  of  Charles;  his  portrait  by  Titian. 

Charles  V  and  the  Netherlands;  the  wealth  of  Antwerp  after  the 
discovery  of  the  direct  sea-route  to  India;  his  aunt  Margaret,  1506-1530, 
and  his  sister  Mary,  1530-1555,  successively  Governess  of  the  Nether- 
lands; wealth  and  independence  of  the  Netherlands;  subjection  of  Ghent 
by  Charles  V,  1540. 

Charles  V  and  Spain,  the  nucleus  of  his  jjower;  centralization  of  royal 
authority;  the  Spanish  soldiers;  the  Spanish  treasure  fleets;  Spain  the 
leading  force  in  Europe;  the  sixteenth  the  Spanish  century. 

Charles   V   and    Spanish    America;    the    explorers;    the    expedition    o^ 


34  History  1b 

Hernando  de  Soto  to  the  Mississippi,  1539-1542;  the  voyage  of  Coronado 
along  the  Kio  Grande  and  to  the  Colorado,  1540-1542;  and  of  Cabrillo 
along  the  coast  of  California,  1542-1543;  the  ''conquistadores";  eon- 
quest  of  Mexico  by  Cortes,  1519-1521,  and  of  Peru  by  Pizarro,  1531-1541; 
the  foundation  of  Lima  and  Buenos  Aires,  1535;  the  Philippine  Islands 
regarded  as  part  of  Spanish  America. 

Charles  V  and  art;  the  age  of  the  great  Venetian  painters;  Giorgione, 
1478-1510;  Tiziano  Vecelli,  called  Titian,  1490-1576;  Tintoretto,  1518- 
1594;  Paolo  Veronese,  1528-1588;  the  Florentine  School  continued  in 
Andrea  del  Sarto,  1486-1531;  Correggio,  1494-1534;  the  latter  years  of 
Michael  Angelo,  1475-1564;  Benvenuto  Cellini,  1500-1572;  his  Autobiog- 
raphy as  a  document  illustrating  the  life  of  the  sixteenth  century. 

Abdication  of  the  Emperor  Charles  V  in  favor  of  his  son,  Philip  II, 
1556;  his  brother  Ferdinand  I  elected  Emperor. 

The  cloister  life  of  Charles  V  in  the  monastery  of  Yuste  in  Spain; 
his  death,  1559. 

The  importance  of  the  reign  of  Charles  V;  end  of  the  possibility  of 
a  dynastic  world  sovereignty  in  the  House  of  Hapsburg;  break  up  of 
the  unity  of  Latin  Christendom  by  the  Protestant  Eeformation;  pathos  of 
his  life  and  its  failure. 


LECTURE  14 
The  Protestant  Reformation 

The  movement  of  the  sixteenth  century  called  the  Reformation  was, 
like  the  movement  called  the  Renaissance,  a  general  and  not  a  special 
movement;  it  was  the  natural  and  inevitable  outcome  of  the  development 
of  the  ideas  and  conditions  intellectual,  religious,  political,  economic,  and 
social  of  the  fifteenth  century. 

The  religious  side  of  the  movement,  which  is  specifically  the  Pro- 
testant Reformation,  grew  out  of  the  need  for  a  fresh  adjustment  of  the 
Church  to  the  new  political  and  social  conditions  in  its  organization  and 
to  the  new  intellectual  and  religious  ideas  in  its  dogma. 

The  attacks  on  the  medieval  Church  were  at  first  staved  off  by  the 
friars  in  the  thirteenth  century;  they  were  renewed  as  a  result  of  the 
Great  Schism  in  the  fourteenth  century,  owing  to  the  incongruity  of  the 
ideal  and  the  actual  in  the  organization  of  the  Church. 

The  development  of  ideas  under  the  influence  of  Humanism  repeated 
in  a  more  positive  form  and  one  easily  transmitted  through  printing  the 
views  of  earlier  heretics  and  added  the  weight  of  the  new  critical  study 
of  the  Bible. 

The   attitude   of   the   Humanists   to    the    Reformation;    the   views    of 


35  History  1b 

Erasmus;  his  desire  for  reforms  based  on  scholarship  and  reason;  the 
Spanish  Humanists. 

The  Keformation  in  Germany;  its  national  character;  its  connection 
with  German  Humanism. 

Martin  Luther  and  his  leadership  in  the  German  Eeformation;  born, 
1483;  an  Augustinian,  1505;  priest,  1507;  Professor  at  the  University  of 
Wittenberg,  founded  1502,  in  1512;  his  ninety-five  theses,  1517;  the  dis- 
pute over  indulgences;  the  Address  to  the  Christian  Nohility  of  the  German 
Nation,  1520;  Luther  as  a  pamphleteer;  Luther  at  the  Diet  of  Worms, 
1521;  development  of  his  ideas;  his  marriage  to  Catherine  von  Bora, 
1525;  formulation  of  his  beliefs;  the  personality  of  Martin  Luther;  dif- 
ference of  opinion  about  him;  his  violence;  his  honesty. 

The  services  to  the  Eeformation  and  to  Luther  of  Philip  Melancthon, 
born,  1497;  Professor  at  Wittenberg,  1518-1560. 

Spread  of  the  Eeformation  in  Germany;  Nuremberg;  Osiander,  1498- 
1552;  Augsburg;  Strasburg;  Martin  Bucer,  1491-1551. 

The  Eeformation  movement  in  Switzerland;  Ulrich  Zwingli,  1484- 
1531;  a  Humanist;  his  attack  on  indulgences,  1518;  his  theology;  abolition 
of  the  Mass,  suppression  of  monasteries  and  foundation  of  the  University 
of  Zurich,  1525;  killed  at  the  battle  of  Cappel,  1531;  Oeeolampadius,  1482- 
1531,  and  the  Eeformation  at  Basle. 

Attitude  of  Erasmus  towards  the  Eeformation  movement. 

The  divisions  among  the  Eeformers;  the  rejection  of  authority  in 
religion  led  to  individualism  of  belief;  the  intolerance  of  Luther;  con- 
ference of  the  leading  Eeformers  at  Marburg,  1529;  the  Confession  of 
Augsburg,  1530;  expression  of  extreme  views;  the  Anabaptists. 

The  political  side  of  the  German  Eeformation;  the  desire  of  the 
German  princes  to  secularize  the  ecclesiastical  states;  Albert  of  Hohen- 
zollern.  Grand  Master  of  the  Teutonic  Knights,  creates  their  territory 
into  the  Duchy  of  Prussia,  1525;  Frederick  the  Wise,  1487-1525,  John 
the  Steadfast,  1525-1532,  and  John  Frederick,  1532-1547,  Electors  of 
Saxony;  Philip,  Landgrave  of  Hesse,  1504-1567;  his  introduction  of 
Lutheranism,  suppression  of  monasteries  and  foundation  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Marburg,  1526. 

The  Protest  against  the  decision  of  the  Diet  of  Spires  to  give  effect 
to  the  Edict  of  Worms  against  the  Lutherans,  1529,  gives  rise  to  the 
name  ''Protestant";  formation  of  the  League  of  Schmalkalden,  1531, 
after  the  failure  of  the  effort  at  reconciliation  of  the  Diet  of  Augsburg. 

The  social  effect  of  the  German  Eeformation;  the  Peasants'  Eevolt, 
1524-1525;  its  cruel  suppression;  the  Anabaptists  at  Miinster,  1534. 

The  latter  years  of  Martin  Luther;  his  organization  of  Lutheran 
churches;  his  translation  of  the  Bible  into  German;  his  hymns;  his 
political  views;  his  furious  opposition  to  the  Peasants'  Eevolt;  his  views 


36  History  1b 

on  marriage;  permission  of  the  bigamy  of  Philip  of  Hesse,  1539;  his 
death,  1546;  effect  of  his  personality  on  religion,  on  Germany,  and  on 
Europe. 

Spread  of  Protestantism  in  Germany;  Wurtemberg,  1534,  Brandenburg 
and  Albertine  Saxony,  1539,  became  Protestant;  efforts  of  Charles  V  at 
Eatisbon,  1541,  and  at  Spires,  1544,  to  reconcile  the  two  parties;  the 
Schmalkaldic  war,  1546,  and  victory  of  (Jharles  V;  Maurice  of  Saxony; 
recognition  of  the  territorial  idea  in  religion  by  the  Treaty  of  Passau, 
1552,  and  the  Keligious  Peace  of  Augsburg,  1555;  the  Ecclesiastical 
Eeservation. 

Abandonment  in  Germany  of  the  medieval  idea  of  "one  faith,  one 
church,"  and  adoption  of  the  idea  of  "cujus  regio,  ejus  religio. " 

The  Eeformation  in  Sweden;  its  connection  with  politics;  Gustavus 
Vasa  elected  King  of  Sweden,  1523;  confiscation  of  the  wealth  of  the 
bishops,  1527;  acceptance  of  the  Confession  of  Augsburg  as  the  religion 
of  the  State;  organization  of  the  Lutheran  Church  in  Sweden,  1540-1544; 
the  Peasants'  Eevolt  in  Sweden,  1542-1543. 

The  Eeformation  in  Denmark  and  Norway;  Frederick  I  and  the  new 
doctrines;  the  Edict  of  Odensee,  1527;  Christian  III  joins  the  Schmal- 
kaldic League;  overthrow  of  episcopacy  and  adoption  of  Lutheranisra, 
1536;  Bugenhagen  draws  up  the  Danish  Lutheran  liturgy,  1537;  trans- 
lation of  the  Bible  into  Danish  by  Palladius,  1550. 

The  Eeformation  in  England  under  Henry  VIII;  the  theology  of 
Henry  VIII;  his  pamphlet  against  Luther,  1521;  the  question  of  the 
divorce  from  Catherine  of  Aragon,  1527-1533;  the  policy  of  Thomas 
Cromwell;  the  Parliament  of  1529-1536;  the  Act  of  Supremacy,  1534; 
execution  of  Eisher  and  More;  the  Ten  Articles,  1536;  the  suppression 
of  the  monasteries,  1536,  1539;  economic  effect;  the  Pilgrimage  of  Grace; 
the  Six  Articles,  1539;  the  Eeformation  in  England  not  the  result  of  a 
popular  movement,  but  a  series  of  political  measures,  making  the  Anglican 
Church  independent  of  the  Papacy. 

The  Eeformation  in  France;  the  ideas  of  Lefevre  d'Etaples;  con- 
demnation of  the  views  of  Lefevre  and  Luther  by  the  Sorbonne;  nature 
of  early  French  Protestantism;  lack  of  organization;  the  policy  of  perse- 
cution of  individuals;  the  persecutions  of  1534,  1539,  and  1546;  the 
burning  of  ifitienne  Dolet,  1546;  French  Protestantism  organized  on  the 
ideas  of  Calvin  in  the  reign  of  Henry  II,  1547-1559. 

The  Eeformation  at  Geneva;  importance  of  the  life  and  work  of  John 
Calvin,  1509-1564;  his  education;  his  erudition;  his  personality;  his 
theological  and  political  ideas;  comparison  with  Martin  Luther;  his  orig- 
inality'- and  lucidity;  his  sermon  for  Nicholas  Cop,  1533;  publication  of 
the  first  edition  of  the  Christian  Institution  at  Basle,  1535. 

Calvin  at  Geneva,  1536-1538;   the  situation  of  Geneva;   organization 


37  History  1b 

of  Calvin;  his  exile,  1538-1541;  his  recall  and  influence  at  Geneva,  1541- 
1564;  the  spread  of  Calvinism;  its  conflict  with  Lutheranism;  Calvin  at 
the  Diet  of  Eatisbon,  1541;  his  relations  with  Melancthon;  his  Appeal  to 
Charles  V,  1543,  and  presentation  of  his  views  to  the  Diet  of  Spires, 
1544;  the  influence  of  Calvin  on  the  Reformation  in  France  and  western 
Germany. 

The  intolerance  of  Calvin;  execution  of  Gruet,  1547;  burning  of 
Michael  Servetus,  1553. 

The  Eeformation  in  England  under  Edward  VI,  1547-1553;  influence 
of  the  German  and  Swiss  reformers;  Thomas  Cranmer;  the  Acts  of 
Uniformity,  1549,  1552;  the  English  Prayer-book;  the  Forty-two  Articles; 
the  reaction  under  Mary  Tudor,  1553-1558;  Cardinal  Pole;  the  reconcil- 
iation with  Rome;  the  Marian  persecution;  burning  of  Cranmer,  Latimer, 
Ridley,  Hooper,  and  others;  accession  of  Elizabeth,  1558. 

The  Reformation  in  Scotland;  a  popular  movement;  the  burning  of 
George  Wishart,  1545,  and  the  murder  of  Cardinal  Beaton;  the  life  and 
work  of  John  Knox,  1505-1572;  his  imprisonment;  his  residence  at 
Geneva,  1554-1555,  1556-1559;  the  Scottish  reformers  and  the  political 
situation  in  Scotland;  the  First  Covenant  and  the  Lords  of  the  Congre- 
gation; adoption  of  the  Geneva  Confession  of  Faith  by  the  Scottish 
Estates,  1560,  and  division  of  the  Church  lands. 

Development  of  anti-trinitarian  ideas;  Lelio  Sozzini,  called  Soeinius, 
1525-1562;  and  Fausto  Sozzini,  1539-1604;  their  theology;  the  persecution 
of  the  Socinians;  the  burning  of  Giordano  Bruno,  1600. 

The  political  effect  of  the  Reformation  was  the  establishment  of  the 
State  as  supreme  in  matters  of  faith  and  the  encouragement  of  the  inde- 
pendence of  the  State  in  Europe;  its  economic  effect  the  distribution  of 
the  lands  of  the  Church  among  the  laymen  in  Protestant  countries;  its 
social  effect  the  propagation  of  new  ideas  among  the  masses  of  the 
people;  its  intellectual  effect  the  encouragement  of  individual  freedom 
of  thought  as  against  authority;  and  its  religious  effect  the  breaking 
up  of  the  unity  of  Latin  Christendom  as  represented  in  the  Church, 
which  had  lasted  more  than  a  thousand  years  and  had  moulded  European 
civilization. 


LECTURE  15 

The  Wars  of  Religion  in  France  and  the  Revolt  of  the  Netherlands 

Bitterness  of  the  religious  struggle  during  the  second  half  of  the 
sixteenth  century;  absence  of  national  feeling,  where  religious  feeling 
existed,  shown  in  the  Schmalkaldic  War  in  Germany;  this  is  particularly 
shown  during  the  religious  wars  in  France,  in  spite  of  the  strength  of 


38  History  1b 

the  French  State,  where  the  opposing  parties  looked  for  help  to  the 
Spaniards  and  English  respectively. 

Organization  of  the  Calvinists  in  France  during  the  reign  of  Henry 
II,  1547-1559;  they  are  called  Huguenots  and  were  particularly  strong 
in  the  western  and  southern  provinces;  they  were  mainly  nobles  and 
bourgeois  or  middle  classes,  and  never  seem  to  have  been  more  than 
one-tenth  of  the  people,  but  presented  as  much  military  strength  as  the 
Catholics;   the  persistent  Catholicism  of  Paris. 

The  war  of  Henry  II  against  Philip  and  Mary  of  Spain  and  England; 
defeat  of  the  French  at  Saint-Quentin,  1557;  capture  of  Calais  by  the 
Duke  of  Guise,  1558;  treaty  of  Cateau-Cambresis,  1559;  death  of  Henry  II. 

The  chief  figure  in  French  politics  for  the  next  thirty  years  was 
Catherine  de 'Medici,  1519-1589,  widow  of  Henry  II  and  Queen-mother 
through  three  reigns;  her  history  and  character. 

The  reigns  of  the  last  Valois,  Francis  II,  husband  of  Mary  Stuart, 
1559-1560;  Charles  IX,  1560-1574;  Henry  III,  1574-1589. 

Difficulty  of  the  position  of  Catherine  de  'Medici  between  the  Catholics 
and  the  Huguenots;  the  families  of  Guise  and  Bourbon, 

Eight  civil  and  religious  wars  in  France  between  1562  and  1589. 

Condition  of  France  during  these  wars;  destruction  of  industry  and 
commerce;  lack  of  any  central  power  to  stop  them;  failure  of  the  States- 
General;  all  compromise  refused;  the  Huguenots  and  Queen  Elizabeth  of 
England;  the  Catholics  and  Philip  II  of  Spain;  effect  on  the  situation  of 
the  revolt  of  the  Netherlands  from  Spain. 

Gradual  growth  of  the  idea  of  religious  toleration;  the  Chancellor  de 
PHopital,  1504-1573. 

The  massacre  of  St.  Bartholomew,  August  24,  1572;  about  2000  Hugue- 
nots killed  in  Paris  and  about  10,000  in  the  rest  of  France. 

Henry  of  Bourbon,  King  of  Navarre,  a  Huguenot,  becomes  heir  to 
the  throne  of  France,  1584;  formation  of  the  Catholic  League;  insur- 
rection in  Paris;  the  States-General  of  Blois;  murder  of  the  Duke  of 
Guise,  1588,  and  of  Henry  III,  1589. 

War  between  Henry  IV  and  the  League;  the  battle  of  Ivry,  1590; 
dissensions  among  the  Leaguers;  the  demand  for  peace;  the  Satyr e 
Menippee,  1593;  conversion  of  Henry  IV  to  Catholicism,  1593;  surrender 
of  Paris,  1594. 

The  triumph  of  toleration,  even  at  the  expense  of  the  State;  the 
Edict  of  Nantes,  1598,  giving  the  Huguenots  liberty  of  conscience,  right 
of  worship  in  certain  places  and  garrisons  in  certain  cities. 

The  Peace  of  Vervins  between  Henry  IV  and  Philip  II,  1598. 

The  revolt  of  the  Netherlands  and  its  importance  in  the  relations  of 
France,  Spain,  and  England  in  the  latter  half  of  the  sixteenth  century. 

The  revolt  was  in  part  political  and  in  part  religious,  but  in  no  way 
national. 


39  History  1b 

The  seventeen  states  of  the  Netherlands  formed  part  of  the  Bur- 
gundian  inheritance  and  each  was  independent  of  the  others;  their  wealth 
and  prosperity  under  Charles  V;  different  races  and  languages;  Frisians. 
Dutch,  Flemings,  Walloons;  French,  Flemish,  and  German. 

Efforts  of  Charles  V  and  Philip  II  to  make  a  centralized  state  of  the 
Netherlands. 

Spread  of  Protestantism,  and  especially  of  Calvinism,  in  the  Nether- 
lands, but  the  majority,  especially  in  the  south  and  west,  which  is  now 
Belgium,  remained  Catholic. 

Objection  of  the  Netherlanders  to  being  governed  by  Spaniards  for 
the  interest  of  Spain;  weakness  of  dynasticism;  attachment  to  local 
institutions;  personal  popularity  of  Charles  V  in  the  Netherlands. 

The  Eegency  of  Margaret  of  Parma,  half-sister  of  Philip  II,  1559- 
1567;  the  government  of  Granvelle,  1559-1564;  withdrawal  of  Spanish 
troops,  1560;  the  religious  riots  of  1566. 

The  personalities  of  the  Netherlands  leaders;  Egmont;  Brederodc; 
Sainte-Aldegonde;  Horn;  William  of  Orange;  his  brother,  Louis,  of  Nas- 
sau; Motley's  Bise  of  the  Dutch  Eepuhlic. 

William  the  Silent,  Prince  of  Orange,  1533-1584;  his  education;  his 
personality;  the  hero  of  the  Dutch  revolt. 

The  attitude  of  Philip  II,  as  administrator,  as  King  of  Spain,  and  as 
champion  of  the  Catholic  Church. 

The  government  of  the  Duke  of  Alva,  1567-1573;  his  Spanish  army; 
execution  of  Egmont  and  Horn,  1568;  severity  of  his  government;  Brill 
seized  by  the  ''Beggars  of  the  Sea,"  1572;  the  siege  of  Haarlem,  1572- 
1573;  recall  of  Alva. 

Interest  taken  by  Catherine  de 'Medici  and  Elizabeth  of  England  in 
the  revolt  of  the  Netherlands. 

The  government  of  Eequesens,  1573-1576;  the  siege  of  Leyden,  1573- 
1574;  foundation  of  the  University;  the  ''Spanish  Fury"  at  Antwerp, 
1576;  the  Pacification  of  Ghent,  1576. 

The  government  of  Don  John  of  Austria,  1576-1578;  his  personality, 
reputation,  and  ambitions;  concessions  to  the  Belgian  Catholics;  tem- 
porary withdrawal  of  the  Spanish  troops;  Archduke  Mathias  elected 
Governor-General  and  Francis  of  Anjou  "Defender  of  the  Liberties"  of 
the  Netherlands. 

The  government  of  Alexander  Farnese,  Duke  of  Parma,  1578-1592; 
organization  of  the  Union  of  Arras  and  of  the  Union  of  Utrecht,  1579; 
importance  of  the  latter,  which  had  in  it  federal  provisions;  election  of 
Anjou  as  sovereign,  1580,  and  renunciation  of  Philip,  1581;  departure 
of  Mathias;  death  of  Anjou  and  assassination  of  William  the  Silent, 
1584. 

Evident  separation  of  interests  as  well  as  religion  between  the  seven 


40  History  1b 

Protestant  States,  which  had  accepted  the  Union  of  Utrecht — namely, 
Holland,  Zealand,  Gelderland,  Priesland,  Utrecht,  Groningen,  and  Overyssel — 
and  the  ten  Catholic  States. 

Alexander  of  Parma  recovers  the  Catholic  Netherlands;  capture  of 
Antwerp,  1585;  Henry  III  of  France  and  Elizabeth  of  England  refuse 
the  crown  of  the  Netherlands;  the  Earl  of  Leicester,  Governor-General, 
1585-1587. 

The  defeat  of  the  Spanish  Armada,  1588,  and  its  effect  on  the  situ- 
ation in  the  Netherlands. 

Maurice  of  Nassau,  son  of  William  the  Silent,  stadtholder  of  five 
of  the  Protestant  States  of  the  Netherlands,  1587;  his  military  skill; 
the  attitude  of  Elizabeth. 

Death  of  Alexander  of  Parma,  1592;  the  Cardinal-Archduke  Albert 
appointed  Governor  of  the  Catholic  Netherlands;  his  marriage  to  Isabella, 
daughter  of  Philip  II,  1598. 

End  of  the  revolt  of  the  Netherlands;  separation  into  Protestant 
and  Catholic  Netherlands;  the  independence  of  the  Protestant  Nether- 
lands not  recognized  by  Spain  till  1648. 

The  greatness  of  the  Protestant  Netherlands  in  trade,  sea  power, 
and  art. 


LECTURE  16 

Philip  II  of  Spain:  the  Counter-Eeformation 

During  the  second  half  of  the  sixteenth  century,  while  France  was 
torn  by  religious  wars,  which  developed  new  political  ideas  but  ended 
in  the  restoration  of  the  State,  and  while  the  revolt  of  the  Netherlands 
brought  into  being  the  new  federal  state  of  the  Protestant  Netherlands, 
Spain  supported  Philip  II  as  the  champion  of  the  Catholic  Church  and 
the  chief  of  a  centralized  administration. 

The  personality  of  Philip  II,  1527-1598;  his  education;  trained  by 
Charles  V;  a  man  of  peace  and  not  a  general;  an  administrator  and  not 
a  statesman;  a  sincere  Catholic  and  not  inclined  to  toleration;  a  believer 
in  his  divine  mission;  his  immense  popularity  in  Spain;  views  of  Pro- 
testant historians. 

Contrast  between  the  position  of  Charles  V  and  Philip  II;  the  center 
of  Philip's  life  and  interest  was  Spain;  his  detachment  from  German 
affairs;  his  adherence  to  the  ambilious  designs  of  Charles  V,  but  from 
a  different  standpoint. 

Political  significance  of  the  marriages  of  Philip  II;  his  four  wives: 
Maria  of  Portugal,  mother  of  Don  Carlos,  1543-1545;  Mary  Tudor,  1554- 
1558;    Elizabeth,    daughter    of    Catherine    de 'Medici,    1560-1568;    Anna, 


41  History  1b 

daughter  of  the  Emperor  Maximilian  II,  1570-1580,  mother  of  Philip  III; 
his  court  and  domestic  life;  the  tragedy  of  Don  Carlos, 

The  administrative  centralization  of  Spanish  government;  the  capital 
fixed  at  Madrid;  building  of  the  Escorial;  Philip  II  and  his  secretaries. 
Buy  Gomez  and  Antonio  Perez;  further  development  of  the  Inquisition; 
the  war  with  the  Moriscoes,  1568-1570. 

The  drain  on  Spain  both  in  men  and  money  caused  by  the  revolt  of 
the  Netherlands. 

The  Spanish  settlements  in  America;  the  problem  of  government; 
the  Kingdom  of  the  Indies;  the  Council  of  the  Indies  and  the  Board  of 
Trade  of  Seville;  confusion  of  administration  with  commerce;  the  monop- 
oly of  Castille;  the  mines;  the  treasure  fleets;  efforts  at  systematic  colo- 
nization; extermination  of  the  natives;  Las  Casas,  the  Apostle  to  the 
Indies,  1474-1566;  introduction  of  negro  slaves;  the  slave  trade;  the 
Christian  missions  to  Spanish  America. 

The  Spanish  claim  to  the  monopoly  of  the  New  World;  the  attacks  of 
the  English  and  the  Dutch;  Drake;  effect  of  the  Spanish  power  in 
America  on  the  Spanish  struggle  for  leadership  in  Europe  and  upon  the 
economic  and  political  situation  in  Spain;  the  sea  power  and  the  fleets 
of  Spain;  Alvaro  de  Bazan,  Marquis  of  Santa  Cruz,  1526-1588. 

Philip  II  as  the  champion  of  Christendom  against  Islam;  the  relief 
of  Malta,  1565;  Cyprus  taken  by  the  Turks;  the  Turkish  fleet  destroyed 
by  the  Spaniards  and  Venetians  at  Lepanto,  1571;  enthusiasm  caused  by 
this  victory. 

Philip  II  as  the  champion  of  the  Catholic  Church;  the  religious 
element  in  his  wars  with  the  Netherlands,  France,  and  England. 

Philip  II  and  France;  the  diplomacy  of  Catherine  de 'Medici;  his  part 
in  the  religious  wars;  his  support  of  the  Guises  and  the  League;  the 
effect  of  the  accession  of  Henry  IV  of  France;  the  Treaty  of  Vervins, 
1598. 

Philip  II  and  England;  the  diplomacy  of  Elizabeth  Tudor;  the  thirty 
years  of  the  Peace  of  Elizabeth;  aid  given  by  her  to  the  French  Hugue- 
nots and  the  revolted  Netherlanders;  the  English  seamen  in  American 
seas;  growth  of  English  sea-power;  concentration  of  Spanish  force  against 
England;  defeat  of  the  Spanish  Armada,  1588;  the  sack  of  Cadiz  by 
Essex  and  Ealegh,  1596. 

Philip  II  and  Italy;  his  attitude  towards  the  Papacy;  his  domination 
of  Italy  through  his  possession  of  Sicily,  Naples,  and  Milan;  Cosimo 
de 'Medici,  Grand  Duke  of  Tuscany,  1569;  the  decline  of  the  republics 
of  Venice  and  Genoa;  gradual  rise  to  importance  in  Italy  of  the  Dukes 
of  Savoy  as  lords  of  Piedmont. 

Philip  II  and  Portugal;  the  death  of  Dom  Sebastian,  1578;  conquest 
of  Portugal  by  the  Duke  of  Alva,   1580;   immense  accession   of  wealth 


42  History  1b 

and  power  through  the  control  of  Portuguese  Asia,  Africa,  and  America. 

Philip  II  the  champion  of  a  view  of  religion  which  rapidly  gained 
ground  during  his  reign;  the  first  half  of  the  sixteenth  century  was  the 
age  of  the  Protestant  Eeformation;  the  second  half  was  the  age  of  the 
Catholic  Counter-Eeformation. 

The  Catholic  Church  felt  the  need  of  internal  reform,  definite  state- 
ment of  dogma  and  new  enthusiasm,  which  was  supplied  by  the  Counter- 
Eeformation;  the  Papacy,  even  if  some  of  the  Popes  were  opposed  to 
Spain  and  to  Philip  II,  was  protected  as  an  Italian  State  by  the  Spanish 
domination  in  Italy  and  had  no  longer  to  fight  and  scheme  for  its 
independence. 

The  first  steps  towards  reform  in  the  Church;  the  improvement  in 
the  clergy;  foundation  of  the  Theatines,  1524,  an  order  of  secular  clergy; 
the  saintly  life  of  St.  Charles  Borromeo,  Archbishop  of  Milan,  1538-1584. 

The  life  and  work  of  St.  Ignatius  Loyola,  1491-1556;  his  character 
and  education;  foundation  of  the  Company  or  Society  of  Jesus  by  Loyola, 
Francis  Xavier,  Lainez,  and  Faber,  1534;  its  confirmation  by  Pope  Paul 
III,  1540. 

The  rapid  extension  and  work  of  the  Jesuits;  their  organization  and 
military  obedience;  their  high  intellectual  acquirements  and  enthusiasm; 
their  zeal  for  education,  the  confessional  and  missions;  their  work  in 
winning  back  Bavaria,  Hungary,  and  Poland  to  Catholicism;  their  mis- 
sions in  Protestant  countries;  their  missions  to  the  heathen,  in  Asia 
and  America;  the  life  and  work  of  St.  Francis  Xavier,  1506-1552. 

The  Council  of  Trent;  its  first  sessions  called  at  the  wish  of  the 
Emperor  Charles  V  to  reform  the  Church,  to  restore  its  unity,  and  to 
fix  its  dogma,  1545-1547,  1551-1552;  their  failure;  the  third  session, 
1562-1563;  fixed  the  dogma  of  the  Catholic  Church  on  disputed  points 
and  reaffirmed  the  power  of  the  Papacy. 

The  establishment  of  the  Supreme  Tribunal  of  the  Inquisition  or 
Papal  Inquisition,  on  the  lines  of  the  Spanish  Inquisition,  1542;  its 
effectiveness  in  Italy. 

The  Popes  of  the  latter  half  of  the  sixteenth  century;  Eanke  's  History 
of  the  Popes. 

The  austerity  and  reforming  zeal  of  Popes  Paul  IV,  Caraffa,  1555- 
1559;  Pius  IV,  Medici,  1559-1565;  Pius  V,  Ghislieri,  1566-1572. 

The  salvation  of  church  music  by  Palestrina,  1524-1594;  the  Mass  of 
Pope  Marcellus. 

The  fixing  of  the  Gregorian  Calendar  by  Pope  Gregory  XIII,  Buon- 
campagni,  1572-1585,  by  taking  out  ten  days  in  1582. 

The  administrative  ability  of  Pope  Sixtus  V,  Perretti,  1585-1590. 

Attitude  of  these  Popes  to  Philip  II  and  of  Philip  11  to  these  Popes. 

Philip  II  representative  of  the  Spanish  character  in  the  sixteenth 
century;  his  dignity;  his  love  of  art. 


43  History  1b 

Equally  representative  was  Santa  Teresa,  1515-1582,  the  reformer  of 
the  Carmelites;  her  mysticism;  her  common  sense. 

Spain  also  produced  at  this  time  Miguel  de  Cervantes,  1547-1616; 
the  characteristics  of  Don  Quixote. 


LECTUEE  17 
Elizabeth  of  England 

The  emergence  of  England  as  an  important  European  state  in  the 
sixteenth  century;  the  English  State  under  the  first  Tudors  and  the  ideas 
of  the  New  Monarchy;  growth  of  the  power  of  the  Crown  in  England 
with  the  extinction  of  the  old  nobility  and  the  transformation  of  the 
Church. 

The  position  of  Queen  Elizabeth  at  the  time  of  her  accession,  1558; 
the  rivalry  with  Mary  Stuart,  1558-1568;  the  need  for  diplomacy;  Eliza- 
beth's policy  with  regard  to  Scotland,  France,  and  Spain;  the  personality 
of  Elizabeth;  marriage  projects. 

Change  brought  about  by  the  surrender  of  Mary  Stuart,  1568,  ^  and 
the  deposition  of  Elizabeth  by  Pope  Pius  V,  1570. 

The  Peace  of  Elizabeth,  1558-1587;  its  importance;  while  the  rest 
of  western  Europe  was  torn  by  civil  and  religious  war,  England  profited 
by  peace;  the  French  and  Flemish  exiles. 

The  government  of  Elizabeth;  the  administrative  system;  the  Privy 
Council;  the  Justices  of  the  Peace;  the  statesmen  of  Elizabeth;  William 
Paulet,  Marquis  of  Winchester;  William  Cecil,  Lord  Burghley;  Sir  Francis 
Walsingham;  Sir  Nicholas  Bacon;  Sir  Walter  Mildmay;  Sir  Thomas 
Smith. 

The  suitors  of  Elizabeth;  Philip  II  of  Spain;  Erie  XIV  of  Sweden; 
Adolf  of  Denmark;  Hans  Casimir  of  Saxony;  Hans  Frederick  of  the 
Palatinate;  the  Earl  of  Arran;  the  Archduke  Ferdinand;  the  Archduke 
Charles;  Emmanuel  Philibert  of  Savoy;  Henry,  Duke  of  Anjou;  Francis, 
Duke  of  Alengon,  afterwards  of  Anjou. 

The  court  of  Elizabeth;  Eobert  Dudley,  Earl  of  Leicester;  Sir  Chris- 
topher Hatton;  Sir  Philip  Sidney;  Sir  Walter  Kalegh. 

The  Church  under  Elizabeth;  the  idea  of  a  State  church;  Matthew 
Parker,  Archbishop  of  Canterbury;  Catholic  and  Puritan  ideas  of  church 
government;  Eome  and  Geneva;  persecution  of  Catholics  and  Puritans; 
the  ideal  of  the  Church  of  England;  Eichard  Hooker,  1558-1583. 

Elizabeth  and  Ireland;  Ireland  under  the  Tudors;  the  danger  to 
England;  Ireland  and  the  Eeformation;  the  Plantation  Policy;  the  Span- 
iards in  Ireland;  the  massacre  at  Smerwick,  1580. 

Elizabeth    and    Scotland    after    the    surrender    of    Mary    Stuart;    the 


44  History  1b 

Presbyterians  in  Scotland;  John  Knox;  the  Eegents  during  the  minority 
of  James  VI. 

Elizabeth  and  France;  her  support  of  the  Huguenots;  the  effect  of 
the  Massacre  of  St.  Bartholomew,  1572. 

Elizabeth  and  the  revolt  of  the  Netherlands. 

Elizabeth  and  Spain;  the  inevitable  conflict  due  to  the  expansion  of 
England;  seizure  of  the  Spanish  treasure,  1568;  show  of  peace,  while 
English  seamen  plundered  the  Spanish  Main;  policy  of  Elizabeth. 

The  expansion  of  England  by  discovery,  by  trade  and  by  colonization; 
growth  of  the  sea-power  of  England;  changes  in  ship  building  and  sea 
fighting;  the  English  navy;  the  sea  captains  of  Elizabeth;  Frobisher; 
Davis;  Willoughby;  Hawkins;  Eichard  Grenville;  Sir  Francis  Drake  and 
the  reorganization  of  the  English  navy;  his  naval  ideas;  his  circum- 
navigation of  the  globe,  1577-1580;  the  first  Englishman  in  the  Pacific 
and  in  California. 

English  colonization  in  America;  Sir  Humphrey  Gilbert  and  New- 
foundland, 1583;   Sir  Walter  Ealegh  and  Virginia,  1585. 

The  approach  of  war;  Spain  and  England;  the  execution  of  Mary 
Stuart,  1587;  the  defeat  of  the  Spanish  Armada,  1588. 

The  war  of  Elizabeth,  1587-1603;  the  new  statesmen  and  courtiers; 
Eobert  Cecil;  Francis  Bacon;  Walter  Ealegh;  the  Earl  of  Essex;  the 
expedition  to  Cadiz,  1596. 

The  revolution  in  agriculture  in  England  during  the  reign  of  Eliza- 
beth; from  open  field  village  to  convertible  husbandry;  disappearance  of 
serfdom;  first  exportation  of  grain  from  England,  1592. 

The  development  of  industry  in  England  during  the  reign  of  Eliza- 
beth; the  cloth  manufacture;  influence  of  immigrants;  the  guild  system 
gives  way  to  the  domestic  system  and  the  beginnings  of  the  factory 
system;  other  manufactures;   England  becomes  an  exporting  country. 

The  development  of  commerce  in  England  during  the  reign  of  Eliza- 
beth; the  opening  of  the  Eoyal  Exchange,  1568;  London  becomes  a  trade 
center,  after  the  destruction  of  Antwerp;  the  great  commercial  com- 
panies founded;  the  Muscovy  Company,  1566;  the  Levant  or  Turkey 
Company,  1581;  the  London  East  India  Company,  1600. 

London  as  a  financial  center  during  the  reign  of  Elizabeth;  Sir 
Thomas  Gresham,  1520-1572;  the  accumulation  of  capital  in  England;  the 
rise  in  prices;  the  new  coinage,  1561;  end  of  the  financial  control  of 
England  by  foreigners;  loans  raised  in  England. 

The  inevitable  result  of  the  growth  of  wealth  an  increase  of  comfort; 
Elizabethan  country  houses;  the  development  of  country  sports;  hawking; 
horse  racing;  coursing;  the  breeding  of  horses  and  dogs;  city  life  and 
its  splendor. 

The  character  of  the  English  in  the  reign  of  Elizabeth;  their  versa- 
tility; their  independence;  their  delight  in  life;  ''Merry  England";  the 


45  History  1b 

universities  of  Oxford  and  Cambridge;  foundation  of  new  colleges;  the 
Edward  VI  and  Elizabethan  grammar  schools. 

The  literature  of  the  reign  of  Elizabeth;  Spenser;  the  English  drama; 
Marlowe;  Shakspere;  Ben  Jonson;  the  Essays  of  Francis  Bacon;  the 
Ecclesiastical  Polity  of  Eichard  Hooker. 

The  national  spirit,  which  grew  up  in  England  in  the  reign  of  Eliza- 
beth, illustrated  in  Shakspere. 

The  personality  of  Elizabeth  Tudor;  her  influence  on  England;  her 
courage;  her  representation  of  England;  sadness  of  her  later  years;  the 
rebellion  of  Essex,  1601;  her  death,  1603. 

Union  of  England  and  Scotland  under  James  VI  of  Scotland;  Great 
Britain  as  a  European  power. 


LECTURE  18 
Henry  IV  of  France;  Cardinal  Eichelieu 

The  leading  figure  in  Europe  after  the  death  of  Philip  II  was  Henry 
IV  of  France;  the  sense  of  national  unity,  which  had  been  slowly  devel- 
oping since  the  fifteenth  century,  had  first  shown  itself  in  Spain,  in 
spite  of  provincial  rivalry,  from  the  necessity  of  maintaining  an  empire, 
in  the  unity  and  identity  of  Church  and  State,  and  in  England  from  the 
sudden  outburst  of  prosperity,  despite  political  and  religious  differences, 
which  were  to  lead  to  civil  war. 

The  meaning  of  nationality. 

The  bond  of  nationality  in  France  was  the  State. 

Henry  IV  represented  the  idea  of  the  French  State;  his  popularity 
in  France;  his  absolutism  in  France  justified  by  the  lack  of  patriotism 
of  the  League  and  of  the  Huguenots,  and  by  the  turbulence  of  the 
nobles;  his  administrative,  judicial,  and  financial  reforms;  the  work  of 
Sully;  the  endeavor  to  promote  the  material  prosperity  of  the  French 
people,  as  Elizabeth  had  promoted  the  material  prosperity  of  the  English 
people. 

The  effect  of  the  Edict  of  Nantes,  1598. 

The  foreign  policy  of  Henry  IV;  his  understanding  of  the  new  situ- 
ation in  Europe,  produced  by  the  break-up  of  the  unity  of  Latin  Chris- 
tendom through  the  Eeformation  and  the  failure  of  Charles  V  and 
Philip  II  to  restore  it;  his  solution  a  Europe  of  sovereign  independent 
states,  irrespective  of  religion. 

The  ' '  Grand  Design ' '  of  Henry  IV. 

Assassination  of  Henry  IV,  1610,  and  accession  of  Louis  XIII  under 
the  Eegency  of  Marie  de 'Medici. 

The  troubles  of  the  minority  of  Louis  XIII;   the   States-General   of 


46  History  1b 

1614;  the  government  of  the  Due  de  Luynes,  1617-1621,  and  liis  war  with 
the  Huguenots. 

The  work  of  Henry  IV  of  building  up  the  power  of  the  State  in 
France  taken  up  by  Cardinal  EichelieUj  1623. 

The  personality  of  Eichelieu,  born  1-585,  Bishop  of  Lueon,  1607,  Car- 
dinal, 1622. 

The  internal  policy  of  Eichelieu  to  make  the  royal  power  in  France 
supreme  in  the  State;  his  struggle  with  the  nobles;  the  edict  against 
duelling;  attitude  of  Eichelieu  with  regard  to  the  Queen-Mother,  Marie 
de 'Medici,  to  the  King's  brother,  Gaston  of  Orleans,  and  to  the  Queen, 
Anne  of  Austria. 

The  conflict  of  Eichelieu  with  the  Huguenots;  their  appeal  to  Charles 
I  of  England;  the  siege  of  La  Eochelle,  1628-1629;  the  Peace  of  Alais, 
granting  the  Huguenots  religious  liberty,  but  depriving  them  of  their 
military  guarantees. 

The  foreign  policy  of  Eichelieu;  his  desire  to  overthrow  the  power 
of  the  House  of  Hapsburg  as  being  dangerous  to  France  and  to  Europe; 
his  two  Italian  wars,  1624-1626,  1628-1630,  to  cut  off  the  direct  con- 
nection between  the  Spanish  and  Austrian  Hapsburg  dominions. 

Eichelieu  and  Germany;  his  support  of  the  Protestant  princes;  his 
direct  intervention  on  their  behalf  in  the  Thirty  Years'  War,  1635. 

Eichelieu  and  Sweden;  his  relations  with  Gustavus  Adolphus,  the 
Protestant  King  of  Sweden,  before  and  during  the  Thirty  Years'  War. 

Eichelieu  and  the  Protestant  Netherlands;  renewal  of  the  war  be- 
tween Spain  and  the  Dutch  after  the  Twelve  Years'  Truce,  1612-1621. 

Eichelieu  and  England;  the  marriage  of  Henrietta  Maria  to  Charles  I 
of  England,  1625;  the  weakness  of  England  in  Europe  under  the  first 
two  Stuarts,  James  I,  1603-1625,  and  Charles  I,  1625-1649;  the  personal 
government  of  Charles  I,  1629-1640,  and  the  outbreak  of  civil  war,  1640. 

The  Spanish  marriages,  1612,  when  Louis  XIII  married  Anne  of 
Austria,  daughter  of  Philip  III,  and  Philip,  son  of  Philip  III,  married 
Elizabeth,  sister  of  Louis  XIII. 

Eichelieu  and  Spain;  he  encourages  the  insurrections  of  Catalonia  and 
Portugal,  1640. 

Spain  in  the  first  half  of  the  seventeenth  century;  the  reign  of  Philip 

III,  1598-1621;  the  expulsion  of  the  Moriscoes,  1609;  the  reign  of  Philip 

IV,  1621-1665;  the  administration  of  the  Count-Duke  Olivares,  1621- 
1643;  the  part  played  by  Spain  in  the  Thirty  Years'  War;  the  renewed 
war  with  the  Protestant  Netherlands. 

The  insurrection  in  Portugal,  1640;  declaration  of  the  Duke  of  Bra- 
ganza  as  John  IV;  revolt  of  the  Portuguese  possessions  in  Asia,  Africa, 
and  Brazil  against  the  Spaniards;  aid  given  by  Eichelieu  and  the  Dutch 
to  the  Portuguese. 


47  History  1b 

Spanish  literature  and  art  under  Philip  III  and  Philip  IV;  Lope  de 
Vega,  1562-1635;  Calderon,  1600-1687;  Velasquez,  1599-1660;  Murillo, 
1617-1682. 

Italy  in  the  first  half  of  the  seventeenth  century;  the  continued 
domination  of  Spain  in  Italy;  the  States  of  the  Church;  the  most  notable 
popes;  Paul  V.  Borghese,  1605-1621;  his  quarrel  with  Venice;  Urban 
VIII,  Barberini,  1623-1644;  his  anti-Spanish  policy  and  friendship  for 
Eichelieu. 

Fra  Paolo  Sarpi,  1552-1623;  his  championship  of  Venice;  his  intel- 
lectual leadership;  the  Italian  movement  in  science;  Vesalius,  1514-1564; 
Galileo,  1564-1642. 

Eichelieu  and  sea-power;  his  attempt  to  build  a  navy;  his  East  India 
Company  and  its  settlements  in  Madagascar;  the  French  in  Canada; 
foundation  of  Quebec,  1608. 

The  sea-power  of  the  Dutch;  the  Dutch  in  Asia;  the  voyage  of  Hout- 
man,  1596;  they  secure  the  pepper  and  spice  trade;  foundation  of  Batavia, 
1619;  rivalry  with  the  English;  massacre  of  Amboyna,  1623;  their  settle- 
ments at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  in  India,  Ceylon,  the  Spice  Islands, 
China,  and  Japan. 

The  Dutch  in  North  America;  foundation  of  New  Amsterdam;  the 
New  Netherlands. 

The  English  in  North  America;  the  settlement  in  Virginia;  foundation 
of  Jamestown,  1607;  the  first  settlement  in  New  England  ;the  Plymouth 
colony,  1620. 

Life  in  the  time  of  Eichelieu  as  depicted  in  the  novels  of  Alexander 
Dumas. 


LECTUEE  19 

The  Thirty  Years'  War 

Twenty  years  after  the  end  of  the  wars  of  religion  in  France  came 
the  Great  War  of  Eeligion  in  Germany;  contrast  between  the  results; 
France  came  out  with  a  highly  centralized  administration  under  an 
absolute  monarch,  Germany  with  about  360  sovereign  independent  states, 
loosely  combined  in  the  Empire;  France  came  out  with  a  state  religion, 
Germany  with  the  principle  of  state  religions  in  its  different  states. 

The  political  situation  in  Germany;  the  Emperors  of  the  House  of 
Hapsburg;  Ferdinand  I,  1556-1564;  Maximilian  II,  1564-1576;  Eudolph 
II,  1576-1612;  Matthias,  1612-1619;  their  power  in  Austria,  Bohemia, 
and  Hapsburg-Hungary;  their  weakness  in  Germany;  their  alliance  with 
Spain. 

The  religious  situation  in  Germany;  nine-tenths  of  the  Germans 
Protestant  in  1555;  the  work  of  the  Counter-Eeformation;  the  spread  of 


48  History  1b 

Calvinism,  especially  in  the  Palatinate  and  Brandenburg;  the  Lutheran- 
isra  of  Saxony;  execution  of  Krell,  1591;  the  recovery  of  Bavaria  to 
Catholicism. 

The  points  left  at  issue  by  the  Keligious  Peace  of  Augsburg,  1555; 
the  non-recognition  of  Calvinism;  the  Ecclesiastical  Eeservation;  the 
case  of  Gebhard  von  Waldburg-Truchsess,  Archbishop  of  Cologne,  1583- 
1589. 

Approach  of  religious  war  in  Germany;  formation  of  the  Protestant 
Union  under  Christian  of  Anhalt,  1609,  and  of  the  Catholic  League  under 
Maximilian  of  Bavaria,  1610. 

The  outbreak  of  the  Thirty  Years'  War;  the  situation  in  Bohemia; 
the  '' defenestration "  at  Prague,  1618;  accession  of  the  Emperor  Ferdi- 
nand II  and  election  of  the  Elector  Palatine  Frederick  to  the  throne  of 
Bohemia. 

The  Bohemian-Palatinate  period  of  the  Thirty  Years'  "War,  1619- 
1623;  battle  of  the  White  Mountain,  1620;  Tilly;  occupation  of  Bohemia 
by  Tilly  and  of  the  Rhenish  Palatinate  by  the  Spaniards  under  Spinola; 
triumph  of  the  Catholic  League;  renewal  of  war  between  Spain  and  the 
Dutch,  1621;  the  attitude  of  James  I  of  Great  Britain. 

The  Danish  period  of  the  Thirty  Years'  War,  1625-1629;  Christian 
IV  of  Denmark;  Wallenstein,  1583-1634;  his  personality;  question  of  his 
German  patriotism. 

Height  of  Catholic  success;  the  Edict  of  Restitution,  1629;  the  Diet 
of  Ratisbon,  1630;  dismissal  of  Wallenstein;  the  diplomacy  of  Richelieu. 

The  Swedish  period  of  the  Thirty  Years'  War;  the  personality  of 
Gustavus  Adolphus,  born  1594;  King  of  Sweden,  1611;  his  campaigns 
against  the  Danes,  the  Russians,  and  the  Poles;  formation  of  the  Swedish 
army;  his  resolution  to  interfere  in  Germany,  1630;  the  sack  of  Magde- 
burg, 1631;  the  triumphant  march  of  Gustavus  Adolphus;  killed  at  the 
battle  of  Liitzen,  1632. 

The  policy  of  Wallenstein;  assassination  of  Wallenstein,  1634. 

The  French  period  of  the  Thirty  Years'  War,  1634-1648;  the  inter- 
vention of  Richelieu;  his  relations  with  the  Swedes  under  the  Chancellor 
Oxenstiern;  occupation  of  Lorraine;  grant  of  Alsace  by  the  German 
Protestant  princes;  Bernhard  of  Saxe  Weimar,  1604-1639. 

Political  character  of  the  latter  years  of  the  Thirty  Years'  War; 
demands  of  the  French  and  Swedes. 

First  negotiations  for  a  general  peace,  1640;  accession  of  Frederick 
William  of  Brandenburg,  the  Great  Elector,  1640;  his  declaration  of 
neutrality. 

Continuation  of  the  French  participation  in  the  Thirty  Years'  War 
after  the  death  of  Richelieu,  1642;  the  policy  of  Mazarin;  development 
of  the  French  army;  Turenne,  1611-1675;  Conde,  1621-1686;  the  victories 


49  History  1b 

of  Conde  over  the  Spaniards  at  Eocroi,  1643,  and  Lens,  1648;  the  Swedish 
army. 

The  negotiations  at  Osnabruck  and  Miinster,  1644-1648;  the  signature 
of  the  Treaties  of  Westphalia,  1648. 

Effect  on  Germany  of  the  Thirty  Years'  War;  depopulation  and 
misery;  throwing  back  of  German  civilization  for  a  century. 

Political  effect  of  the  Thirty  Years'  War  on  Germany;  the  recognition 
by  the  Treaties  of  Westphalia  of  the  practical  sovereign  independence 
of  the  German  states;  the  shadowy  power  left  to  the  Holy  Eoman  Em- 
peror; the  Eeichstag  or  Diet  of  the  Empire  becomes  perpetual,  1667;  the 
importance  of  the  Eeichskammergericht  or  Imperial  Court;  the  Eeichs- 
hofrath  or  Aulic  Council. 

Eeligious  settlement  on  the  basis  of  "cujus  regio,  ejus  religio. " 

Euin  of  trade  and  commerce;  decline  of  the  German  cities;  only 
Hamburg,  Bremen,  and  Liibeck  renew  the  Hanseatic  League,  1630. 

Territorial  increase  of  certain  German  states  by  the  Treaties  of  West- 
phalia, notably  of  Bavaria,  which  became  an  electorate,  and  Brandenburg, 
whose  elector  had  become  Duke  of  Prussia,  under  the  kings  of  Poland, 
since  1563. 

Eussia  and  Poland  in  the  seventeenth  century;  the  traditions  of  the 
reign  of  Ivan  the  Terrible,  1533-1584;  his  title  of  Tsar,  1547;  the  expan- 
sion of  Muscovy ;  the  ' '  troublous  times ' ' ;  the  reigns  of  Michael  Eomanov, 
1613-1645,  and  Alexis  Eomanov,  1645-1676;  Poland  under  the  Catholic 
branch  of  the  House  of  Vasa;  its  political  confusion  and  administrative 
medievalism;  the  Polish  nobility;  the  "liberum  veto,"  1652. 

Great  Britain  during  the  Thirty  Years'  War;  the  war  between  Charles 
I  and  the  Parliament,  1640-1645;  contrast  with  the  religious  wars  in 
France  and  the  Thirty  Years'  War  in  Germany;  non-interference  of 
foreign  states;  the  campaigns  in  Scotland  and  Ireland;  the  execution  of 
Charles  I,  1649. 

The  first  half  of  the  seventeenth  century  sees  the  end  of  the  religious 
wars  and  the  rise  of  the  Europe  of  the  States. 


LECTTJEE  20 
The  Treaties  of  Westphalia:  Cardinal  Mazarin 

The  importance  of  the  Treaties  of  Westphalia  in  the  history  of 
European  civilization;  definite  recognition  of  a  new  era  of  sovereign 
states,  bound  together  by  a  common  tradition  of  civilization,  communi- 
cating with  each  other  by  a  system  of  diplomacy,  and  recognizing  the 
somewhat  nebulous  authority  of  international  law. 

The  growth  and  basis  of  international  law;   Grotius,  1583-1646;   the 


50  History  1b 

De  jure  belli  ac  pads;  Puffendorf,  1632-1694;  the  sanction  of  international 
law  found  in  public  opinion. 

Persistent  unity  of  European  civilization;  danger  of  overlooking  this 
in  the  consideration  of  modern  European  history;  though  the  states  of 
Europe  were  politically  sovereign  and  independent,  they  were  yet  bound 
together  by  common  traditions,  common  interests,  and  a  common  history. 

The  representatives  of  the  Pope  and  the  Republic  of  Venice  acted  as 
mediators  at  the  Congress  of  Miinster,  but  the  refusal  of  the  Pope  to 
sanction  the  Treaties  of  Westphalia  was  disregarded  by  the  Catholic 
rulers,  who  signed  the  treaties. 

The  rise  of  diplomacy;  ambassadors,  envoys,  ministers  resident  and 
consuls;  the  procedure  of  diplomacy  settled  in  many  respects  by  the 
congresses  of  Osnabruck  and  Miinster;  their  importance  in  diplomatic 
history;  the  force  of  treaties. 

The  history  of  the  making  of  the  Treaties  of  Westphalia;  the  services 
of  trained  diplomatists. 

The  territorial  arrangements  of  the  Treaties  of  Westphalia;  France 
obtained  the  Three  Bishoprics, — Metz,  Toul,  and  Verdun — occupied  since 
1552,  Alsace,  except  Strasburg,  and  saving  the  rights  of  the  Empire, 
Breisach,  and  the  right  to  garrison  Philipsburg  and  Pinerolo;  Sweden 
obtained  Western  Pomerania,  with  the  island  of  Riigen,  Stettin,  Wismar, 
the  archbishopric  of  Bremen  and  the  bishopric  of  Verden. 

The  Swiss  Cantons  were  recognized  as  independent  of  the  Empire; 
the  Protestant  Netherlands,  which  had  been  already  recognized  as  inde- 
pendent of  Spain  by  Philip  IV  by  the  Treaty  of  Miinster  in  January, 
1648,  were  also  recognized  as  independent  of  the  Empire. 

Germany  became  a  group  of  independent  states  under  the  loose  bond 
of  the  Empire. 

At  the  end  of  the  Thirty  Years'  War,  Sweden  and  France  stood  out 
as  the  two  great  military  powers  of  Europe,  and  the  Protestant  Nether- 
lands as  the  great  sea  power;  after  1653,  England  under  the  Protectorate 
of  Oliver  Cromwell  took  a  commanding  part. 

The  reign  of  Queen  Christina  of  Sweden,  1626-1689,  only  child  of 
Gustavus  Adolphus;  her  abdication,  1654;  the  reign  of  Charles  X,  1654- 
1660;  his  wars  with  Denmark,  Russia,  and  Poland;  the  Great  Elector  of 
Brandenburg  becomes  Duke  of  Prussia,  free  from  Polish  sovereignty, 
1657,  and  Sweden  wins  Halland  and  Scania,  1658. 

Failure  of  William  II  to  become  hereditary  ruler  of  the  Protestant 
Netherlands,  1650;  the  development  of  the  burgher  republic;  John  de 
Witt  the  director  of  Dutch  policy,  1653;  the  naval  war  between  England 
and  the  Dutch,  1652-1654;  England  again  becomes  a  sea  power;  Admiral 
Blake  in  the  Mediterranean. 


51  History  1b 

Cardinal  Mazarin  director  of  the  policy  of  France,  1642-1661;  acces- 
sion of  Louis  XIV,  1643;  Mazarin  continues  the  policy  of  Kiehelieu  in 
Germany  and  in  Europe,  and  directs  the  negotiations  of  the  Treaty  of 
Westphalia. 

Spain  refuses  to  make  peace  with  France  in  1648  owing  to  the  out- 
break of  civil  war  in  France;  the  Fronde,  1648-1653;  "playing  at  civil 
war";  the  women  of  the  Fronde;  Conde;  Turenne;  the  Cardinal  de  Eetz. 

Continuance  of  the  war  between  France  and  Spain;  the  intervention 
of  Cromwell;  the  battle  of  the  Dunes,  1658;  Cromwell  adopts  the  policy 
of  expansion  by  conquest;  the  capture  of  Jamaica,  1655. 

The  religious  policy  of  Oliver  Cromwell;  his  demands  on  behalf  of 
the  Vaudois  or  Waldenses,  1656. 

The  Treaty  of  the  Pyrenees,  1659;  Spain  cedes  Eoussillon,  Artois, 
and  parts  of  Flanders,  Hainault,  and  Luxembourg  to  France. 

Marriage  of  Louis  XIV  to  Maria  Theresa,  elder  daughter  of  Philip  IV 
of  Spain,  1660. 

Triumph  of  France  in  European  politics;  the  effectiveness  for  the 
French  State  of  the  policy  of  Eichelieu  and  Mazarin;  the  way  prepared 
for  Louis  XIV,  and  his  attempt  to  control  Europe. 

The  life  and  work  of  Saint  Vincent  de  Paul,  1576-1660. 


52  History  1b 

LECTURE  21 
Louis  XIV  in  France 

The  idea  of  the  State  in  the  seventeenth  century;  its  highest  develop- 
ment in  France;  Louis  XIV;  "I  am  the  State. '^ 

The  personality  of  Louis  XIV,  1638-1715. 

The  monarchy  as  the  center  of  the  State;  everything  done  in  the 
King's  name;  ''de  par  le  Roi";  absolutism. 

The  institutions  of  the  State;  the  King's  Council;  the  Parlements 
and  especially  the  Parlement  of  Paris;  the  government  of  the  provinces; 
the  intendants;  growth  of  the  bureaucracy. 

The  financial  system;  the  farmers-general. 

The  court  of  Louis  XIV;  its  establishment  at  Versailles,  1682;  effect 
on  the  nobility  of  France. 

The  Galilean  church  under  Louis  XIV;  his  conflicts  with  Popes  Alex- 
ander VII,  1662-1664,  and  Innocent  XI,  1687-1689;  the  Assembly  of  1682; 
Jesuits  and  Jansenists;  the  great  bishops  and  preachers;  Bossuet;  the 
Quietists;  Fenelon;  Marie  Alacoque,  1647-1690,  and  the  worship  of  the 
Sacred  Heart;  the  Abbe  de  Ranc^,  1626-1700,  and  La  Trappe. 

Louis  XIV  and  the  Huguenots;  the  Revocation  of  the  Edict  of  Nantes, 
1685. 

The  government  of  Louis  XIV  to  1685;  the  administration  of  Colbert, 
1661-1683;  his  policy  of  protection;  growth  of  French  industries  and 
commerce;  the  rise  of  the  French  navy;  the  French  colonies;  wealth  and 
prosperity  of  France  under  Colbert;  the  cities  of  France;  the  bourgeoisie. 

Gaiety  and  splendor  of  the  French  court  during  the  first  years  of  the 
reign  of  Louis  XIV;  Mademoiselle  de  la  Valliere;  Madame  de  Montespan; 
death  of  the  Queen,  1683;  the  Letters  of  Madame  de  Sevigne. 

The  development  of  the  French  army  under  Louis  XIV;  the  adminis- 
tration of  Louvois,  1666-1691;  the  great  French  generals,  Turenne  and 
Conde,  Luxembourg  and  Vauban;  continuance  of  feudal  ideas  in  the  army; 
the  noblesse;  proprietary  regiments;  foreign  regiments;  the  ''Maison  du 
Roi";  the  Swiss  Guards. 

Effect  of  the  European  ambitions  of  Louis  XIV  on  France;  his  diplo- 
macy; his  wars;  his  concentration  on  the  Spanish  Succession. 

Impoverishment  of  France  during  the  latter  years  of  the  reign  of 
Louis  XIV;  effect  of  the  emigration  of  the  Huguenots;  maladministra- 
tion of  the  finances;  depression  of  agriculture;  Vauban 's  Dime  Eoyale. 

Gloom  and  depression  of  the  court  during  the  latter  years  of  the  reign 
of  Louis  XIV;  his  marriage  to  Madame  de  Maintenon,  1684;  the  Memoirs 
of  Saint-Simon. 

Effect  of  the  example  of  Louis  XIV  on  Europe;  the  principles  of 
centralization  and  bureaucratic  administration;  the  State  and  the  absolute 


53  History  1b 

ruler;  Frederick  William  of  Brandenburg,  the  Great  Elector,  1640-1688; 
the  Revolution  of  1660  in  Denmark  by  which  the  Danish  Monarchy  was 
made  hereditary  and  absolute;  the  ''Divine  Right  of  Kings"  doctrine 
propounded  in  England  under  Charles  II  and  James  II;  the  opposite  view 
upheld  by  John  Locke;  absolutism  overthrown  in  England  by  the  Revo- 
lution of  1688. 

The  constitution  of  society  during  the  latter  half  of  the  seventeenth 
century,  when  Louis  XIV  ruled  in  France  and  set  the  example  to  Europe; 
privilege;  classes;  the  old  nobility  or  noblesse  d'epee;  the  new  nobility; 
noble  land;  nobility  of  office;  the  growth  of  wealth;  the  great  commercial 
companies;  monopolies;  the  guild  system;  the  artisans;  the  peasants; 
disappearance  of  serfdom  in  France  and  the  Latin  countries. 

The  spread  of  education  in  the  seventeenth  century. 

The  supremacy  of  France  in  thought,  fashion,  literature  and  art  in 
the  seventeenth  century;  its  standards  and  tendencies  adopted  in  England 
Germany,  Spain  and  Italy;  the  seventeenth  the  French  century. 

Development  of  the  western  European  vernaculars  into  literary  Ian 
guages;  the  French  theatre;  tragedy;  Corneille,  1606-1684;  Racine,  1639 
1699;  Moliere,  1622-1673;  French  prose;  Pascal,  1625-1662;  La  Fontaine 
1621-1695;  Fenelon,  1651-1715;  the  foundation  of  the  French  Academy 
1635. 

French  art  and  architecture;  Versailles. 

Louis  XIV  and  Asia;  the  French  East  India  Company;  foundation  of 
Pondicherry,  1674;  embassy  to  Siam,  1685. 

Louis  XIV  and  America;  the  French  West  Indies;  Haiti,  Martinique 
and  Guadeloupe;  development  of  Canada;  the  work  of  the  Jesuits;  the 
government  of  Frontenac,  1672-1682,  and  1689-1698;  La  Salle's  voyage 
down  the  Mississippi,  1682;  first  French  settlement  in  Louisiana,  1699. 

Effect  on  European  civilization  of  the  Age  of  Louis  XIV. 


LECTURE  22 
Louis  XIV  and  Europe 

The  leadership  of  France  in  the  Europe  of  independent  and  sovereign 
States  after  the  Treaties  of  Westphalia  and  the  Pyrenees;  the  weakness 
of  Germany  divided  into  about  360  sovereign  states  of  the  Empire;  the 
weakness  of  Italy,  which  was  dominated  by  Spain;  the  weakness  of  the 
Spanish  empire  in  Europe;  the  situation  of  England  under  Charles  II 
and  James  II;  the  vigor  of  the  Protestant  Netherlands. 

Louis  XIV  dominated  the  latter  half  of  the  seventeenth  century  in 
Europe;  his  ambitions;  his  foreign  policy;  his  diplomacy;  his  standing 
army;  his  desire  to  absorb  directly  or  indirectly  the  Spanish  empire. 


54  History  1b 

Louis  XIV  and  Spain;  rivalry  for  diplomatic  precedence;  the  decline 
of  Spain  under  Charles  II,  the  last  of  the  Spanish  Hapsburgs,  1665-1700. 

Louis  XIV  and  England;  his  cousins,  Charles  II  and  James  II;  the 
Treaty  of  Dover,  1670. 

Louis  XIV  and  the  Empire;  the  Emperor  Leopold  I,  1658-1705;  the 
League  of  the  Rhine,  1658;  the  Great  Elector,  Frederick  William  of 
Brandenburg. 

Louis  XIV  and  the  Mediterranean;  his  desire  for  sea  power;  cam- 
paigns against  the  Barbary  Corsairs;  aid  sent  to  the  Venetians  in  defense 
of  Candia  in  Crete;  capture  of  Candia  by  the  Turks,  1669;  bombardment 
of  Tripoli,  1681,  Algiers,  1682-1683,  and  Genoa,  1684,  by  Du  Quesne. 

Louis  XIV  and  the  Turks;  revival  of  the  vigor  of  the  Ottoman  Turks 
under  the  Kiuprili  Grand  Viziers;  French  troops  at  the  battle  of  the 
Saint  Gothard,  1664;  establishment  of  French  influence  at  Constantinople. 

Rivalry  between  the  English  and  the  Dutch  as  naval  powers  and 
traders;  Asiatic  trade  and  colonization  in  America;  the  English  Navi- 
gation Acts;  the  naval  war  of  1664-1667;  by  the  Treaty  of  Breda,  1667, 
the  English  abandoned  the  trade  of  the  Spice  Islands,  but  obtained  the 
New  Netherlands  in  America,  now  New  York. 

The  War  of  Devolution,  1667-1668;  nature  of  the  claims  of  Louis  XIV 
on  the  Spanish  Netherlands;  Treaty  of  Aix-la-Chapelle. 

The  doctrine  of  the  Balance  of  Power  invoked  by  the  Triple  Alliance 
of  England,  Sweden  and  the  Dutch,  1668,  to  check  the  ambitions  of 
Louis  XIV;  Sir  William  Temple  and  John  de  Witt;  nature  of  the  doc- 
trine; its  idea  implicit  in  that  of  the  Europe  of  sovereign,  independent 
states. 

The  Dutch  War,  1672-1678;  death  of  John  de  Witt;  William  III  of 
Orange;  European  character  of  the  war;  the  treaties  of  Nimuegen  or 
Nymwegen,  1678. 

The  critical  period  for  the  Balance  of  Power  in  Europe,  1678-1688; 
the  alliance  of  Louis  XIV  with  Charles  II  of  England;  the  ''Chambers 
of  reunion";  the  siege  of  Vienna  by  the  Turks,  1683;  accession  of  James 
II  in  England,  1685;  effect  of  the  Revocation  of  the  Edict  of  Nantes; 
formation  of  the  League  of  Augsburg,  1686. 

The  plans  of  Louis  XIV  thwarted  by  the  Revolution  of  1688  in  Eng- 
land, which  expelled  the  Stuarts  and  brought  William  III  of  Orange,  the 
champion  of  the  idea  of  the  Balance  of  Power,  to  the  thrones  of  England 
and  Scotland  with  his  wife,  Mary  II. 

European  importance  of  the  Revolution  of  1688;  establishment  of  the 
power  of  Parliament  in  England;  the  party  system;  Whigs  and  Tories; 
the  merchants  and  the  landed  proprietors;  religious  toleration;  John 
Locke,  1632-1704;  the  Revolution  settlement  in  Scotland;  the  Revolution 
settlement  in  Ireland;  the  battle  of  the  Boyne,  1690. 


55  History  1b 

The  War  of  the  League  of  Augsburg,  1688-1697;  the  battle  of  La 
Hogue,  1692,  and  destruction  of  the  navy  of  Louis  XIV;  the  Treaties  of 
Ryswick,  1697. 

The  significance  of  the  siege  of  Vienna  by  the  Turks,  1683;  John 
Sobieski,  King  of  Poland,  1674-1696;  the  Turkish  war;  the  capture  of 
Azov  by  Peter  the  Great  of  Russia,  1696;  the  battle  of  the  Zenta  won 
by  Prince  Eugene  of  Savoy,  1697;  the  conquest  of  Hungary  from  the 
Turks;  the  Treaty  of  Carlowitz,  1699;  beginning  of  the  decline  of  the 
Ottoman  power  in  Europe. 

The  Eastern  question  in  the  latter  part  of  the  seventeenth  century; 
the  Austrian  Hapsburgs;  Poland;  Russia;  the  Turks. 

The  falling  in  of  the  Spanish  Succession  on  the  extinction  of  the  male 
line  of  the  Spanish  Hapsburgs  the  dominant  question  in  Western  Europe. 

Effect  of  the  ambitious  designs  of  Louis  XIV  the  declaration  of  the 
doctrine  of  the  Balance  of  Power  in  Europe. 

Continued  solidarity  of  European  civilization,  in  spite  of  the  estab- 
lishment of  the  Europe  of  independent  and  sovereign  states  in  the  place 
of  the  medieval  Europe  of  the  Holy  Catholic  Church  and  the  Holy  Roman 
Empire;  the  development  of  diplomacy  and  international  law;  interna- 
tional business  and  commerce;  the  Mercantile  theory;  protection  of  indus- 
tries and  trade;  international  travel;  European  character  of  literature, 
philosophy,  art  and  science. 


LECTURE  23 

The  War  of  the  Spanish  Succession 

The  decline  of  Spanish  power  in  the  seventeenth  century;  the  extent 
of  the  Spanish  Empire  in  Europe  and  America. 

The  question  of  the  Spanish  Succession;  the  ambition  of  Louis  XIV; 
the  doctrine  of  the  Balance  of  Power;  the  Partition  Treaties,  1668,  1698, 
1700;  the  attitude  of  William  III. 

The  claimants  to  the  Spanish  Succession  after  1699;  Philip,  duke  of 
Anjou,  grandson  of  Louis  XIV,  and  the  Archduke  Charles,  son  of  the 
Emperor  Leopold. 

The  death  of  Charles  li  of  Spain,  November  1,  1700. 

Louis  XIV  accepts  the  Spanish  dominions  for  his  grandson;  ''the 
Pyrenees  no  longer  exist";  coronation  of  Philip  V,  the  first  Bourbon 
King  of  Spain. 

Formation  of  the  Grand  Alliance  of  the  Emperor,  England  and  the 
Dutch  against  Louis  XIV;  death  of  William  III,  1702,  and  accession  of 
Queen  Anne  in  England. 

The  War  of  the  Spanish  Succession,  1701-1713;  the  respective  strength 


56  History  1b 

of  the  two  sides;  Louis  XIV,  his  ministers  and  his  marshals;  the  states- 
men and  generals  of  the  Grand  Alliance;  Marlborough,  Eugene  and 
Heinsius;  Marlborough's  victories  at  Blenheim,  1704,  Eamillies,  1706, 
Oudenarde,  1708,  and  Malplaquet,  1709;  capture  of  Gibraltar  by  Rooke, 
1704. 

The  critical  year  of  the  war,  1706-1707;  Spain,  except  Catalonia, 
declares  for  Philip  V;  appearance  of  a  national  spirit  in  Spain;  Charles 
XII  of  Sweden  refused  to  interfere. 

Change  in  the  situation  caused  by  the  death  of  the  Emperor  Joseph  I 
and  the  election  of  the  Archduke  Charles,  as  Emperor  Charles  VI,  1711; 
the  Tories  succeed  the  Whigs  in  England. 

The  overthrow  of  the  power  of  Louis  XIV;  inability  of  the  French 
State  to  conquer  Europe;  triumph  of  the  doctrine  of  the  Balance  of 
Power. 

The  Treaties  of  Utrecht,  1713;  neglect  of  the  idea  of  Nationality; 
Spain  and  the  Indies  left  to  Philip  V;  the  Spanish  dominions  in  Italy, 
except  Sicily,  and  the  Netherlands  given  to  the  Emperor  Charles  VI. 

Appearance  of  two  new  royal  powers;  Frederick  William  of  Hohen- 
zollern.  Elector  of  Brandenburg,  recognized  as  King  of  Prussia,  title 
adopted  in  1701;  Victor  Amadeus  II,  Duke  of  Savoy,  recognized  as  King 
of  Sicily,  title  and  island  exchanged  with  the  Emperor  for  Sardinia,  1720. 

Colonial  and  commercial  advantages  attained  by  England  from  the 
Treaties  of  Utrecht;  sovereignty  in  Newfoundland  and  Hudson  Bay 
recognized,  and  Acadia  or  Nova  Scotia  ceded;  predominance  secured  in 
North  America ;  the  part  of  New  England  in  ' '  Queen  Anne 's  War ' ' ;  begin- 
ning of  English  power  in  the  Mediterranean;  acquisition  of  Gibraltar 
and  Minorca  from  Spain;  the  Asiento  concerning  trade  with  Spanish 
America. 

The  latter  days  of  Louis  XIV;  failure  of  France  to  dominate  Europe; 
death  of  Louis  XIV,  1715. 

England  during  the  reign  of  Queen  Anne;  power  passes  from  the 
Crown  to  Parliament;  the  strife  of  parties;  freedom  of  expression  of 
opinion;  the  beginnings  of  journalism;  Daniel  Defoe,  1663-1731;  litera- 
ture; Addison,  1672-1719,  Steele,  1671-1729,  and  the  Spectator;  Swift, 
1667-1745;  Pope,  1688-1744;  science;  Sir  Isaac  Newton,  1642-1727. 

Development  of  the  English  colonies  in  America;  their  freedom  and 
self-government;  restraint  of  their  industry  and  trade;  immigration  of 
Huguenots  and  of  religious  exiles  from  the  Rhenish  Palatinate. 

Development  of  the  Hudson  Bay  Company. 

Development  of  the  London  East  India  Company;  foundation  and 
absorption  of  the  English  East  India  Company;  foundation  of  Fort  St. 
George,  Madras,  1639;  cession  to  the  Company  of  the  island  of  Bombay, 
part  of  the  dowry,  with  Tangier  in  Africa,  of  Catherine  of  Braganza, 


57  History  1b 

wife  of  Charles  II,  1668;  foundation  of  Calcutta,  1686;  the  trade  of  India. 

Legislative  Union  of  England  and  Scotland,  1707. 

The  overthrow  of  the  ambitions  of  Louis  XIV  left  Great  Britain  the 
most  prosperous  state  in  Europe;  her  policy  to  develop  sea  power,  and 
expansion  by  trade  and  colonization,  rather  than  to  attempt  to  dominate 
Europe. 

The  effect  of  the  English  ideal  of  self-government  at  home  and  of 
expansion  beyond  Europe  through  trade  and  colonization  upon  the  devel- 
opment of  Western  or  Atlantic  European  civilization. 


LECTURE  24 
Peter  the  Great  of  Russia 

The  expansion  of  the  European  State-system  to  the  West  by  coloniz- 
ation in  America  and  to  the  East  by  the  emergence  of  Russia  as  a 
European  State;  the  making  of  Russia  the  work  of  Peter  the  Great. 

The  Muscovy  of  the  Age  of  the  Renaissance;  the  struggle  of  the 
Slavs  of  the  Greek  Church  with  the  Tartars  of  the  Golden  Horde;  the 
Grand  Duchy  of  Moscow;  the  city  states  of  Pskov  and  Novgorod;  the 
trade  of  the  Hanseatic  League. 

The  reign  of  Ivan  the  Terrible,  1533-1584;  who  took  the  title  of  Tsar, 
1547;  the  Muscovy  Company  of  London;  the  invasion  of  Siberia. 

Muscovy  in  the  seventeenth  century;  the  Tsars  of  the  House  of 
Romanov;  the  struggle  with  the  Roman  Catholic  Slavs  of  Poland;  the 
Greek  Catholic  church  and  the  independence  of  the  Russian  church  from 
Constantinople,  1589;  the  Asiatic  character  of  the  government  of  the 
Tsars;  the  Cossacks. 

Peter  Alexievitch,  born  1672,  recognized  as  joint  Tsar  with  his  brother, 
Ivan  V,  1682;  the  government  of  the  Princess  Sophia  and  Vasili  Galitzin, 
1682-1689;  Peter  assumes  the  government,  1689;  sole  Tsar,  1696. 

The  education  and  personality  of  Peter  the  Great;  the  influence  of 
his  foreign  friends,  Gordon  and  Lefort;  his  passion  for  boat  building; 
his  desire  to  make  Russia  a  sea  power;  his  longing  for  a  sea  port;  Arc- 
angel  on  the  White  Sea;  his  desire  to  make  Russia  a  European  State. 

The  journey  of  Peter  the  Great  to  Western  Europe,  1697-1698;  the 
destruction  of  the  Streltsi;  formation  of  a  regular  army  and  navy; 
forcible  introduction  of  Western  usages. 

First  appearance  of  Russia  in  European  politics;  coalition  of  Russia, 
Poland,  Brandenburg  and  Denmark  to  attack  Sweden,  then  the  leading 
power  on  the  Baltic. 

Decline  of  Sweden  as  a  military  and  naval  power;  changes  in  the 
policy  of  Charles  XI;  France,  Denmark  and  Brandenburg;  the  Revolution 
of  1682  and  the  establishment  of  absolute  monarchy  in  Sweden. 


58  History  1b 

Charles  XII  of  Sweden,  born  1682;  ''the  Madman  of  the  North"; 
his  boyhood  and  character;  succeeds  his  father  as  King  of  Sweden,  1697; 
his  first  campaigns;  defeat  of  the  Danes,  and  of  Peter  the  Great  at  Narva, 
1700;  conquest  of  Poland,  1704-1706;  commanding  position  of  Charles  XII 
in  1706;  his  refusal  to  interfere  in  the  War  of  the  Spanish  Succession. 

Foundation  of  St.  Petersburg,  1702;  significance  of  the  change  of 
capital  from  Moscow  to  St.  Petersburg. 

Charles  XII  invades  Eussia;  his  defeat  at  Poltava,  1709;  disappearance 
of  Sweden  as  a  great  power;  recognition  of  Eussia  as  a  European  power; 
importance  of  the  battle  of  Poltava. 

Suggestion  of  the  partition  of  Poland  made  to  Peter  the  Great  by 
Frederick  I  of  Prussia, 

The  reforms  of  Peter  the  Great;  the  introduction  of  an  administrative 
and  bureaucratic  system;  the  eight  governments;  encouragement  of  com- 
merce. 

The  disastrous  war  of  Peter  the  Great  with  the  Turks,  1710-1711;  his 
desire  to  establish  Eussia  both  on  the  Baltic  and  the  Black  Sea. 

Charles  XII  at  Bender  and  Adrianople;  his  return  to  Sweden,  1715; 
his  death,  1718. 

By  the  Treaty  of  Nystadt,  1721,  Sweden  ceded  the  provinces  bordering 
on  the  Gulf  of  Finland  to  Peter  the  Great;  Eussia  a  sea  power. 

The  last  years  of  Peter  the  Great;  his  wife,  the  Empress  Catherine; 
his  statesmen  and  generals;  the  Old  Eussian  party;  the  execution  of  his 
only  son,  the  Tsarevitch  Alexis,  1722. 

The  death  of  Peter  the  Great,  1725;  the  greatness  of  his  work. 

Appearance  of  a  new  force  in  European  civilization;  the  Eussian 
Slavs;  the  autocratic  form  of  Eussian  government;  the  expansion  of 
Europe  to  the  East;  the  Eastern  Question  in  the  eighteenth  century; 
contributions  of  Eussia  to  European  civilization. 


LECTUEE  25 
Fkederick  the  Great  of  Prussia 

Germany  in  the  eighteenth  century;  absence  of  a  German  State  or 
of  a  German  nation;  the  German  people  and  their  slow  recovery  from  the 
Thirty  Years'  War;  German  learning  and  the  German  universities;  Leib- 
nitz, 1646-1716;  German  music;  Johann  Sebastian  Bach,  1685-1750. 

Eecovery  of  population  in  Germany;  absence  of  commerce;  no  move- 
ment of  expansion. 

German  administration;  application  of  the  ideas  of  managing  a  landed 
estate  to  German  States;  the  Cameralists. 

The  chief  states  of  Germany;  Austria;  the  Emperor  Charles  VI,  1711- 
1740;   his  administration;   Hungary  and  Bohemia  and  their  influence  in 


59  History  1b 

detaching  the  House  of  Hapsburg  from  German  interests;  the  Palatinate; 
Bavaria;  Saxony  and  the  election  of  Augustus  I  and  II  to  be  Kings  of 
Poland;  Hanover  created  an  electorate,  1692;  recognized,  1713;  the  Elector 
George  1  of  Hanover,  King  of  Great  Britain,  1714. 

The  position  of  the  Empire  in  Germany;  its  weakness;  "Neither  Holy, 
nor  Koman,  nor  an  Empire. '^ 

The  vigor  of  the  House  of  Hohenzollern;  Frederick  William,  the  Great 
Elector  of  Brandenburg,  1640-1688;  the  scattered  position  of  his  domin- 
ions; independent  Duke  of  Prussia,  1657;  his  efforts  for  absolutism  and 
centralization;  his  military  policy;  raises  his  army  to  30,000  men. 

The  Elector  Frederick  III  of  Brandenburg,  1688-1713;  crowned  him- 
self Frederick  I,  King  of  Prussia,  1701;  his  part  in  the  War  of  the 
Spanish  Succession;  the  royal  title  recognized  by  the  Treaties  of  Utrecht. 

Frederick  William  I,  King  ol  Prussia,  1713-1740;  his  personality;  his 
military  policy;  his  passion  for  tall  soldiers;  his  excellent  administration; 
his  paternalism. 

The  policy  of  Frederick  William  I;  acquisition  of  part  of  Western 
Pomerania  with  the  port  of  Stettin,  1720;  his  support  of  the  doctrine  of 
the  Balance  of  Power. 

The  youth  of  Frederick  the  Great,  born  1712;  his  personality. 

Conditions  in  Europe  at  the  time  of  the  accession  of  Frederick  the 
Great,  1740. 

Changes  made  in  the  Utrecht  settlement;  exchange  of  Sicily  for 
Sardinia  by  Charles  VI,  1720,  and  guarantee  of  Parma  to  Don  Carlos, 
son  of  Philip  V  of  Spain  and  Elizabeth  Farnese. 

The  longing  for  peace  illustrated  in  the  attitude  of  the  Eegent  Orleans 
in  France,  1715-1723,  and  of  Lord  Stanhope  in  England,  1714-1721. 

The  complications  of  the  money  market,  the  development  of  banking 
and  the  misunderstanding  of  credit  bring  about  financial  crises;  the 
South  Sea  Bubble  in  England  and  the  Mississippi  Bubble  in  France; 
John  Law,  1671-1729;  the  foundation  of  the  Bank  of  England,  1692. 

Advantage  of  Great  Britain  over  other  countries  in  the  handling  of 
capital  and  of  national  finance. 

The  peace  of  Europe  maintained  by  the  administration  of  Cardinal 
Fleury  for  Louis  XV  of  France  and  of  Sir  Eobert  Walpole  for  George  I 
and  George  II  of  Great  Britain. 

The  danger  point,  the  Pragmatic  Sanction  of  the  Emperor  Charles  VI, 
by  which  the  dominions  of  the  Austrian  Hapsburgs  were  to  pass  to  his 
elder  daughter,  Maria  Theresa;  'Hhe  shadow  hunts  of  Kaiser  Karl." 

The  episode  of  the  War  of  the  Polish  Succession,  1733-1735;  Don 
Carlos  became  King  of  Naples  and  Sicily,  Stanislas  Leczinski  King  of 
Lorraine,  and  Francis  of  Lorraine,  husband  of  Maria  Theresa,  Grand 
Duke  of  Tuscany. 


60  History  1b 

The  death  of  the  Emperor  Charles  VI,  1740,  caused  a  general  European 
war;  the  war  of  Jenkins'  Ear  had  already  broken  out  between  England 
and  Spain,  1739;  Anson  in  the  Pacific  Ocean,  1740-1744. 

The  first  Silesian  War,  1740-1742;  the  victories  of  Frederick  the  Great 
and  his  acquisition  of  Silesia. 

The  War  of  the  Austrian  Succession,  1741-1748;  the  allies  on  either 
side;  all  the  European  States  involved;  a  war  of  States  and  not  of  relig- 
ions or  nations;  the  desperate  resistance  of  Maria  Theresa;  the  Elector 
of  Bavaria  Emperor,  as  Charles  VII,  1742-1745;  Francis  of  Lorraine 
elected  Emperor,  1745;  the  victories  of  Frederick  the  Great  and  Marshal 
Saxe. 

The  American  phase  of  the  war;  capture  of  Louisbourg  on  the  island 
of  Cape  Breton  by  the  New  Englanders,  1745. 

The  Asiatic  phase  of  the  war;  Madras  taken  by  Labourdonnais,  1746. 

The  Treaties  of  Aix-la-Chapelle,  1748;  the  two  States  that  profited 
were  Prussia  and  Sardinia;  exchange  of  Louisbourg  for  Madras;  discon- 
tent of  the  American  colonists. 

The  commanding  figure  that  came  out  of  the  War  of  the  Austrian 
Succession  was  Frederick  the  Great;  the  unscrupulousness  and  success  of 
his  policy;  importance  of  his  acquisition  of  Silesia;  his  qualities  as  a 
general;  efficiency  of  the  Prussian  army. 

Frederick  the  Great  as  a  ruler;  "I  am  the  first  servant  of  the  State"; 
his  absolutism;  his  paternalism;  his  efficiency  as  an  administrator. 

Frederick  the  Great  of  Prussia  the  typical  ruler  of  the  eighteenth 
century;  contrast  with  Louis  XIV  of  France;  comparison  between  the 
French  and  the  Prussian  bureaucracy;  Louis  XV  and  Frederick  the  Great; 
Frederick  the  Great  and  Germany. 

The  social  and  political  ideals  of  the  eighteenth  century  in  Europe. 


LECTUEE  26 
The  Seven  Years'  War;  Pitt:  Charles  III  or  Spain 

The  eight  years  from  the  Treaties  of  Aix-la-Chapelle,  1748,  to  the 
outbreak  of  the  Seven  Years'  War,  1756;  the  realignment  of  the  Euro- 
pean States;  Austria,  Eussia,  France  and  Sweden  against  Prussia  and 
England. 

The  Empress  Maria  Theresa;  her  personality;  her  piety;  her  family; 
her  development  of  dynastic  loyalty  in  the  Austrian  dominions;  her 
desire  to  recover  Silesia. 

Eussia  under  the  Tsaritsa  Anna,  1730-1740;  the  throne  seized  by 
Elizabeth,  younger  daughter  of  Peter  the  Great,  1741;  maintenance  of  the 
Western  and  European  policy  of  Peter;  the  expansion  of  Eussia  in  Asia; 
the  explorations  of  Vitus  Bering,  1680-1741. 


61  History  1b 

France  under  Louis  XV;  rigidity  and  weakness  of  the  administration, 
especially  of  the  finances;  material  prosperity,  education  and  intellectual 
development  of  the  people;  the  Encyclopedie  Methodique;  the  court  of 
Versailles;  Louis  XV  and  Madame  de  Pompadour,  1745-1764. 

The  diplomatic  revolution  of  1756;  Kaunitz;  the  alliance  of  France 
and  Austria;  its  unpopularity  in  France. 

The  rivalry  between  England  and  France  in  Asia  and  America. 

The  French  and  English  in  India;  intermixture  of  the  French  East 
India  Company  in  Indian  politics;  the  schemes  of  Dupleix;  the  develop- 
ment of  native  soldiers  or  sepoys  under  European  officers;  the  Karnatik 
and  the  Deccan;  Bussy;  appearance  of  Eobert  Clive;  defense  of  Arcot, 
1751;  recall  of  Dupleix,  1754. 

The  French  and  English  in  America;  the  French  desire  to  connect 
Canada  with  Louisiana;  the  defeat  of  General  Braddock,  1755;  the  spirit 
of  the  American  colonists. 

William  Pitt,  1707-1778;  his  personality  and  policy;  England  drawn 
into  the  war  in  Europe  by  the  situation  of  Hanover;  "I  will  conquer 
Canada  on  the  plains  of  Westphalia." 

The  Seven  Years'  War,  1756-1763;  the  invasion  of  Saxony  by  Fred- 
erick the  Great,  1756;  the  first  victories  of  Frederick;  his  later  defeats 
and  exhaustion  of  his  territories;  deserted  by  England,  after  the  resig- 
nation of  Pitt,  1762;  saved  by  the  death  of  the  Tsaritsa  Elizabeth,  1762; 
the  Treaty  of  Hubertsburg,  1763. 

The  war  between  the  French  and  English  in  India;  the  Black  Hole 
of  Calcutta  and  the  victory  of  Clive  at  Plassey,  1757;  defeat  of  the 
French  by  Eyre  Coote  at  Wandewash,  1761;  capture  of  Pondicherry. 
1762;  end  of  the  French  power  in  India;  adoption  of  French  methods  with 
Indian  native  princes  by  the  London  East  India  Company. 

The  war  between  the  French  and  English  in  America;  the  ''French 
and  Indian  War";  the  advantage  of  the  French  in  their  concentrated 
and  centralized  government;  Montcalm,  1712-1759;  the  disadvantage  of 
the  English  colonists  in  the  variety  and  rivalry  of  their  governments; 
Benjamin  Franklin  and  the  Albany  Congress,  1754;  attitude  of  the  colo- 
nists towards  the  English  government;  Montcalm  takes  Oswego,  1756, 
Fort  William  Henry,  1757;  repulse  of  Abercromby  at  Ticonderoga,  1758. 

Pitt  and  the  war  in  America;  capture  of  Louisbourg  by  Amherst  and 
Boscawen,  1758;  occupation  by  the  English  of  Fort  Frontenac  and  Fort 
Duquesne,  1758,  of  Fort  Niagara  and  Ticonderoga,  1759;  defeat  of  Mont- 
calm by  Wolfe  and  capture  of  Quebec,  1759;  capture  of  Montreal  by 
Amherst,  1760,  and  occupation  of  the  whole  of  Canada. 

The  policy  of  Choiseul,  chief  minister  of  France,  1758-1770;  the 
Pacte  de  Famille  or  Family  Compact  with  Spain,  1761,  an  offensive  and 
defensive  alliance  of  the  Bourbons  of  France  and  Spain. 


62  History  1b 

Charles  III,  King  of  Spain,  1759-1788;  his  experience  and  ability  as 
an  administrator;  the  revival  of  Spain. 

Spain  declares  war  against  England  under  the  Facte  de  Famille,  1762; 
capture  of  Havana  by  Lord  Albemarle  and  of  Manilla  by  General  Draper. 

The  Treaty  of  Paris,  1763;  France  ceded  Canada,  Cape  Breton  and 
certain  West  India  islands,  and  Spain  ceded  Florida,  to  England;  France 
ceded  Louisiana  to  Spain. 

The  art  of  war  in  the  eighteenth  century;  the  organization  of  the 
Prussian  army  by  Frederick  the  Great;  drill  and  discipline;  introduction 
of  the  bayonet  and  of  light  cavalry;  the  new  tactics;  comparative  weak- 
ness of  the  French,  Spanish  and  Austrian  armies,  which  bore  marks  of 
the  older  regimental  system;  Pitt  and  the  Highland  Scottish  regiments; 
the  strategy  of  the  eighteenth  century. 

Sea  power  in  the  eighteenth  century;  the  English  navy  under  Pitt; 
Admiral  Boscawen  and  the  victory  of  Lagos,  1759;  Admiral  Hawke  and 
the  battle  of  Quiberon  Bay,  1759;  the  execution  of  Admiral  Byng,  1757. 

After  the  Treaty  of  Paris,  Charles  III  prepares  to  defend  his  American 
empire;  expeditions  to  occupy  the  coast  line  of  America;  the  Falkland 
Islands  and  the  dispute  with  England;  the  question  of  the  Pacific  Ocean; 
Don  Jose  de  Galvez  sent  to  Mexico,  1764;  resolution  to  explore  and 
occupy  Upper  California. 

The  expedition  of  Don  Caspar  de  Portola  and  Father  Serra,  1769;  the 
exploration  of  Upper  California;  foundation  of  the  Presidio  and  the 
Mission  of  San  Francisco,  1776;  the  Eussians  in  California. 

The  importance  of  the  question  of  the  Pacific  between  1763  and  1790; 
the  exploration  of  the  Pacific  Ocean;  Australia,  New  Zealand  and  the 
South  Sea  Islands;  the  voyages  of  Captain  Cook  and  La  Perouse. 


LECTUEE  27 
The  Enlightened  Despotism  in  Europe 

The  most  noteworthy  events  between  the  Seven  Years'  War  and  the 
French  Eevolution  were  the  suppression  of  the  Society  of  Jesus,  1773; 
the  First  Partition  of  Poland,  1773;  and  the  American  Eevolution,  1776. 

The  overthrow  of  the  Jesuits;  the  attack  upon  them  and  their  expul- 
sion from  Portugal  by  Pombal,  1757-1761;  his  example  followed  by 
Choiseal  in  France,  1761-1764;  their  expulsion  from  Spain,  1767,  Naples, 
1767,  and  Parma,  1768;  suppression  of  the  Society  by  Pope  Clement  XIV, 
1773;  the  Jesuits  continue  in  Prussia  and  Eussia  by  the  favor  of  Fred- 
erick the  Great  and  the  Tsaritsa  Catherine. 

The  condition  of  Poland  in  the  eighteenth  century  under  the  Saxon 
kings;  election  of  Stanislas  Poniatowski,  1764;  his  efforts  to  bring  about 
reforms;   the  Confederations  of  Eadom  and  Bar;   the  position  taken  up 


63  History  1b 

by  the  Tsaritsa  Catherine  II;  the  policy  of  Choiseul;  the  First  Partition 
of  Poland,  1773;  the  territories  appropriated  by  Frederick  the  Great  of 
Prussia,  Catherine  the  Great  of  Eussia,  and  Maria  Theresa. 

Significance  of  these  events  and  of  the  American  Eevolution. 

More  significant  was  the  general  development  of  the  Aufklarung  or 
Enlightenment  throughout  Europe;  the  ideals  of  the  Enlightened  Des- 
potism; in  the  seventeenth  century  absolute  government  was  justified  as 
best  representing  the  unity  and  efficiency  of  the  State,  in  the  eighteenth 
century  as  being  most  useful  to  the  people  at  large. 

The  enlightened  despots  looked  upon  highly  centralized  and  efficient 
administration  for  the  material  prosperity  of  their  people  as  the  aim  of 
the  government  of  their  States;  bureaucracy;  disregard  for  national, 
local  or  religious  differences. 

Their  religious  tolerance;  the  religious  attitude  of  the  eighteenth 
century;  Deism;  Voltaire;  Eousseau;  religious  tolerance  extended  to- 
wards Jews,  and  by  Catherine  II  of  Eussia  towards  Muhammadans; 
Joseph  II 's  Edict  of  Toleration,  1781. 

Their  efforts  for  material  prosperity;  public  works;  building  roads 
and  bridges,  draining  marshes  and  improving  harbors. 

Their  encouragement  of  agriculture,  industry  and  commerce;  the  Phys- 
iocrats; Quesnay;  Turgot;  the  single-tax  idea;  the  study  of  political 
economy;  new  ideas  of  wealth  and  taxation;  the  publication  of  Adam 
Smith's  Wealth  of  Nations,  1776. 

Their  projects  of  legal  and  judicial  reform;  promulgation  of  codes  of 
law;  abolition  of  torture;  introduction  of  humane  methods  of  punish- 
ment; Catherine's  "Instruction  for  a  New  Code,"  1766;  publication  of 
Beccaria's  Dei  delitti  e  della  pene,  1764. 

Their  recognition  of  the  right  of  individual  freedom;  abolition  of 
slavery  in  Portugal,  1773;  abolition  of  serfdom  in  Bohemia,  1781;  Baden, 
1783;  Hungary,  1785;  Denmark,  1788;  attitude  of  Frederick  the  Great 
and  Catherine  the  Great  towards  serfdom;  Voltaire  the  great  champion  of 
individual  freedom. 

Some  of  the  enlightened  despots  attacked  all  forms  of  privilege; 
Joseph  II;  the  Grand  Duke  Leopold  of  Tuscany;  abolition  of  guilds  and 
monopolies;  Turgot. 

Development  of  humanitarianism  in  the  eighteenth  century;  its  chief 
champions,  Voltaire  and  Diderot;  the  enlightened  despots  and  humani- 
tarianism. 

Efforts  to  aid  the  afflicted;  recognition  of  the  duty  of  the  State; 
improvement  in  the  treatment  of  the  insane,  the  deaf-mutes  and  the 
blind;  the  sick  and  the  foundation  of  state  hospitals;  hospital  reform. 

Efforts  to  aid  the  unfortunate;  prison  reform;  John  Howard,  1726- 
1790;   the  poor;   the  campaign  against  mendicity;   Benjamin   Thompson, 


64  History  1b 

Count  Kumford,  1753-1814;  the  organization  of  charity;  orphan  asylums; 
foundling  asylums. 

General  recognition  of  the  rights  of  humanity  in  the  eighteenth 
century;  the  influence  of  the  Free  Masons. 

The  belief  of  the  enlightened  despots  that  the  happiness  and  pros- 
perity of  mankind  could  best  be  maintained  by  the  arbitrary  government 
of  a  wise  and  good  man  working  through  expert  and  sympathetic 
administrators. 

Their  belief  that  the  State  should  take  over  the  humanitarian  duties 
left  in  the  Middle  Ages  to  the  Church. 

Their  belief  in  absolute  government. 

Their  readiness  to  encourage  education,  primary,  secondary,  university 
and  technical;  the  encouragement  of  education  regarded  as  a  duty  of  the 
State;  reorganization  of  universities;  foundation  of  the  first  engineering 
school  at  Paris,  1747,  and  of  the  first  mining  school  at  Freiberg  in 
Saxony,  1765. 

The  enlightened  despots  sometimes  carried  out  their  own  reforms  and 
sometimes  worked  through  enlightened  ministers. 

The  most  important  enlightened  despots  were  Frederick  the  Great  of 
Prussia,  1740-1786,  but  mainly  engaged  in  war,  1740-1763;  Catherine  the 
Great  of  Eussia,  1762-1796;  the  Emperor  Joseph  II,  ruler  of  the  Austrian 
dominions,  1780-1790;  Charles  III  of  Spain,  1759-1788;  Gustavus  III  of 
Sweden,  1771-1792;  the  Grand  Duke  Leopold  of  Tuscany,  1765-1790;  the 
Margrave  Charles  Frederick  of  Baden,  1771-1811. 

The  most  important  enlightened  ministers  were  the  Marquis  of  Pombal 
in  Portugal,  1750-17V7;  Bernardo  Tanucci  in  Naples,  1734-1776;  Du  Tillot 
in  Parma,  1749-1771;  Struensee,  1770-1772,  and  Andrew  Bernstorff,  1772- 
1780  and  1784-1795,  in  Denmark;  Turgot  in  France,  1774-1776. 

Behind  the  movement  of  the  enlightened  despotism  in  Europe  was  the 
power  of  public  opinion,  voiced  by  the  great  French  writers,  of  whom 
the  greatest  and  most  representative  was  Francois  Marie  Arouet  de 
Voltaire,  1694-1778. 


LECTURE  28 

Independence  and  Organization  of  the  United  States  of  America 

While  the  views  of  the  physiocrats  and  the  encyclopaedists,  and  of 
such  leaders  of  thought  as  Voltaire,  Diderot  and  Beccaria,  were  more 
concerned  with  the  progress  of  enlightenment  and  humanitarianism  than 
with  the  actual  form  of  government,  other  writers,  of  whom  the  chief 
was  Rousseau,  believed  that  the  evils  of  society  came  trom  the  form  of  the 
government  and  could  be  remedied  by  a  change  of  this  form. 


65  '  History  1b 

The  English  speaking  world  was  little  affected  by  the  theory  of  enlight- 
ened despotism,  though  much  concerned  with  humanitarianism. 

The  form  of  government  in  England  in  the  eighteenth  century; 
change  wrought  by  the  accession  of  George  III,  1760;  the  breakdown  of 
the  party  system  in  England;  the  rise  of  family  cliques;  the  decay  of 
Parliament,  which  ceased  to  represent  the  people;  the  rotten  boroughs; 
struggle  of  George  III  for  personal  government;  boss  and  king;  the 
declaration  of  public  opinion  against  him;  Lord  Bute;  Wilkes;  the 
Letters  of  Junius. 

The  personal  government  of  George  III,  with  Lord  North  as  minister, 
1771-1782. 

The  government  of  the  thirteen  English  colonies  in  America;  their 
variety;  their  social  and  economic  difference;  their  legislative  independ- 
ence; their  lack  of  unity;  their  opposition  to  the  English  government, 
especially  in  economic  matters;  change  brought  about  in  their  position 
by  the  annexation  of  Canada,  1763,  and  removal  of  the  fear  of  French 
aggression;  their  disgust  at  the  Quebec  Act,  1774. 

The  movement  of  colonial  opposition;  its  historic  and  economic  reas- 
ons; Benjamin  Franklin  and  the  Albany  Congress,  1754;  the  meeting  of 
the  Continental  Congress,  1774. 

The  Declaration  of  Independence,  1776;  the  views  of  Thomas  Jeffer- 
son; a  recital  of  abstract  principles  and  of  actual  grievances. 

Sympathy  felt  in  England  for  the  colonists;  William  Pitt,  Lord  Chat- 
ham; Edmund  Burke;  the  Americans  fighting  the  battle  for  the  principle 
of  representation  and  against  the  personal  government  of  George  III. 

The  first  campaigns;  the  services  of  George  Washington  to  the  Amer- 
ican cause;  his  personality;  his  military  services;  surrender  of  Burgoyne 
at  Saratoga,  1777. 

Interest  taken  in  Europe  in  the  American  War  of  Independence; 
unpopularity  of  England;  enthusiasm  in  France;  La  Fayette  and  other 
volunteers  join  Washington;  the  diplomatic  skill  of  Franklin;  treaty  of 
alliance  between  France  and  the  Americans,  1778;  war  declared  by 
France  against  England,  1778,  and  by  Spain,  under  the  Facte  de  Famille, 
1779. 

The  Armed  Neutrality;  its  enunciation  by  the  Neutral  League  of  the 
North,  1780;  its  meaning;  supported  by  practically  all  the  States  of 
Europe;  war  declared  by  England  against  the  Dutch,  1780. 

Weakness  of  Great  Britain;  unpopularity  of  the  war;  the  movement 
of  the  Volunteers  in  Ireland;  the  Gordon  Riots  in  London,  1780. 

The  War  of  American  Independence;  the  siege  of  Gibraltar,  1779- 
1782;  failure  of  the  English  effort  to  extend  the  war  to  Europe;  the 
question  of  the  Bavarian  Succession;  the  Treaty  of  Teschen,  1779;  a 
French  army  under  Rochambeau  arrives  in  America,  1780;  the  surrender 


66  History  1b 

of  Cornwallis  at  Yorktown,  1781;  Eodney's  naval  victory  over  De  Grasse, 
1782. 

Eetirement  of  Lord  North  from  office,  1782;  preliminaries  of  peace 
signed,  1782;  by  the  Treaty  of  Versailles,  1783,  the  independence  of  the 
American  colonies  recognized,  Minorca  and  Florida  ceded  to  Spain,  and 
certain  West  India  islands  and  African  settlements  to  France. 

Significance  of  the  success  of  the  American  Eevolution;  a  new  power 
brought  into  existence  with  unlimited  resources,  traditions  of  self-gov- 
ernment, high  ideals  and  a  new  field  of  existence,  untrammeled  by 
European  conditions;  end  of  the  personal  government  of  George  III; 
the  general  election  of  1784  and  beginning  of  the  administration  of 
William  Pitt  the  Younger. 

Effect  on  Europe  of  the  success  of  the  American  Eevolution;  the 
triumph  of  self-government  contrasted  with  enlightened  despotism. 

Although  the  independence  of  the  thirteen  American  States  had  been 
recognized  in  1783,  the  problem  of  their  union  had  not  been  worked  out; 
the  character  of  the  Continental  Congress;  the  critical  period  of  Amer- 
ican history,  1784  to  1789. 

The  Federal  Convention  of  1787;  the  difficulties  of  its  task;  the 
making  of  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States;  the  ratification  of  the 
Constitution;  the  Federalist,  1787-1788. 

Inauguration  of  George  Washington  as  first  President  of  the  United 
States,  1789. 

Importance  of  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States  in  the  history 
of  civilization;  its  solution  of  the  problem  of  the  relation  of  local  to 
central  government;  its  advance  upon  the  attempts  at  federation  of  the 
Swiss  and  the  Dutch. 

The  problem  of  expansion  to  the  West;  the  Ordinance  of  1787. 


67  History  1b 


LECTURE  29 

The  French  Revolution 

The  modern  perspective  of  the  history  of  the  French  Revolution;  it 
is  now  seen  that  the  French  Revolution  was  the  natural  and  inevitable 
result  of  conditions  and  not  a  series  of  strange  and  abnormal  occurrences. 

The  social  and  economic  changes  brought  about  in  the  peaceful  years 
of  the  Revolution,  1789-1792,  followed  the  lines  of  the  enlightened  des- 
potism in  the  other  countries  of  Europe,  as  in  the  division  of  France 
into  departments,  the  abolition  of  privilege,  etc.,  while  the  demand  for 
self-government  through  representative  institutions  corresponded  to  the 
demands  of  the  Americans,  which  were  based  in  practice  on  English 
liberties  and  in  theory  upon  the  views  of  Rousseau  and  other  European 
writers. 

The  situation  of  France  at  the  close  of  the  eighteenth  century; 
material  prosperity  greater  and  education  more  widely  spread  than  in 
any  continental  country  of  Europe;  the  bureaucracy;  the  demand  for  the 
abolition  of  privilege;  the  wretched  financial  system;  the  condition  of 
agriculture,  industry  and  commerce. 

The  government  of  France  under  Louis  XVI,  1774-1789;  his  person- 
ality; hatred  and  contempt  felt  for  his  queen,  Marie  Antoinette;  the 
Austrian  alliance;  the  reforms  of  Turgot,  1774-1776;  the  administrations 
of  Necker,  1776-1781,  Calonne,  1783-1787,  Lomenie  de  Brienne,  1787- 
1788,  and  Necker,  1788-1789;  the  absolute  necessity  for  a  reform  of  the 
finances;  the  deficit. 

The  meeting  of  the  States-General,  5  May,  1789;  the  struggle  between 
the  Orders;  the  Oath  of  the  Tennis  Court,  20  June,  1789;  the  States- 
General  declares  itself  the  National  Assembly;  opposition  of  the  court; 
the  taking  of  the  Bastille,  14  July,  1789;  the  National  Guard  of  Paris 
formed;  La  Fayette. 

The  National  Assembly  at  Versailles;  spread  of  the  insurrectionary 
movement  to  the  provinces  of  France;  the  question  of  a  Constitution; 
Necker;  La  Fayette;  Mirabeau;  expression  of  free  public  opinion  in  clubs 
and  in  journals;  the  breakdown  of  the  bureaucracy;  removal  of  the  court 
to  Paris,  5  and  6  October,  1789,  followed  by  the  Assembly. 

Responsibility  divorced  from  authority;  rejection  of  Mirabeau 's  scheme 
to  select  the  king's  ministers  from  the  leaders  of  the  Assembly;  Mira- 
beau's  Notes  for  the  Court. 

Reorganization  of  France;  division  into  departments;  abolition  of 
privilege;  attempt  to  make  a  national  and  self-governing  state. 

The  French  Constitution  of  1791;  comparison  with  the  Constitution 
of  the  United  States  and  the  Polish  Constitution  of  1791;  the  executive. 


68  History  1b 

legislative  and  judicial  arrangements;  the  extension  of  the  idea  of  elec- 
tion; equality  before  the  law;  the  weakness  of  the  executive;  the  Feder- 
ation of  14  July,  1790. 

The  Civil  Constitution  of  the  Clergy;  confiscation  of  the  property  of 
the  Church;  application  of  the  idea  of  election;  schism. 

The  effect  of  the  French  Eevolution  on  Europe;  the  Belgian  Ee vo- 
lution of  1789;  Van  der  Noot  and  Vonck;  the  United  States  of  Belgium; 
the  attitude  of  the  rest  of  Europe;  public  opinion  in  England;  Edmund 
Burke;  Frederick  von  Gentz;  excitement  in  the  countries  bordering  on 
France;  Goethe's  Hermann  und  Dorothea. 

The  Emperor  Leopold  II,  1790-1792;  his  accession  on  the  death  of 
Joseph  II,  February,  1790;  his  pacification  of  the  Austrian  dominions; 
Hungary;  the  Tyrol;  the  Catholic  Netherlands;  his  relations  with  Fred- 
erick William  II,  King  of  Prussia. 

Germany  at  the  time  of  the  French  Revolution;  opposition  to  Joseph 
II;  the  Fiirstenbund,  1785;  death  of  Frederick  the  Great,  1786;  the  Triple 
Alliance  of  Great  Britain,  Prussia  and  the  Protestant  Netherlands,  1788; 
the  masterly  policy  of  Leopold  II;  restoration  of  Hapsburg  leadership; 
attitude  of  Leopold  towards  France. 

Poland  at  the  time  of  the  French  Eevolution;  reforms  attempted  by 
Stanislas  Poniatowski  after  the  First  Partition;  desire  to  make  a  cen- 
tralized Polish  State;  the  Constituent  Diet,  1788;  Hugo  von  Kollontai, 
1752-1812;  the  Polish  Constitution  of  1791. 

The  question  of  the  intervention  of  the  other  states  of  Europe  in  the 
affairs  of  France;  the  appeals  of  the  emigres;  Gustavus  III  of  Sweden; 
William  Pitt;  his  policy  of  peace  and  reform,  1784-1791;  the  commercial 
treaty  between  England  and  France,  1786;  the  disregard  in  the  first 
flush  of  National  enthusiasm  of  the  Constituent  Assembly  for  inter- 
national law;  the  questions  of  Avignon  and  of  the  rights  of  the  Princes 
of  the  Empire  in  Alsace;  the  policy  of  Mirabeau. 

The  affair  of  Nootka  Sound,  1790;  its  importance  in  the  history  of  the 
Pacific  Coast;  England  and  Spain;  refusal  of  the  Constituent  Assembly 
to  be  bound  by  the  Facte  de  Famille;  the  right  of  declaring  peace  and 
war;  Mirabeau  and  the  Diplomatic  Committee;  death  of  Mirabeau,  2 
April,  1791. 

The  flight  to  Varennes,  21  June,  1791;  the  effect  on  France  and  on 
Europe;  the  Declaration  of  Pilnitz  by  Leopold  II  and  Frederick  William 
II,  27  August.  1791;  acceptance  of  the  Constitution  of  1791  by  Louis 
XVI,  21  September,  1791. 

The  Legislative  Assembly,  1791-1792;  approach  of  war;  the  questions 
leading  up  to  it;  an  army  of  emigres  formed  under  Conde  on  the  frontier; 
the  French  princes  at  Coblentz;  the  Girondins;  the  policy  of  Brissot; 
foreign  intervention  and  patriotism;   the  organization  of  public  opinion 


69  History  1b 

in  France;  the  journals;  Marat;  the  Jacobin  Club;  death  of  the  Emperor 
Leopold  II,  1  March,  1792,  and  the  assassination  of  Gustavus  III  of 
Sweden,  29  March,  1792. 

The  administration  of  Narbonne,  January-March,  1792;  and  of  the 
Girondin  ministers,  March  to  June,  1792;  the  policy  of  Dumouriez,  1739- 
1823. 

Declaration  of  war  by  France  against  Austria,  20  April,  1792. 

What  had  been  accomplished  during  the  peaceful  period  of  the  French 
Eevolution,  1789-1792;  the  creation  of  a  French  National  State;  the 
complication  of  a  great  foreign  war  checked  the  process  of  organization; 
necessity  of  bearing  in  mind  that  the  latter  years  of  the  French  Eevo- 
lution were  years  of  a  desperate  war  for  independence  undertaken  before 
the  new  self-governing  French  State  was  prepared  for  it;  the  general 
question  of  the  right  of  intervention  in  the  affairs  of  a  foreign  country. 


LECTUEE  30 

The  War  of  the  French  Eevolution;  the  Eeign  of  Terror 

Effect  of  the  outbreak  of  war  on  the  political  situation  in  France  and 
in  Europe;  the  problem  of  intervention  by  foreign  states  in  the  affairs 
of  a  state  changing  its  form  of  government;  Burke  and  Pitt;  the  coalition 
of  Austria,  Prussia  and  Sardinia  against  France. 

Effect  of  the  first  days  of  war;  the  invasion  of  the  Tuileries,  20  June, 
1792;  effect  of  Brunswick's  proclamation;  capture  of  the  Tuileries,  10 
August,  1792;  desertion  of  La  Fayette;  the  Marseillaise ;  suspension  of  the 
Monarchy;  the  advance  of  Brunswick;  the  Commune  of  Paris;  Danton; 
the  massacres  of  September  in  the  prisons  of  Paris;  meeting  of  the 
National  Convention,  20  September,  1792;  declaration  of  the  French 
Eepublic  "one  and  indivisible,  '  21  September;  the  battle  of  Valmy. 

The  first  successes  of  the  French  republican  armies;  the  victory  of 
Jemappes,  6  November,  and  occupation  oi  the  Austrian  Netherlands  by 
Dumouriez;  the  advance  of  Custine  to  the  Ehine  and  capture  of  Mayence; 
occupation  of  Savoy  and  Nice;  the  Eevolutionary  Propaganda  and  annex- 
ation of  Belgium  and  Savoy. 

The  policy  of  the  Girondins;  absence  of  parties  in  the  Convention; 
the  Plain;  the  Mountain;  the  Jacobin  Club;  execution  of  Louis  XVI, 
21  January,  1793;  war  declared  by  Great  Britain,  Spain,  Portugal  and 
the  Empire. 

Attitude  of  the  European  states  towards  the  French  Eepublic;  the 
coalition;  Catherine  II  and  Frederick  William  II;  the  Second  Partition 
of  Poland;  Thugut;  Godoy;  Pitt;  public  opinion;  Burke. 

Lack  of  organization  in  France;  Danton;  effect  of  the  repulse  of  the 
French    armies;    the    desertion    of    Dumouriez;    the    invasion    of    France; 


70  History  1b 

creation  of  the  Committee  of  Public  Safety;  expulsion  of  the  Girondin 
leaders,  31  May,  1793. 

Civil  war  in  France;  the  rising  of  La  Vendee;  the  federalist  move- 
ment; the  insurrection  of  the  cities;  the  murder  of  Marat  by  Charlotte 
Corday,  13  July,  1793. 

The  Great  Committee  of  Public  Safety;  Kobespierre;  Carnot;  Barere; 
organization  of  the  Keign  of  Terror;  its  purpose  and  effectiveness;  the 
thirteen  armies  of  the  Eepublic. 

The  winter  of  1793-1794;  the  Committee  of  Public  Safety  and  its 
relation  to  the  National  Convention;  the  Commune  of  Paris;  the  provinces 
of  France  and  the  problem  of  National  defense;  the  deputies  on  mission; 
the  Revolutionary  Tribunal  and  the  guillotine;  the  Republican  Calendar 
and  system  of  weights  and  measures;  the  Worship  of  Reason, 

The  victories  of  the  French  armies;  the  Terror  at  its  height;  Robe- 
spierre and  the  Worship  of  the  Supreme  Being;  the  victory  of  Fleurus, 
26  June,  1794;  the  battle  of  the  First  of  June;  arrest  of  Robespierre, 
9  Thermidor,  27  July,  1794;  end  of  the  Reign  of  Terror. 

The  Polish  insurrection  of  1794;  Kosciuszko;  occupation  of  Warsaw, 
April;  defeated  by  the  Russians  under  Suvorov,  October;  contrast  be- 
tween the  triumph  of  the  French  Republic  and  the  failure  of  the  Polish 
insurrection;  the  outburst  of  national  patriotism  in  France. 

Attitude  of  Europe  towards  the  triumphant  French  Republic;  with- 
drawal of  Prussian  interest  to  Poland;  Burke  and  the  majority  of  the 
English  Whigs  joined  Pitt;  public  opinion  in  Great  Britain  and  in  the 
United  States;  President  Washington  and  Genet;  Jay's  treaty,  1794- 
1795. 

The  government  of  the  Thermidorians  in  France;  continued  successes 
of  the  French  armies;  conquest  of  the  Protestant  Netherlands  by  Piche- 
gru,  January,  1795;  the  decree  of  the  National  Convention  of  4  December, 
1794,  and  end  of  the  Revolutionary  Propaganda;  the  demand  for  the 
natural  limits;  invasion  of  Spain  by  the  French. 

Third  and  final  partition  of  Poland,  3  January,  1795. 

Organization  of  the  Batavian  Republic;  treaty  of  peace  made  between 
France  and  Tuscany,  9  February,  1795;  France  restored  to  the  comity  of 
Europe;  triumph  of  the  French  nation. 

The  negotiations  at  Basle;  Barthelemy;  the  Treaties  of  Basle  between 
France  and  Prussia,  5  April,  1795,  and  between  France  and  Spain,  22 
July,  1795;  their  importance;  the  demand  for  the  Rhine  frontier;  Prussia 
and  North  Germany. 

France  in  the  summer  of  1795;  the  attacks  on  the  Convention  of  12 
Germinal  (1  April,  1795)  and  1  Prairial  (20  May,  1795) ;  death  of  Louis 
XVII,  8  June,  1795;  the  demand  for  the  termination  of  arbitrary  govern- 
ment. 


^1  History  1b 

The  Constitution  of  the  Year  III;  its  separation  of  the  executive  and 
legislative;  the  Directors  and  the  Councils  of  x^neients  and  of  Five  Hun- 
dred; the  decree  of  the  two-thirds;  the  demonstration  of  13  Vendemiaire, 
5  October,  1795;  its  defeat  by  Barras  and  Napoleon  Bonaparte. 

The  European  significance  of  the  War  of  the  French  Eevolution;  the 
triumph  of  French  national  patriotism;  the  idea  of  the  Nation  superadded 
to  the  idea  of  the  State. 

Contrast  between  the  peace  and  the  war  periods  of  the  French  Eevo- 
lution; the  adjustment  of  France  to  self-government  interfered  with  by 
the  intervention  of  Europe;  desperate  defense  of  French  national  inde- 
pendence and  the  right  to  modify  the  government  shown  in  her  sub- 
mission to  the  Eeign  of  Terror;  independence  more  sought  than  self- 
government;  difficulties  in  the  way  of  political,  social  and  economic 
adjustment,  when  complicated  by  a  desperate  war  for  independence. 


LECTUEE  31 

Napoleon  Bonaparte 

One  result  of  the  War  of  the  French  Eevolution  was  to  evolve  from 
the  thirteen  armies  of  the  Eeign  of  Terror  a  force  of  well  disciplined 
and  enthusiastic  young  soldiers;  after  the  Treaties  of  Basle,  when  the 
French  Eepublic  was  freed  from  invaders  and  became  aggressive,  these 
young  soldiers  tended  to  become  a  professional  army. 

The  personality  of  Napoleon  Bonaparte;  an  Italian  from  Corsica;  his 
family;  his  education  in  France;  his  interest  in  Corsican  polities;  his 
family  driven  from  Corsica,  1793;  his  services  at  the  siege  of  Toulon; 
made  a  general  by  Barras;  his  friendship  with  Eobespierre's  brother; 
employed  by  Barras  in  the  suppression  of  the  demonstration  of  13 
Vendemiaire. 

The  literature  on  Napoleon;  waves  of  opinion  with  regard  to  him; 
the  legend  of  Napoleon;  extremes  of  praise  and  blame;  Scott;  Thiers; 
Lanfrey;  Masson;  his  psychology;  Levy;  Taine. 

The  first  Directors  under  the  Constitution  of  the  Year  III;  Barras; 
appointment  of  Bonaparte  to  command  the  Army  of  Italy,  March,  1796; 
his  marriage  to  Josephine  de  Beauharnais. 

The  policy  of  the  first  Directors;  continuance  of  the  war  with  Austria, 
Sardinia  and  Great  Britain;  Eeubell;  Carnot. 

The  campaigns  of  1796  in  Italy;  the  strategy,  the  tactics,  the  young 
veterans  of  Bonaparte;  Montenotte;  peace  with  Sardinia  and  cession  of 
Savoy  and  Nice  to  France;  Lodi;  Castiglione;  Areola;  Eivoli;  signature 
of  the  Preliminaries  of  Leoben,  18  April,  1797. 

Campaign  of  1796  in  Germany;   the  retreat  of  Moreau. 


72  History  1b 

The  demand  for  peace  in  France  and  England;  critical  condition  of 
Great  Britain;  the  mutinies  in  the  English  navy,  1797. 

Effect  of  the  campaigns  of  1796;  attack  on  England  through  Ireland; 
the  United  Irishmen;  persistent  neutrality  of  Prussia;  treaty  of  alliance 
between  France  and  Spain;  destruction  of  the  Spanish  fleet  at  the  battle 
of  Cape  Saint  Vincent,  14  February,  1797. 

The  peace  movement  in  the  summer  of  1797;  Barthelemy  a  Director; 
overthrow  of  the  peace  party  on  18  Fructidor,  4  September,  1797;  Bona- 
parte and  Hoche. 

The  policy  of  the  Fructidorian  Directors;  growth  of  professionalism 
in  the  French  army;  the  policy  of  Bonaparte  in  Italy;  formation  of  the 
Cisalpine  and  Ligurian  Eepublics;  signature  of  the  Treaty  of  Campo- 
Formio,  17  October,  1797,  between  France  and  Austria;  the  question  of 
the  Ehine  frontier. 

The  Fructidorian  Directors  and  Great  Britain;  the  expedition  of  Bona- 
parte to  Egypt  and  the  aid  given  to  the  Irish  insurrection  of  1798; 
Nelson's  victory  in  the  Battle  of  the  Nile,  1  August,  1798,  and  the 
surrender  of  Humbert  to  Cornwallis,  8  September,  1798. 

Aggressive  policy  of  the  Fructidorian  Directors  in  Switzerland  and 
Italy;  formation  of  the  Helvetic,  Koman  and  Parthenopean  Eepublics; 
Pope  Pius  VI  carried  prisoner  to  France;  adoption  of  the  first  Law  of 
Conscription,  5  September,  1798. 

Indignation  of  the  States  of  Europe;  formation  of  the  Second  Coa- 
lition against  the  French  Eepublic;  Pitt  makes  a  combination  with  the 
Emperor  Francis  II  and  the  Tsar  Paul,  who  had  succeeded  Catherine  in 
1796;  Frederick  William  III  of  Prussia,  who  had  succeeded  1797,  declares 
neutrality. 

The  campaigns  of  1799;  Suvorov  drives  the  French  from  Italy,  except 
Genoa;  Massena  defends  Switzerland;  failure  of  the  Duke  of  York  at 
Bergen. 

Effect  of  the  renewal  of  European  war  on  the  French  government;  the 
coup  d'etat  of  30  Prairial,  18  June,  1799;  Sieyes  and  Talleyrand. 

Bonaparte's  campaigns  in  Egypt  and  Syria;  his  administration  of 
Egypt;  failure  before  Acre;  his  return  to  France,  9  October,  1799. 

The  coup  d'etat  of  18  Brumaire,  9  November,  1799;  Bonaparte  First 
Consul. 

The  Constitution  of  the  Year  VIII,  1799;  the  Consuls,  Bonaparte, 
Cambaceres  and  Lebrun;  the  Council  of  State,  the  Senate,  the  Tribunate, 
the  Legislative  Body;  Bonaparte  as  an  administrator;  foundation  of  the 
Bank  of  France,  13  February,  1800;  the  Concordat  signed  by  Bonaparte 
and  Pope  Pius  VII,  15  July,  1801;  organization  of  the  prefectures;  legal 
reform;  the  Codes;  Bonaparte  First  Consul  for  life,  2  August,  1802. 

The  foreign  policy  of  First  Consul  Bonaparte;  relations  with  Prussia, 


73  History  1b 

Russia  and  Spain;  the  battles  of  Marengo,  14  June,  1800,  and  Hohen- 
linden,  3  December,  1800;  assassination  of  the  Tsar  Paul,  23  March,  1801. 

The  treaty  of  Luneville  between  France  and  Austria,  9  February, 
1801;  the  resignation  of  Pitt,  March,  1801;  the  treaty  of  Amiens  between 
France  and  Great  Britain,  signed  by  Cornwallis  and  Joseph  Bonaparte, 
25  March,  1802;  terms  of  these  treaties. 

Changes  made  in  Europe  during  the  Consulate. 

The  changes  in  Italy;  Bonaparte  President  of  the  Italian  Eepublic, 
January,  1802. 

The  changes  in  Switzerland;  the  Act  of  Mediation,  19  February,  1803, 
the  federal  constitution  restored,  but  with  six  new  cantons;  Geneva  an- 
nexed to  France. 

The  changes  in  Germany;  secularization  of  ecclesiastical  States; 
cession  of  the  left  bank  of  the  Ehine  to  France;  reorganization  of  the 
Eeichstag  or  Imperial  Diet,  27  April,  1803. 

Outbreak  of  war  between  the  First  Consul  and  Great  Britain,  1803; 
formation  of  the  camp  at  Boulogne;  Pitt  again  Prime  Minister;  the 
execution  of  the  Due  d'Enghien,  21  March,  1804. 

Napoleon  Bonaparte  offered  the  title  of  Emperor  of  the  French  by  the 
Senate,  18  May,  1804;  the  offer  ratified  by  the  French  people  in  their 
primary  assemblies;  coronation  of  Napoleon  as  Emperor  by  Pope  Pius 
VII  at  Paris,  2  December,  1804. 

The  Emperor  Francis  II  takes  the  title  of  Francis  I,  Emperor  of 
Austria,  7  December,  1804,  having  previously,  11  August,  1804,  declared 
the  Austrian  dominions  an  hereditary  empire;  he  resigned  the  title  of 
Holy  Roman  Emperor,  6  August,  1806. 

Significance  of  the  imperial  title  taken  by  Napoleon;  it  challenged 
the  continuance  of  the  European  State  system  as  it  had  existed  since 
1648,  as  the  policy  of  the  First  Consul  Bonaparte  had  challenged  the 
doctrine  of  the  Balance  of  Power. 

The  interests  of  France  disregarded  for  the  larger  conception  of  the 
Napoleonic  Empire. 

The  idea  of  nationality  and  of  national  independence,  which  had  been 
so  desperately  defended  by  France  and  from  which  had  been  inspired 
the  armies  of  the  French  Revolution,  abandoned,  as  well  as  the  idea  of 
natural  frontiers,  by  the  interference  of  Napoleon  in  Switzerland  and  his 
annexation  of  Piedmont  to  France,  11  September,  1802. 


LECTURE  32 

The  Napoleonic  Empire 

Alarm  felt  in  Europe   at   the   aggressiveness   of  Napoleon;    the   fears 
of   European   statesmen   were   no   longer   of   French   Revolutionary   ideas 


74  History  1b 

of  democracy  and  self-government,  but  of  the  destruction  of  the  Balance 
of  Power  in  Europe. 

Protests  made  by  Great  Britain  against  the  annexation  of  Piedmont 
to  France,  and  her  refusal  to  surrender  Malta,  which  she  had  taken  in 
1800,  to  the  Knights  of  St.  John,  except  under  a  guarantee. 

Embargo  laid  by  the  English  government  on  French  ships;  arrest  of 
English  tourists  in  France;  occupation  of  Hanover  by  a  French  army; 
blockade  of  French  ports  by  English  fleets;  sale  of  Louisiana  to  the 
United  States,  1803. 

The  camp  at  Boulogne;  organization  of  the  ''Grande  Armee";  its 
excellence;  young  veterans;  professional  soldiers;  corps  d 'armee,  divisions 
and  brigades;  the  Marshals  of  the  Empire;  the  staff;  officers  and  soldiers; 
the  Imperial  Guard;  the  infantry;  tirailleurs  and  voltigeurs;  cavalry; 
light  and  heavy;  cuirassiers  and  dragoons;  hussars,  lancers  and  chasseurs; 
artillery;  engineers;  medical  staff;  Larrey;  the  spirit  of  honor  and  de- 
votion to  the  Emperor  take  the  place  of  patriotism;  the  conscription; 
Marbot's  Memoirs  and  the  spirit  of  the  Grande  Armee. 

Great  Britain  and  Napoleon;  rise  of  the  national  spirit  in  England; 
the  camp  at  Shorncliffe;  Sir  John  Moore;  the  English  navy;  Nelson;  the 
sailor  songs  of  Dibdin. 

Pitt  again  prime  minister  of  Great  Britain,  1804;  he  thinks  of  the 
Balance  of  Power  and  not  of  national  patriotism;  the  old  fashioned 
diplomacy;  the  coalition  of  Austria,  Eussia  and  Great  Britain;  alliance 
of  France  and  Spain. 

The  institutions  of  the  Napoleonic  Empire;  the  Legion  of  Honour; 
the  Imperial  Court;  the  grand  dignitaries;  the  Empress  Josephine;  the 
Bonaparte  family;  the  Senate;  excellence  of  the  Napoleonic  adminis- 
tration; the  Napoleonic  bureaucracy;  its  efficiency  and  military  organ- 
ization. 

Napoleon  the  last  and  most  efficient  of  the  enlightened  despots; 
comparison  with  Frederick  the  Great  of  Prussia. 

The  Napoleonic  Empire  and  Europe;  aims  and  ideals  of  Napoleon; 
Napoleon  crowned  King  of  Italy  at  Milan,  26  May,  1805;  Eugene  de 
Beauharnais  Viceroy  of  Italy. 

Failure  of  the  projected  invasion  of  England;  Villeneuve  and  Nelson; 
Sir  Robert  Calder's  action,  22  July,  1805;  destruction  of  the  French  and 
Spanish  fleets  at  Trafalgar,  21  October,  1805;  death  of  Nelson. 

The  campaign  of  1805;  surrender  of  Mack  at  Ulm,  20  October;  occu- 
pation of  Vienna;  battle  of  Austerlitz,  2  December;  Treaty  of  Pressburg, 
26  December. 

Death  of  Pitt,  23  January,  1806;  formation  of  the  Confederation  of 
the  Rhine,  July  12,  1806;  end  of  the  Holy  Roman  Empire,  August  6,  1806; 
the  Electors  of  Bavaria  and  Wurtemberg  given  the  title  of  king. 


75  History  1b 

The  campaign  of  1806;  Frederick  William  III  of  Prussia  and  Queen 
Louisa;  battles  of  Jena  and  Auerstadt,  14  October;  occupation  of  Berlin, 
October  25;  overthrow  of  Prussia. 

The  campaign  of  1807;  battles  of  Eylau,  8  February,  and  Friedland, 
14  June;  defeat  of  the  Eussians. 

The  Treaty  of  Tilsit,  July  7,  1807;  its  importance. 

The  Napeolonic  Empire;  its  structure  and  organization;  Joseph  Bona- 
parte, King  of  Naples,  30  March,  1806;  Louis  Bonaparte,  King  of  Hol- 
land, 24  May,  1806;  Jerome  Bonaparte,  King  of  Westphalia,  18  August, 
1807;  the  Confederation  of  the  Ehine  or  Rheinbund;  the  organization  of 
Germany;  mediatization  of  the  small  states  of  Germany;  codified  law, 
centralized  administration  and  military  conscription  introduced;  the  or- 
ganization of  Italy;  Eugene  de  Beauharnais. 

Significance  of  the  Napoleonic  Empire;  ruin  of  the  State  system  and 
of  the  doctrine  of  the  Balance  of  Power;  the  Napoleonic  Empire  European 
rather  than  French;  an  administrative  entity  rather  than  a  national 
organization;  opposed  to  self-government;  the  highest  expression  of 
enlightened  despotism;  comparison  and  contrast  with  the  Roman  Empire 
and  with  the  Holy  Roman  Empire  of  the  Middle  Ages. 

Great  Britain  and  the  Napoleonic  Empire;  the  influence  of  sea  power; 
the  blockade  of  the  French  coast;  the  capture  of  the  French,  Dutch  and 
Spanish  islands  in  the  West  Indies,  the  Indian  Ocean  and  Asia;  capture 
of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope;  Miranda  and  his  schemes  for  the  independ- 
ence of  Spanish  America;  failure  of  the  English  attack  on  Buenos  Aires, 
1808. 

Napoleon  and  English  commerce;  the  Berlin  Decree,  21  November, 
1806;  the  English  Orders  in  Council,  11  November,  1807;  the  Milan 
Decree,  December  17,  1807;  eft'ect  of  the  Continental  Blockade. 

The  administration  of  the  Duke  of  Portland  in  England,  1807  to 
1809;  Canning  and  Castlereagh;  their  rival  policies;  Canning's  under- 
standing of  the  National  idea. 

Napoleon's  interference  in  the  Iberian  Peninsula;  his  resolution  to 
attack  Portugal;  the  Treaty  of  Fontainebleau,  October  27,  1807;  the 
occupation  of  Portugal  by  a  French  army  under  Junot,  November,  1807; 
Napoleon  and  Spain;  Joseph  Bonaparte  declared  King  of  Spain  and  the 
Indies,  June  6,  1808. 

The  Spanish  insurrection;  the  capitulation  of  Baylen,  20  July,  1808; 
the  intensity  of  national  feeling  in  Spain;  guerilla  warfare;  Sir  Arthur 
Wellesley  in  Portugal;  the  Convention  of  Cintra,  30  August,  1808;  Napo- 
leon in  Spain;  the  retreat  of  Sir  John  Moore  to  Corunna. 

Unpopularity  of  the  Napoleonic  Empire  in  Germany;  the  shooting  of 
Palm,  26  August,  1806;  Stadion's  attempt  to  make  Austria  leader  of  a 
movement  in  Germany. 


76  History  1b 

The  campaign  of  ]809;  the  battles  of  Aspern  or  Essling,  May  21,  22, 
and  of  Wagram,  July  6;  the  Treaty  of  Schonbrunn;  failure  of  Austria; 
failure  of  the  English  expedition  to  Walcheren;  Hofer  and  the  Tyrol. 

Denmark  and  the  Napoleonic  Empire;  bombardment  of  Copenhagen, 
September,  1807;  Sweden;  election  of  Bernadotte  as  Prince  Eoyal,  5  No- 
vember, 1810;  the  Turks;  war  between  the  Tsar  Alexander  and  the  Turks, 
1809  to  1811;  the  Illyrian  Provinces. 

Napoleon  and  the  Pope;  arrest  of  Pope  Pius  VII,  July  6,  1809;  annex- 
ation of  Eome,  13  December,  1810. 

The  Napoleonic  Empire  at  its  greatest  extent;  130  departments  from 
Kome  to  Liibeck;  excellence  of  administration;  foundation  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  France,  17  March,  1808;  absence  of  representative  government 
and  suppression  of  freedom  of  expression  of  opinion;  Fbuche,  Minister  of 
Police,  1804-1810. 

Napoleon  and  the  Napoleonic  Empire;  his  Court;  his  belief  in  the 
hereditary  principle;  the  Napoleonic  nobility,  1808;  resignation  of  Tal- 
leyrand, 1808. 

Divorce  of  Napoleon  from  Josephine  and  his  marriage  to  the  Arch- 
duchess Marie  Louise,  2  April,  1810;  Metternich  State  Chancellor  of 
Austria;  birth  of  the  King  of  Eome,  20  March,  1811. 

Failure  of  Napoleon  to  appreciate  the  forces  working  against  him  at 
the  height  of  his  power;  his  misunderstanding  of  the  desire  for  self- 
government;  his  misunderstanding  of  the  value  of  sea  power;  his  failure 
to  ruin  English  prosperity;  his  misunderstanding  of  the  strength  of 
national  patriotism,  which  he  had  aroused  in  England,  Spain  and  Germany, 

Inevitable  overthrow  of  the  Napoleonic  Empire;  refusal  of  the  Europe 
of  the  Nations  to  accept  it. 


LECTUEE  33 
Overthrow  of  the  Napoleonic  Empire;  the  Eise  of  the  Nations 

Napoleon  the  last  of  the  enlightened  despots  of  Europe,  who  believed 
that  they  knew  better  what  was  good  for  the  people  than  the  people; 
government  of,  but  not  by  the  people;  disbelief  in  representative  govern- 
ment and  political  liberty  with  belief  in  equality  before  the  law  and 
individual  freedom. 

National  character  of  the  combined  movement,  which  overthrew  the 
Napoleonic  Empire;  rise  and  growth  of  the  national  idea,  which  resented 
interference  by  foreigners;  its  vehement  expression  in  France  during  the 
War  of  the  French  Eevolution;  national  patriotism  roused  against 
Napoleon  among  the  Spaniards,  Portuguese,  Swiss,  Hungarians,  Dutch 
and  Italians;  the  only  exception  the  Poles,  who  believed  he  would  restore 


77  History  1b 

the  independence  of  Poland;  the  overthrow  of  the  Napoleonic  Empire 
certain,  when  the  national  spirit  was  roused  in  Germany  and  Eussia. 

The  war  in  the  Iberian  Peninsula;  national  patriotism  of  the  Span- 
iards; the  defense  of  Saragossa;  AVellington  in  the  Peninsula;  the  Anglo- 
Portuguese  army;  the  lines  of  Torres  Vedras,  1810-1811;  victories  of 
Wellington  at  Talavera,  1809,  Salamanca,  1812,  Vittoria,  1813;  expulsion 
of  the  French  and  Joseph  Bonaparte  from  Spain. 

The  growth  of  the  national  spirit  in  Germany;  the  Duke  of  Bruns- 
wick; Major  Schill;  the  Tugendbund;  Father  Jahn;  the  poets  of  nation- 
alism; Arndt  and  Korner;  attitude  of  Goethe  towards  Napoleon. 

The  reorganization  of  Prussia;  Stein,  1757-1831;  his  abolition  of 
serfdom  and  other  reforms;  Hardenberg  and  his  completion  of  Stein's 
work  by  making  former  serfs  land  holders;  Scharnhorst,  1755-1813,  and 
the  adoption  by  Prussia  of  universal  military  service;  foundation  of  the 
CJniversity  of  Berlin,  1810. 

Napoleon  and  the  Tsar  Alexander  I;  the  disagreement  between  them; 
Napoleon's  invasion  of  Eussia,  1812;  character  of  the  invading  armies; 
only  one-third  French  soldiers;  a  Napoleonic,  not  a  French  army;  the 
gradual  destruction  of  the  Grande  Armee,  which  had  been  organized  in 
1804,  during  the  wars  of  Napoleon. 

The  campaign  of  1812;  the  battle  of  Borodino,  7  September;  the 
occupation  and  destruction  of  Moscow;  the  retreat  of  the  invaders; 
destruction  of  the  Napoleonic  army;  the  Eussian  spirit;  Tolstoi's  War 
and  Peace. 

Effect  of  the  retreat  from  Moscow;  Torek's  Prussian  contingent 
deserted  Napoleon;  declaration  of  war  by  Frederick  William  III  of 
Prussia  against  Napoleon,  16  March,  1813;  Bliicher;  Gneisenau;  effect  of 
Scharnhorst 's  military  reforms. 

National  outburst  of  patriotism  in  Germany;  the  policy  of  Stein;  the 
Free  Corps;  German  patriotic  songs;  the  Iron  Cross. 

The  campaign  of  1813;  Bernadotte  and  the  Swedish  army;  the  Con- 
gress of  Prague;  the  Emperor  Francis  declares  war  against  Napoleon, 
12  August;  the  battle  of  Leipzig,  October  16-19;  Napoleon  driven  from 
Germany. 

The  question  of  a  national  rising  in  France  to  resist  invasion,  as 
during  the  War  of  the  French  Eevolution;  inability  of  Napoleon  to 
rouse  France;  reasons  for  the  attitude  of  France;  the  Proposals  of  Frank- 
fort, 9  November,  1813;  attitude  towards  Napoleon  of  the  Tsar  Alex- 
ander, Metternich  and  Castlereagh;  the  French  people  not  identified  with 
the  Empire. 

Invasion  of  France  by  Wellington,  7  October,  1813,  and  across  the 
Ehine,  31  December. 

The  defensive  campaign  of  1814  in  France;  the  Treaty  of  Chaumont 


i 


78  History  1b 

between  the  allies;  occupation  of  Paris,  31  March;  abdication  of  Napo- 
leon, 6  April. 

The  suddenness  with  which  the  Napoleonic  Empire  came  to  an  end 
showed  the  weakness  of  its  foundation,  when  opposed  by  the  national 
idea. 

Nationalism  in  Italy;  Murat;  Bentinck;  Nationalism  in  Germany  at 
its  height;  Nationalism  in  the  Netherlands;  Carnot's  defense  of  Ant- 
werp; Norway  ceded  to  Sweden  by  Denmark  in  exchange  for  Swedish 
Pomerania. 

The  Treaty  of  Paris;  disappearance  with  Napoleon  of  the  Napoleonic 
Empire;  loss  of  the  Ehine  frontier  by  France,  which  was  reduced  to 
the  boundaries  of  1792;  Louis  XVIII  recognized  as  King  of  France;  the 
Charter  of  1814. 

Outbreak  of  war  between  Great  Britain  and  the  United  States;  the 
events  leading  up  to  it;  President  Jefferson,  1801-1809;  expansion  west- 
wards; the  Louisiana  Purchase. 

The  War  of  1812;  nationalism  and  sectionalism;  the  Hartford  Con- 
vention; the  naval  war;  the  burning  of  York  and  of  the  Capitol  at 
Washington;  Jackson's  victory  at  New  Orleans;  the  Treaty  of  Ghent, 
24  December,  1814. 

The  adjustment  of  Europe  to  the  new  conditions  left  by  the  over- 
throw of  the  Napoleonic  Empire  referred  to  a  congress  of  representatives 
of  the  States  of  Europe,  which  met  at  Vienna,  November,  1814. 

Escape  of  Napoleon  from  Elba,  March,  1815;  the  Hundred  Days; 
failure  of  the  attempt  to  arouse  French  national  patriotism;  the  Addi- 
tional Act;  the  resolution  of  the  Great  Powers  to  expel  Napoleon  from 
France. 

The  campaign  of  1815,  culminating  in  the  battle  of  Waterloo,  18  June. 

The  second  Treaty  of  Paris;  Napoleon  sent  to  St.  Helena,  where  he 
died,  5  May,  1821. 

The  Napoleonic  Empire,  the  creation  of  Napoleon  Bonaparte  rather 
than  of  France,  paved  the  way  for  the  modern  Europe  of  great  national 
states,  but  it  could  not  continue  since  the  spirit  of  nationality  was 
opposed  to  a  revival  of  any  sort  of  Empire. 


LECTURE  34 

The  Congress  of  Vienna;  the  Ascendancy  of  Metternich 

The  Congress  of  Vienna,  November,  1814,  to  March,  1815;  its  import- 
ance in  diplomatic  history;  its  chief  members;  Metternich;  Nesselrode; 
Hardenberg;  Castlereagh;  the  policy  of  the  Tsar  Alexander  and  the  King 
of  Prussia,  of  Metternich  and  Castlereagh;  appearance  of  the  idea  of  the 
Great  Powers. 


^ 


79  History  1b 

The  diplomatic  campaign  of  Talleyrand;  its  extraordinary  success; 
France  as  a  Great  Power;  the  minor  powers;  the  Treaty  of  3  January, 
1815;  the  effect  of  the  return  of  Napoleon  from  Elba. 

The  settlement  of  Europe  by  the  Congress  of  Vienna;  neglect  of  the 
principle  of  Nationality;  the  arrangement  of  Italy;  the  union  of  the 
Dutch  and  Belgians  in  the  Kingdom  of  the  Netherlands;  the  union  of 
Sweden  and  Norway;  the  relations  of  Russia  with  Finland  and  Poland; 
the  organization  of  the  Germanic  Confederation  or  Bund;  its  thirty-nine 
members;  the  Bundestag;  the  reorganization  of  Switzerland, 

The  Holy  Alliance  of  the  Tsar  Alexander  I,  Frederick  William  III 
and  Francis  I,  26  September,  1815;  its  objects  and  meaning;  under  Met- 
ternich's  guidance  it  was  led  to  work  against  self-government  or  repre- 
sentative government  in  the  States  of  Europe;  Metternich's  fear  of 
democracy. 

The  ascendancy  of  Metternich  in  European  affairs,  1815  to  1848;  his 
desire  to  maintain  the  peace  of  Europe  by  Congresses  of  representatives 
of  the  Great  Powers;  the  Congress  of  Aix-la-Chapelle,  1818;  the  Congress 
of  Carlsbad,  1819;  the  doctrine  of  intervention;  its  intention  and  im- 
portance; the  Congresses  of  Troppau,  1820,  Laybach^  1821,  and  Verona, 
1822;  intervention  against  revolutionary  movements  by  Austria  in  Italy, 
1821,  and  by  France  in  Spain,  1823. 

Possible  application  of  the  doctrine  of  intervention  to  America,  where 
the  Spanish- American  colonies  had  revolted;  opposition  of  €anning  on 
behalf  of  Great  Britain;  statement  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine. 

The  history  of  Europe  during  the  ascendancy  of  Metternich,  1815  to 
1848,  is  the  history  of  the  development,  of  the  demand  for  self-government 
and  national  states. 

Great  Britain  from  1815  to  1848;  the  importance  of  Canning;  the 
Reform  Bill  of  1832,  and  establishment  of  middle  class  government;  the 
social,  political  and  economic  reforms  of  1832-1839;  the  struggle  over 
the  Corn  Laws;  growth  of  Chartism;  the  demands  of  the  democracy; 
denial  of  the  principle  of  nationality  set  forth  by  the  Irish,  but  its 
recognition  in  the  grant  of  self-government  to  Canada. 

The  Eastern  Question;  the  attitude  of  Metternich;  the  insurrection  of 
the  Greeks;  Byron;  the  condition  of  the  Turkish  State  under  Mahmud 
II;  the  emergence  of  Egypt  under  Mehemet  Ali;  the  battle  of  Navarino, 
20  October,  1827;  war  between  the  Russians  and  Turks,  1828-1829; 
recognition  of  Greek  independence,  1829;  Otto  of  Bavaria  King  of 
Greece,  1832. 

The  Revolution  of  July,  1830,  in  France;  Louis  Philippe  King  of  the 
French,  1830-1848;  the  conquest  of  Algeria,  1830-1840;  middle  class 
government  in  France. 

The  Revolution  of  1830  in  Belgium;  Leopold  of  Saxe-Coburg-Gotha 
elected  King  of  the  Belgians,  1831;  the  Belgian  Constitution. 


80  History  1b 

The  Eevolution  of  1830  in  Poland;  its  suppression  by  the  Russians. 

Revolutionary  movements  in  Italy  suppressed  by  the  Austrians. 

Insurrection  and  civil  war  in  Portugal  and  Spain;  independence  of 
Brazil,  1822,  and  of  Spanish  America;  the  Miguelites  in  Portugal  and 
the  Carlists  in  Spain;  difficulties  in  the  way  of  establishing  representative 
government. 

Growth  of  the  ideas  of  self-government  and  democracy,  and  of  nation- 
alism in  Germany;  the  German  Universities;  their  idealism  and  their 
scholarship;  Kant  and  Hegel;  Niebuhr  and  Ranke;  the  ideals  of  Prussia; 
Wilhelm  von  Humboldt;  the  formation  of  the  Zollverein. 

The  civil  war  of  the  Sonderbund  in  Switzerland,  1847. 

In  spite  of  all  Metternich's  efforts,  the  European  movement  was  in 
favor  of  self-government  and  of  nationalism;  these  ideas  were  at  the 
basis  of  the  Revolutionary  movement  of  1848  in  Europe. 


LECTURE  35 

The  Independence  of  Spanish  America 

Discontent  felt  in  Spanish  America  over  the  political  and  economic 
situation  in  the  eighteenth  century;  the  effect  of  the  administrative  and 
economic  reforms  of  Charles  III;  the  vice-royalties  of  Mexico,  Peru, 
New  Granada  and  Buenos  Aires;  continued  exclusion  of  the  Creoles  from 
office;  Cuba,  San  Domingo  and  the  Spanish  West  Indies;  Portugal  and 
her  dominion  of  Brazil;  Louisiana  ceded  to  Spain,  1763;  retroceded  to 
France,  1800. 

The  effect  of  the  American  Revolution,  by  which  the  English  colonies 
had  attained  independence,  on  Spanish  America;  the  prophecy  of  Aranda. 

During  the  wars  between  Great  Britain  and  Spain,  1796  to  1802,  1803 
to  1808,  Spanish  America  was  practically  independent;  its  loyalty  to 
Spain;  repulse  of  the  English  attack  on  Buenos  Aires,  1808;  unanimous 
refusal  to  recognize  Joseph  Bonaparte. 

Revolutionary  outbreaks  in  all  the  provinces  of  Spanish  America, 
1810;  the  expulsion  of  Cisneros  from  Buenos  Aires;  Miranda  in  Venezuela. 

Effect  of  the  overthrow  of  the  Napoleonic  Empire  and  the  restor- 
ation of  Ferdinand  VII  to  the. throne  of  Spain  on  Spanish  America;  the 
reaction  in  Spain;  lack  of  vigorous  action  against  the  Spanish  insurgents. 

The  national  and  political  views  of  the  Spanish  American  leaders; 
victory  of  sectionalism;  meaning  of  republicanism  in  Spanish  America; 
influence  of  European  ideas;  contrast  with  the  English- American  Revo- 
lution. 

The  geographical  conditions  of  the  Spanish  American  Revolution. 

The  Revolution  in  southern  South  America;  independence  of  the  vice- 
royalty  of  Buenos  Aires  or  the  Rio  de  la  Plata  declared  6  July,  1816;  San 


81  History  1b 

Martin;  his  marcli  across  the  Andes;  the  independence  of  Chile  and  the 
establishment  of  a  Eepublic  declared,  1  January,  1818. 

The  Eevolution  in  the  vice-royalty  of  New  Granada;  defeat  of 
Miranda,  1812;  Simon  Bolivar,  1783-1830;  formation  of  the  Eepublic  of 
Colombia,  including  New  Granada,  Venezuela  and  Ecuador,  by  Bolivar, 
1819. 

The  Eevolution  in  Mexico;  defeat  of  Hidalgo,  1811;  the  career  of 
Iturbide,  1783-1824;  Mexico  declared  independent,  27  September,  1821; 
Iturbide  Emperor  of  Mexico,  1822;  declaration  of  the  Eepublic  of  Mexico, 
2  December,  1822. 

The  Eevolution  in  Guatemala;  independence  declared  21  September, 
1821;   separated  from  Mexico,  1  July,  1823. 

The  Eevolution  in  the  island  of  San  Domingo;  declaration  of  the 
Eepublic,  1  December,  1821. 

The  loyalty  to  Spain  of  the  vice-royalty  of  Peru;  naval  victory  of  the 
Chilians  under  Lord  Cochrane  over  the  Peruvians,  1818;  advance  of  San 
Martin  from  the  south  and  of  Bolivar  from  the  north;  capture  of  Lima; 
declaration  of  the  independence  of  Peru,  28  July,  1821;  battle  of  Aya- 
cucho,  1824. 

Interest  taken  in  the  Spanish  American  Eevolution  in  Europe  and  in 
the  United  States;  Ferdinand  VII  and  the  Holy  Alliance;  the  position 
taken  up  by  Canning;  '^I  have  called  a  new  world  into  existence  to 
redress  the  balance  of  the  old";  promulgation  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine, 
1  December,  1823. 

Failure  of  the  attempt  to  form  a  federal  Eepublic  of  the  Spanish 
American  States;  characteristics  of  Spanish  American  government;  sec- 
tionalism; military  dictatorships;  Francia,  Dictator  of  Paraguay,  1814- 
1840;   contrast  with  Anglo-American  government. 

Brazil  declared  its  independence  under  the  Emperor  Pedro  I,  son  of 
John  VI  of  Portugal,  1822,  but  did  not  become  a  republic  until  1889. 

The  States  of  the  Eio  de  la  Plata;  Uruguay  independent,  1825;  Para- 
guay, 1814;  the  rest  after  a  long  struggle  between  the  federal  and  unitary 
parties  becomes  the  federal  Argentine  Eepublic;  importance  of  Buenos 
Aires. 

Upper  Peru  organized  as  the  Eepublic  of  Bolivia,  1826;  Venezuela, 
1829,  and  Ecuador,  1830,  independently  organized  from  Colombia;  the 
federal  Eepublic  of  Guatemala  or  Central  America  divided  into  the  five 
independent  republics  of  Guatemala,  San  Salvador,  Nicaragua,  Costa  Eica 
and  Honduras,  1839. 

The  Eepublic  of  Mexico;  revolutions,  civil  wars,  dictatorships,  seces- 
sions and  attempts  at  federal  and  unitary  republics;  disputes  between 
central  and  local  organizations;  the  secularization  of  the  estates  of  the 
Church  and  the  missions. 


82  History  1b 

The  secession  of  Texas  from  Mexico,  1836;  war  between  the  United 
States  and  Mexico,  1846-1848;  the  situation  of  California;  the  question 
of  the  Pacific  Coast;  by  the  Treaty  of  Guadaloupe  Hidalgo,  Mexico  ceded 
New  Mexico  and  Upper  California  to  the  United  States. 

The  expansion  of  the  United  States  between  1814  and  1848;  the  acqui- 
sition of  Florida  from  Spain,  1819; -the  Webster-Ashburton  treaty,  1842; 
the  movement  westward;  the  admission  of  Texas,  1845;  the  Oregon  ques- 
tion; its  settlement,  1846;  importance  of  the  acquisition  of  Upper  Cali- 
fornia, 1848;  the  United  States  and  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

Analogies  and  contrasts  between  the  ideas  of  self-government  and 
nationality  developed  between  1814  and  1848  in  Europe,  Spanish  America 
and  the  United  States;  federalism  and  nationalism;  liberalism  and  democ- 
racy; limited  monarchy  and  republicanism. 


LECTUEE  36 

The  Ee volution ary  Movement  of  1848  in  Europe 

The  political  and  social  ferment  of  a  generation  produced  the  revolu- 
tionary movement  of  1848. 

The  national  idea;  its  effect  on  the  writing  and  study  of  history. 

Political  theories;   the  development  of  the  idea  of  universal  suffrage. 

The  French  socialist  writers;  their  relation  with  the  eighteenth  cen- 
tury thinkers,  like  Eousseau,  and  with  Babeuf;  Saint-Simon,  1760-1825; 
Fourier,  1772-1837;  Proudhon,  1809-1865;  Louis  Blanc,  1813-1882. 

The  positivist  philosophy  of  Auguste  Comte,  1798-1867;  the  reaction 
to  Christianity;  Lamennais,  1782-1854;  Lacordaire,  1802-1861. 

The  German  philosophers;  Hegel,  1770-1831;  Schopenhauer,  1788-1860. 

The  Utilitarian  philosophers  in  England;  Bentham,  1748-1832;  his 
followers. 

The  political  economists;  the  development  of  political  economy  and 
its  solution  of  social  problems;  Malthus,  1764-1834;  John  Stuart  Mill, 
1806-1873. 

The  resettlement  of  Europe  upon  a  new  economic  basis  after  the 
Napoleonic  wars;  changes  brought  about  by  the  invention  of  machinery; 
development  of  steam  power;  the  industrial  revolution;  the  factory 
system. 

The  condition  of  the  laboring  classes  after  the  Napoleonic  wars;  the 
effect  of  free  competition  after  the  abolition  of  serfdom  and  of  the 
guild  system;  pauperism;  special  urgency  of  the  problem  of  pauperism 
in  England,  since  the  new  economic  and  industrial  conditions  first  devel- 
oped there;  the  Poor  Law  of  1834;  the  State  in  full  acceptance  of  the 
medieval  duties  of  the  Church. 

While  Utilitarian  philosophers  and  political  economists  influenced  the 


83  History  1b 

administration  of  European  governments  from  1814  to  1848,  a  reaction 
developed,  partly  religious,  partly  humanitarian  and  partly  socialistic, 
in  favor  of  the  sympathetic  treatment  of  the  poor,  the  afflicted  and  the 
unfortunate. 

The  revival  of  religion  and  its  effect  on  the  administration  of  charity; 
Ozanam,  1813-1853,  and  the  foundation  of  the  Society  of  Saint  Vincent 
de  Paul. 

The  humanitarian  movement  in  England;  Maurice,  1805-1872;  Charles 
Dickens,  1812-1870;  Charles  Kingsley,  1819-1875. 

The  European  character  of  the  social  and  political  ferment  which 
led  to  the  movement  of  1848;  its  chief  exponent,  Mazzini,  1808-1872. 

The  romantic  movement  in  literature  and  its  significance;  Chateau- 
briand, 1767-1848;  Byron,  1788-1824;  Lamartine,  1792-1869;  Victor  Hugo, 
1802-1885. 

Th#  romantic  movement  in  art;  its  European  character. 

The  development  of  music  in  the  first  half  of  the  nineteenth  century; 
Germany  and  Italy;  Beethoven,  1770-1827;   Eichard  Wagner,  1810-1883. 

The  Monarchy  of  July  in  France;  Louis  Philippe  and  Guizot,  1840- 
1848;  the  Eevolution  of  February,  1848;  establishment  of  the  Second 
French  Eepublic;  the  Constitution  of  1848;  election  of  Louis  Napoleon 
as  President;  his  policy  and  ideas;  his  declaration  in  favor  of  universal 
suffrage;  the  coup  d'etat  of  2  December,  1851;  the  Prince  President  de- 
clared Emperor  as  Napoleon  III,  2  December,  1852. 

The  Eevolution  of  1848  in  Italy;  the  different  tendencies  towards 
middle  class  government  and  democracy,  towards  feudalism  and  union- 
ism, towards  monarchy  and  republicanism;  Mazzini;  Garibaldi;  the  Car- 
bonari; Charles  Albert,  King  of  Sardinia. 

The  Eevolution  of  1848  in  Italy;  formation  of  various  republics; 
expulsion  of  the  rulers  of  Italian  States,  including  Pope  Pius  IX;  Charles 
Albert  and  Mazzini;  defeat  of  Charles  Albert  at  Novara,  23  March,  1849; 
restoration  by  Austrian  troops  of  the  Italian  rulers;  restoration  of  Pope 
Pius  IX  to  Eome  by  the  French,  1850. 

The  Eevolution  of  1848  in  Austria;  development  of  nationalism  in 
Hungary,  Bohemia  and  the  other  provinces;  the  insurrection  of  13  March 
in  Vienna;  dismissal  of  Metternich;  general  insurrection;  absence  of 
harmonious  action;  Kossuth  in  Hungary;  failure  of  the  Eevolution;  the 
policy  of  Schwarzenberg;  Francis  Joseph  Emperor;  defeat  of  the  Hun- 
garians by  Austrian  and  Eussian  armies,  1849. 

The  Eevolution  of  1848  in  Germany;  its  divided  aims;  resemblance  to 
the  situation  in  Italy;  nationalism  and  democracy;  the  part  played  by 
Prussia;  the  Parliament  of  Frankfort,  1848-1849;  its  failure;  suppression 
of  the  Eevolution;  the  war  with  Denmark  over  Schleswig-Holstein;  the 
leadership  of  Prussia. 


84  History  1b 

The  Eevolutionary  movement  of  1848  in  England;  the  Chartists;  the 
Eevolutionary  movement  in  the  Netherlands,  Belgium  and  the  Danubian 
Provinces. 

General  failure  of  the  Revolutionary  movement  of  1848  in  Europe; 
the  ideas  of  nationalism  then  given  forcible  expression  were  to  be 
triumphant  later  in  the  nineteenth  century  in  Italy  and  Germany. 

International  character  of  socialist  and  democratic  ideas;  the  ''Work- 
ingman's  Programme"  of  Ferdinand  Lassalle,  1862;  the  ''Manifesto  of 
the  Communist  Party"  of  Karl  Marx  and  Engels,  1848;  publication  of 
*'Das  Kapital"  by  Karl  Marx,  1867;  foundation  of  the  ''International" 
by  Mazzini,  Ledru-Eollin,  Karl  Marx,  Kossuth  and  George  Odger  at 
London,  1864. 


LECTURE  37 
The  Making  of  the  Kingdom  of  Italy 

The  situation  in  Italy  after  the  suppression  of  the  Revolutionary 
movement  of  1848;  reaction  everywhere,  except  in  the  kingdom  of  Sar- 
dinia; Victor  Emmanuel  II,  King  of  Sardinia,  1820-1878;  Camillo  Cavour, 
1809-1861. 

The  policy  of  Cavour,  1852-1859;  his  resolution  to  unite  Italy  under 
the  House  of  Savoy  by  taking  advantage  of  the  political  situation  in 
Europe;  contrast  between  Cavour  and  Mazzini. 

Determination  of  Cavour  to  take  part  in  the  Crimean  War,  1854-1856; 
the  nature  of  this  war;  resolution  of  Great  Britain  and  Prance  to  defend 
the  Turks  against  Russia;  the  siege  of  Sebastopol;  co-operation  of  Victor 
Emmanuel,  1855. 

At  the  Congress  of  the  Great  Powers  at  Paris,  1856,  where  the  terms 
of  peace  were  settled,  Cavour  brought  forward  the  condition  of  Italy 
and  especially  of  Naples;  the  international  questions  dealt  with  by  the 
Declaration  of  Paris. 

The  sympathy  of  Western  Europe  with  the  ideals  of  Italian  Nation- 
ality; the  special  sympathy  of  Napoleon  III;  his  agreement  to  aid  Victor 
Emmanuel  against  Austria  in  exchange  for  Savoy  and  Nice. 

The  campaign  of  1859  in  Italy;  defeat  of  the  Austrians  at  Magenta 

and  Solferino;  cession  of  Lombardy  to  Victor  Emmanuel  by  the  Treaty 
of  Villafranca,  11  July,  1859;  Savoy  and  Nice  ceded  to  Napoleon  III. 

General  insurrection  of  northern  and  central  Italy  against  the  Aus- 
trians, and  their  own  rulers;  Tuscany,  the  Legations  of  Bologna  and 
Ferrara,  the  Romagna,  Parma  and  Modena  vote  for  a  union  with  the 
kingdom  of  Sardinia,  1860;  the  conquest  by  Garibaldi  of  Sicily  and 
Naples,  and  expulsion  of  Francis  II,  King  of  the  Two  Sicilies,  1860. 

The  problem  that  faced  Garibaldi  and  Cavour;  Mazzini  projected  an 


85  History  1b 

Italian  Republic;  patriotic  conduct  of  Garibaldi;  Naples  and  Sicily  voted 
for  union  with  the  kingdom  of  Sardinia. 

Meeting  of  the  first  Italian  Parliament  at  Turin;  declaration  of  Victor 
Emmanuel  as  Victor  Emmanuel  I,  King  of  Italy,  17  March,  1861. 

The  policy  of  Cavour;  " 3i  free  Church  in  a  free  State";  death  of 
Cavour,  6  June,  1861. 

Completion  of  the  kingdom  of  Italy;  by  combining  with  Prussia 
against  Austria  Victor  Emmanuel  obtained  Venetia,  1866;  by  taking 
advantage  of  the  withdrawal  of  the  French  he  occupied  Rome,  20  Sep- 
tember, 1870;  Rome  declared  the  capital  of  Italy. 

Parliamentary  government  in  Italy;  its  difficulties;  general  develop- 
ment of  Italy. 

The  problem  of  the  Papacy;  Pope  Pius  IX^  1846-1878,  and  Pope  Leo 
XIII,  1878-1903. 

Italy  as  a  Great  Power;  her  place  in  the  Triple  Alliance  with  Ger- 
many and  Austria-Hungary;  her  expansion;  ''Italia  irredenta";  her 
dependencies  in  east  Africa;  her  interest  in  the  Mediterranean;  the  expe- 
dition to  Tripoli,  1911. 

The  characteristics  of  the  ' '  Risorgimento "  in  Italy;  political,  eco- 
nomic and  social  changes;  modern  Italian  achievements  in  literature, 
science  and  art. 

Emigration  from  Italy  to  the  United  States  and  South  America;  the 
part  played  by  Italy  and  the  Italians  in  the  history  of  European  Civil- 
ization. 


LECTURE  38 
The  Making  of  the  German  Empire 

The  situation  in  Germany  after  the  failure  of  the  Revolutionary  move- 
ment of  1848;  the  ascendancy  of  Austria;  Beust's  scheme  of  a  Middle 
Germany;  Bismarck,  1815-1898,  appointed  Prussian  representative  at  the 
Bundestag,  1851. 

Reconstitution  of  the  Zollverein,  with  Austria  excluded,  1853. 

Growing  strength  of  Prussia;  accession  of  William  I,  1861;  his  mili- 
tary instincts;  reorganization  of  the  Prussian  army  by  Von  Roon,  1803- 
1879,  and  of  the  general  staff  by  Von  Moltke,  1800-1891;  Bismarck,  chief 
minister  of  Prussia,  1862;  his  personality,  aims  and  career;  contrast 
between  Cavour  and  Bismarck. 

Prussia  the  representative  of  the  idea  of  German  National  unity. 

The  Danish  war,  1864;  cession  of  Schleswig-Holstein  to  Prussia  and 
Austria. 

The  Seven  Weeks'  War,  1866;  overthrow  of  Austria;  battle  of  Sadowa 
or  Koniggratz,  3  July. 


86  History  1b 

Dissolution  of  the  Germanic  Confederation;  annexation  by  Prussia 
of  Hanover,  Hesse-Cassel,  Hesse-Homburg,  Nassau,  Frankfort  and  Schles- 
wig-Holstein;   Austria  extruded  from  Germany. 

Formation  of  the  North  German  Confederation,  1867,  with  the  King 
of  Prussia  as  President  and  Commander-in-chief,  and  Bismarck  as  Chan- 
cellor; Von  Boon  organizes  the  army  of  the  Confederation  on  the  Prussian 
system;  the  Bundesrath  and  the  Eeichstag. 

The  reorganization  of  Austria  as  the  Austro-Hungarian  Empire-King- 
dom by  the  Emperor  Francis  Joseph.  Beust  and  Deak. 

Charles  of  Hohenzollern  elected  Prince  of  Eomania,  1866. 

The  situation  in  Spain;  the  reign  of  Queen  Isabella,  1833-1868,  a 
period  of  civil  wars  and  pronunciamentos;  flight  of  Isabella,  1868;  candi- 
dature of  Leopold  of  Hohenzollern  for  the  throne  of  Spain. 

The  war  policy  of  the  Emperor  Napoleon  III;  the  expedition  to 
Mexico,  1862;  the  Luxemburg  question,  1867;  the  unpopularity  and 
weakness  of  the  Second  Empire  in  France;  Bismarck's  understanding  of 
the  situation. 

The  Franco-German  War,  1870-1871;  complete  triumph  of  the  Ger- 
mans; surrender  of  Napoleon  III  at  Sedan,  2  September,  1870;  overthrow 
of  the  Second  Empire  and  declaration  of  the  Third  French  Eepublic. 

Desperate  resistance  of  France;  the  Government  of  National  Defense: 
Gambetta;  the  siege  of  Paris. 

William  I,  King  of  Prussia,  declared  German  Emperor  at  Versailles, 
18  January,  1871. 

Thiers  elected  President  of  the  Third  French  Eepublic,  March,  1871; 
cession  of  Alsace  and  Lorraine  to  the  German  Empire  and  payment  of 
an  indemnity. 

The  insurrection  of  the  Commune  of  Paris,  1871;  its  leaders  and  its 
ideas;  its  overthrow. 

Organization  of  the  German  Empire  on  the  lines  of  the  North  German 
Confederation;   admission  of  the  south  German  States  of  Bavaria,  Wur- . 
temberg,  Baden  and  Hesse-Darmstadt  to  the  Bundesrath  and  Eeichstag; 
the  organization  of  Alsace-Lorraine  as  a  Eeichsland  or  territory  of  the 
Empire. 

Economic  effect  of  the  war-indemnity  paid  by  France;  creation  of  a 
national  German  coinage. 

Bismarck  and  the  Catholic  Church;  the  Kulturkampf,  1872-1876. 

The  foreign  policy  of  Bismarck,  the  dictator  of  Europe,  1870-1890; 
the  Dreikaiserbund  or  alliance  of  the  three  Emperors:  William,  Francis 
Joseph  and  Alexander  II  of  Eussia;  his  attitude  during  the  Eusso-Turkish 
War,  1877-1878;  the  Congress  of  Berlin,  1878;  formation  of  the  Triple 
Alliance  of  Germany,  Austria  and  Italy,  1882. 

Death  of  the  Emperor  William  T.  9  March,  1888,  and  of  the  Emperor 


87  History  1b 

Prederick,  15  June,  1888;  accession  of  William  II;  dismissal  of  Bismarck, 
12  March,  1890. 

Expansion  of  Germany;  the  colonial  policy  of  Bismarck;  German  East 
and  West  Africa;  other  colonial  possessions. 

The  emigration  of  Germans,  especially  to  the  United  States,  somewhat 
checked  by  the  industrial  and  commercial  prosperity  of  Germany. 

The  Pan-German  idea;  comparison  with  the  Pan-Slavonic  idea  in 
Eussia  and  the  cry  of  '^ Italia  irredenta";  the  extension  of  the  nineteenth 
century  idea  of  nationalism  ana  of  National  States  to  race  units. 

The  efficiency  of  German  administration;  the  German  army  and  the 
German  navy. 

The  German  universities;  the  leadership  of  Germany  in  science  and 
especially  in  applied  science. 

Growth  of  socialism  in  Germany;  political,  economic  and  social  prob- 
lems created  by  the  industrial  and  commercial  prosperity  of  the  German 
Empire. 

The  contribution  of  Germany  to  the  Western  civilization  of  the  nine- 
teenth century. 


LECTUEE  39 
The  British  Empire 

While  the  spirit  of  nationality  brought  two  new  Great  Powers  as 
National  States,  the  German  Empire  and  the  Kingdom  of  Italy,  into 
existence  in  the  latter  part  of  the  nineteenth  century,  while  Eussia 
expanded  into  Asia  through  Siberia  until  she  developed  into  a  power  in 
the  northern  Pacific,  and  while  France  under  the  third  Eepublic  consoli- 
dated her  north  African  possessions,  Great  Britain  had  to  meet  the 
problem  of  organizing  a  scattered  empire. 

Uiiique  character  of  the  British  Empire;  its  contrast  with  older  em- 
pires and  with  the  United  States;  its  dependence  on  sea  power. 

Great  Britain  in  the  nineteenth  century;  the  reign  of  Queen  Victoria, 
1837-1901;  characteristics  of  the  Victorian  era;  literature;  science; 
Charles  Darwin,  1809-1882;  application  of  science  to  material  needs; 
introduction  of  steam;  railways;   George  Stephenson,  1781-1848. 

The  statesmen  of  the  Victorian  era;  Sir  Eobert  Peel;  Palmerston  and 
Derby;  Gladstone  and  Disraeli,  Lord  Beaconsfield;  Salisbury. 

The  extension  of  the  franchise,  1867  and  1885;  growth  of  democracy. 

Industrial  and  commercial  development;  the  policy  of  free  trade; 
agricultural  depression. 

The  nature  of  the  British  Empire;  distinction  between  dependencies 
and  colonies. 

India,   the  great   dependency;    growth   of  the   East  India   Company's 


88  History  1b 

dominions;  the  i^olicy  of  Warren  Hastings,  3  774-1784,  and  of  Lord  Welles- 
ley,  1798-1805;  direct  annexation  and  administration,  and  the  mainte- 
nance of  subsidiary  native  states;  the  domination  of  India  secured  by 
Lord  Dalhousie,  1848-1856;  his  policy  of  annexation  and  direct  admin- 
istration. 

The  Sepoy  Mutiny  of  1857;  abolition  of  the  East  India  Company;  the 
government  of  India  taken  over  by  the  Crown,  1859;  the  problems  of 
Indian  government;  the  Empire  of  India,  1877;  the  unrest  in  India. 

Other  dependencies  in  the  British  Empire;  Ceylon,  Singapore  and  the 
Malay  states;  Hong  Kong;  Mauritius;  the  African  settlements;  the 
British  West  India  islands;  British  Guiana. 

The  British  Empire  and  the  Mediterranean;  Gibraltar;  Malta;  Cyprus; 
the  opening  of  the  Suez  Canal,  1869;  the  British  administration  of  Egypt; 
Lord  Cromer. 

The  particular  problems  of  the  government  of  dependencies;  the  rights 
of  the  native  populations;  imperialism. 

The  colonies  within  the  British  Empire;  contrast  with  dependencies; 
acknowledgment  of  their  right  to  govern  themselves;  Lord  Durham's 
report,  1839. 

The  British  North  American  colonies;  Quebec,  Ontario  and  the  Mari- 
time Provinces;  the  Hudson  Bay  Company;  discontent  in  Canada;  the 
insurrections  of  1837-1838;  the  grant  of  self-government;  formation  of 
the  Dominion  of  Canada,  1867;  Sir  John  Macdonald;  federalism  in  Can- 
ada; the  development  of  the  Dominion  to  the  west;  the  new  provinces; 
British  Columbia  and  Vancouver  Island;  their  part  in  the  problems  of 
the  Pacific  Ocean;  boundary  and  other  disputes  with  the  United  States; 
loyalty  to  the  British  Empire  shown  during  the  Boer  War  in  South 
Africa;  Newfoundland  not  a  member  of  the  Dominion. 

The  Australian  colonies;  their  origin  and  development;  New  South 
Wales;  Victoria;  Queensland;  South  Australia;  Western  Australia;  Tas- 
mania; their  special  problems;  their  interest  in  the  Southern  Pacific; 
Polynesia  and  Melanesia;  the  Fiji  Islands;  British  New  Guinea;  for- 
mation of  the  Commonwealth  of  Australia,  1901. 

New  Zealand;  its  unique  position;  its  experiments  in  government. 

British  South  Africa;  the  colonies  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  and 
Natal;  the  complications  caused  by  the  Dutch  Boer  population  and  the 
native  peoples;  the  Boer,  the  Kaffir,  and  the  Zulu  wars;  Cecil  Ehodes 
and  the  occupation  of  Ehodesia;  the  Boer  War,  1899-1902;  formation  of 
the  Union  of  South  Africa,  1909. 

The  problem  of  Imperial  Federation;  readiness  of  Great  Britain  to 
encourage  federation  of  the  colonies,  but  unwillingness  to  try  it  at  home; 
the  problem  of  Ireland;  the  demand  for  Irish  Home  Rule. 

The  extraordinary  character  of  the  British  Empire;   its  proof  of  the 


89  History  1b 

success  of  self-government  and  federation;  effect  of  the  American  Eevo- 
lution  and  of  the  success  of  the  federal  system  of  the  United  States. 


LECTUEE  40 
The  United  States  as  a  World  Power 

The  theory  of  the  Great  Powers  as  held  by  Metternich  at  and  after 
the  Congress  of  Vienna;  changes  wrought  in  the  nineteenth  century  by 
the  creation  of  the  German  Empire  and  the  Kingdom  of  Italy  in  the 
proportion  of  their  importance;  the  Europe  of  the  Nations  takes  the 
place  of  the  Europe  of  the  States;  disappearance  of  the  doctrine  of  the 
Balance  of  Power. 

The  spirit  of  nationality  in  the  smaller  states  of  Europe;  the  national 
independence  of  Komania,  Servia  and  Bulgaria;  the  Kingdom  of  Greece 
becomes  the  kingdom  of  the  Hellenes,  1864;  the  kingdom  of  Norway 
separates  itself  from  Sweden,  1905;  intensity  of  national  feeling  among 
peoples  that  have  lost  their  independence;  Poland;  Finland;  the  nation- 
alities of  the  Austro-Hungarian  Empire-Kingdom. 

The  recognition  of  small  nations  by  the  concert  of  the  Great  Powers; 
the  neutrality  guaranteed  of  Switzerland  and  Belgium. 

The  expansion  of  Western  civilization  into  Asia  and  Africa;  the 
transformation  of  Japan;  the  partition  of  Africa  among  the  nations  of 
Europe. 

The  formation  of  World  Powers;  the  British  Empire;  the  Russian 
Empire;  the  French  Empire;  the  German  Empire. 

Nationalism  and  sectionalism  in  the  United  States  of  America;  the 
test  of  federalism;  the  history  of  the  issues  involved;  Andrew  Jackson 
and  Nullification;  the  Missouri  Compromise;  the  North,  the  South  and 
the  West;  the  Great  Civil  War  or  War  between  the  States,  1861-1865; 
Abraham  Lincoln;  the  Gettysburg  Address. 

The  elements  of  the  American  Nation;  the  effect  of  immigration;  the 
absorption  and  amalgamation  of  the  immigrants. 

The  expansion  of  the  American  nation;  the  movement  to  the  West; 
California  and  the  Pacific  Coast. 

The  purchase  of  Alaska  from  Russia,  1867. 

The  neighbors  of  the  United  States;  the  Dominion  of  Canada,  1867; 
the  French  in  Mexico,  1.862;  the  Emperor  Maximilian,  1863-1867;  re- 
establishment  of  the  Republic  of  Mexico;  Porfirio  Diaz,  President  of 
Mexico,  1884-1911. 

Material  development  of  the  United  States  after  the  Civil  War;  the 
growth  of  industry  and  commerce;  wealth  and  prosperity. 

The  government  of  the  United  States;  ideals  and  reality;  extension 
of  the  power  of  the  central  government;  the  American  Nation. 


90  History  1b 

The  foreign  policy  of  the  United  States,  1865-1898;  the  refusal  to 
interfere  in  the  affairs  of  Europe;  effect  of  Washington's  Farewell  Ad- 
dress; settlement  of  the  Alabama  claims,  1871;  the  Monroe  Doctrine; 
President  Cleveland's  Venezuela  Message,  1895. 

Expansion  beyond  the  American  continent;  annexation  of  Hawaii, 
1898. 

The  Spanish- American  War,  1898;  the  situation  in  Cuba;  annexation 
of  Porto  Eico  and  the  Philippine  Islands;  the  problem  of  imperialism. 

The  United  States  as  a  World  Power;  its  importance;  forced  to  take 
part  in  settling  world  problems. 

The  first  Peace  Conference  at  the  Hague,  1899;  the  United  States  and 
arbitration;  the  United  States  and  the  Boxer  rebellion  in  China,  1900; 
the  United  States  represented  at  the  Algeciras  Conference,  1906. 

The  United  States  and  international  peace;  the  war  between  Eussia 
and  Japan;  President  Eoosevelt  and  the  Treaty  of  Portsmouth,  1905. 

The  United  States  and  the  Panama  Canal;  the  abrogation  of  the 
Clayton-Bulwer  Treaty,  1901;  the  action  of  President  Eoosevelt  in  Panama; 
the  making  of  the  Panama  Canal. 

The  culmination  of  European  civilization  in  the  United  States;  the 
unrest  in  Asiatic  civilization;  India;   China. 

The  problems  before  the  World  Powers;  Africa;  Asia;  the  Pacific 
Ocean. 

The  United  States  of  America  forced  to  take  part  in  the  solution  of 
these  political  problems,  which  are  the  outcome  of  the  history  of  European 
civilization. 

The  United  States  and  economic  problems. 

The  United  States  and  social  problems. 

The  historic  solidarity  of  Western  civilization. 

The  political,  economic  and  social  interpretation  of  history. 


^Wl 


RETURN     CIRCULATION  DEPARTMENT 
TO^^-     202  Main  Library 


LOAN  PERIOD  1 
HOME  USE 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

J 


ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 

Renewals  and  Recharges  may  be  made  4  days  prior  to  the  due  date. 

Books  may  be  Renewed  by  calling     642-3405. 

DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 


fttAR  0 1  1992 


^i\^  uiwM  Ai 


iu  u  K  ^'  ^ 


LiDnAnYUGCOrrtiY 


MAR  0  1  ZUilS 


ulat:on  de 


PT 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA,  BERKELEY 
FORM  NO.  DD6  BERKELEY,  CA  94720 


■m 


f 


U.C.  BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 

I 


C0Q7D10D3M 


■.■m\y 


W^'^~ 


— ^ 


/ 


X 


J^"  * 


->*S^ 


'^A 


I  illlMl 


r. 


